Tcl Source Code

compat/zlib/win64/*.txt
libtommath/*.dsp
libtommath/*.sln
libtommath/*.vcproj
tools/tcl.hpj.in
tools/tcl.wse.in
win/buildall.vc.bat

win/makefile.vc
win/rules.vc


win/tcl.dsp
win/tcl.dsw
win/tcl.hpj.in

compat/zlib/win64/*.txt
libtommath/*.dsp
libtommath/*.sln
libtommath/*.vcproj
tools/tcl.hpj.in
tools/tcl.wse.in
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/coffbase.txt
win/makefile.vc
win/rules.vc
win/rules-ext.vc
win/targets.vc
win/tcl.dsp
win/tcl.dsw
win/tcl.hpj.in

compat/zlib/win64/*.txt
libtommath/*.dsp
libtommath/*.sln
libtommath/*.vcproj
tools/tcl.hpj.in
tools/tcl.wse.in
win/buildall.vc.bat

win/makefile.vc
win/rules.vc


win/tcl.dsp
win/tcl.dsw
win/tcl.hpj.in

compat/zlib/win64/*.txt
libtommath/*.dsp
libtommath/*.sln
libtommath/*.vcproj
tools/tcl.hpj.in
tools/tcl.wse.in
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/coffbase.txt
win/makefile.vc
win/rules.vc
win/rules-ext.vc
win/targets.vc
win/tcl.dsp
win/tcl.dsw
win/tcl.hpj.in

tools/tcl.hpj.in
tools/tcl.wse.in
win/buildall.vc.bat

win/makefile.vc
win/rules.vc
win/tcl.dsp
win/tcl.dsw
win/tcl.hpj.in

tools/tcl.hpj.in
tools/tcl.wse.in
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/coffbase.txt
win/makefile.vc
win/rules.vc
win/tcl.dsp
win/tcl.dsw
win/tcl.hpj.in

unix/dltest.marker
unix/tcl.pc
unix/tclIndex
unix/pkgs/*
win/Debug*
win/Release*
win/pkgs/*

win/tcl.hpj
win/nmhlp-out.txt

unix/dltest.marker
unix/tcl.pc
unix/tclIndex
unix/pkgs/*
win/Debug*
win/Release*
win/pkgs/*
win/coffbase.txt
win/tcl.hpj
win/nmhlp-out.txt

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<projectDescription>
	<name>tcl9.0</name>
	<comment></comment>
	<projects>
	</projects>
	<buildSpec>
	</buildSpec>
	<natures>
	</natures>
</projectDescription>

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<projectDescription>
	<name>tcl9</name>
	<comment></comment>
	<projects>
	</projects>
	<buildSpec>
	</buildSpec>
	<natures>
	</natures>
</projectDescription>

	* library/http/http.tcl (http::geturl): [Bug 2911139]: Do not do vwait
	for connect to avoid reentrancy problems (except when operating
	without a -command option). Internally, this means that all sockets
	created by the http package will always be operated in asynchronous
	mode.








2013-01-18  Jan Nijtmans  <[email protected]>

	* generic/tclPort.h: [Bug 3598300]: unix: tcl.h does not include
	sys/stat.h

2013-01-17  Donal K. Fellows  <[email protected]>

................................................................................
	stub table, so extensions using this, compiled against 8.5 headers
	still run in Tcl 8.6.

2013-01-13  Alexandre Ferrieux  <[email protected]>

	* doc/fileevent.n: [Bug 3436609]: Clarify readable fileevent "false
	positives" in the case of multibyte encodings/transforms.













2013-01-09  Jan Nijtmans  <[email protected]>

	* library/http/http.tcl: [Bug 3599395]: http assumes status line is a
	proper Tcl list.

2013-01-08  Jan Nijtmans  <[email protected]>
................................................................................
	Tcl_AppendResult, not any other function. This puts least restrictions
	on eventual Tcl 9 stubs re-organization, and it works on the widest
	range of Tcl versions.

2013-01-06  Jan Nijtmans  <[email protected]>

	* library/http/http.tcl: Don't depend on Spencer-specific regexp
	* tests/env.test: syntax (/u and /U) any more.
	* tests/exec.test:
	* tests/reg.test:
	Bump http package to 2.8.6.

2013-01-04  Donal K. Fellows  <[email protected]>

	* generic/tclEnsemble.c (CompileBasicNArgCommand): Added very simple
	compiler (which just compiles to a normal invoke of the implementation
	command) for many ensemble subcommands where we can prove that there
................................................................................

	* generic/tclIO.c: Fix busyloop at exit under TCL_FINALIZE_ON_EXIT
	when there are unflushed nonblocking channels.  Thanks Miguel for
	spotting.

2012-12-07  Jan Nijtmans  <[email protected]>

	* unix/dltest/pkgb.c:  Turn pkgb.so into a Tcl8 interoperability test
        library: Whatever Tcl9 looks like, loading pkgb.so in Tcl 8 should
        either result in an error-message, either succeed, but never crash.

2012-11-28  Donal K. Fellows  <[email protected]>

	* generic/tclZlib.c (ZlibStreamSubcmd): [Bug 3590483]: Use a mechanism
	for complex option resolution that has fewer problems with more
	finicky compilers.
................................................................................
	* unix/tcl.m4 (SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS): [Bug 878333]: Force the use of the
	compatibility version of mkstemp() on IRIX.
	* unix/configure.in, unix/Makefile.in (mkstemp.o):
	* compat/mkstemp.c (new file): [Bug 741967]: Added a compatibility
	implementation of the mkstemp() function, which is apparently needed
	on some platforms.

        ******************************************************************
        *** CHANGELOG ENTRIES FOR 2008 IN "ChangeLog.2008"             ***
        *** CHANGELOG ENTRIES FOR 2006-2007 IN "ChangeLog.2007"        ***
        *** CHANGELOG ENTRIES FOR 2005 IN "ChangeLog.2005"             ***
        *** CHANGELOG ENTRIES FOR 2004 IN "ChangeLog.2004"             ***
        *** CHANGELOG ENTRIES FOR 2003 IN "ChangeLog.2003"             ***
        *** CHANGELOG ENTRIES FOR 2002 IN "ChangeLog.2002"             ***
        *** CHANGELOG ENTRIES FOR 2001 IN "ChangeLog.2001"             ***
        *** CHANGELOG ENTRIES FOR 2000 IN "ChangeLog.2000"             ***
        *** CHANGELOG ENTRIES FOR 1999 AND EARLIER IN "ChangeLog.1999" ***
        ******************************************************************

	* library/http/http.tcl (http::geturl): [Bug 2911139]: Do not do vwait
	for connect to avoid reentrancy problems (except when operating
	without a -command option). Internally, this means that all sockets
	created by the http package will always be operated in asynchronous
	mode.

2013-01-21  Jan Nijtmans  <[email protected]>

	* generic/tclInt.decls: Put back Tcl[GS]etStartupScript(Path|FileName)
	in private stub table, so extensions using this (like Tk 8.4) will
	continue to work in all Tcl 8.x versions. Extensions using this
	still cannot be compiled against Tcl 8.6 headers.

2013-01-18  Jan Nijtmans  <[email protected]>

	* generic/tclPort.h: [Bug 3598300]: unix: tcl.h does not include
	sys/stat.h

2013-01-17  Donal K. Fellows  <[email protected]>

................................................................................
	stub table, so extensions using this, compiled against 8.5 headers
	still run in Tcl 8.6.

2013-01-13  Alexandre Ferrieux  <[email protected]>

	* doc/fileevent.n: [Bug 3436609]: Clarify readable fileevent "false
	positives" in the case of multibyte encodings/transforms.

2013-01-13  Jan Nijtmans  <[email protected]>

	* generic/tclIntDecls.h: If TCL_NO_DEPRECATED is defined, make sure
	that TIP #139 functions all are taken from the public stub table, even
	if the inclusion is through tclInt.h.

2013-01-12  Jan Nijtmans  <[email protected]>

	* generic/tclInt.decls: Put back TclBackgroundException in internal
	stub table, so extensions using this, compiled against 8.5 headers
	still run in Tcl 8.6.

2013-01-09  Jan Nijtmans  <[email protected]>

	* library/http/http.tcl: [Bug 3599395]: http assumes status line is a
	proper Tcl list.

2013-01-08  Jan Nijtmans  <[email protected]>
................................................................................
	Tcl_AppendResult, not any other function. This puts least restrictions
	on eventual Tcl 9 stubs re-organization, and it works on the widest
	range of Tcl versions.

2013-01-06  Jan Nijtmans  <[email protected]>

	* library/http/http.tcl: Don't depend on Spencer-specific regexp
	* tests/env.test: syntax (/u and /U) any more in unrelated places.
	* tests/exec.test:

	Bump http package to 2.8.6.

2013-01-04  Donal K. Fellows  <[email protected]>

	* generic/tclEnsemble.c (CompileBasicNArgCommand): Added very simple
	compiler (which just compiles to a normal invoke of the implementation
	command) for many ensemble subcommands where we can prove that there
................................................................................

	* generic/tclIO.c: Fix busyloop at exit under TCL_FINALIZE_ON_EXIT
	when there are unflushed nonblocking channels.  Thanks Miguel for
	spotting.

2012-12-07  Jan Nijtmans  <[email protected]>

	* unix/dltest/pkgb.c:  Turn pkgb.so into a Tcl9 interoperability test
        library: Whatever Tcl9 looks like, loading pkgb.so in Tcl 9 should
        either result in an error-message, either succeed, but never crash.

2012-11-28  Donal K. Fellows  <[email protected]>

	* generic/tclZlib.c (ZlibStreamSubcmd): [Bug 3590483]: Use a mechanism
	for complex option resolution that has fewer problems with more
	finicky compilers.
................................................................................
	* unix/tcl.m4 (SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS): [Bug 878333]: Force the use of the
	compatibility version of mkstemp() on IRIX.
	* unix/configure.in, unix/Makefile.in (mkstemp.o):
	* compat/mkstemp.c (new file): [Bug 741967]: Added a compatibility
	implementation of the mkstemp() function, which is apparently needed
	on some platforms.

	******************************************************************
	*** CHANGELOG ENTRIES FOR 2008 IN "ChangeLog.2008"             ***
	*** CHANGELOG ENTRIES FOR 2006-2007 IN "ChangeLog.2007"        ***
	*** CHANGELOG ENTRIES FOR 2005 IN "ChangeLog.2005"             ***
	*** CHANGELOG ENTRIES FOR 2004 IN "ChangeLog.2004"             ***
	*** CHANGELOG ENTRIES FOR 2003 IN "ChangeLog.2003"             ***
	*** CHANGELOG ENTRIES FOR 2002 IN "ChangeLog.2002"             ***
	*** CHANGELOG ENTRIES FOR 2001 IN "ChangeLog.2001"             ***
	*** CHANGELOG ENTRIES FOR 2000 IN "ChangeLog.2000"             ***
	*** CHANGELOG ENTRIES FOR 1999 AND EARLIER IN "ChangeLog.1999" ***
	******************************************************************

2013-05-06 (platform support) Cygwin64 (nijtmans)

2013-05-15 (enhancement) Improved [list {*}...] compile (fellows)

2013-05-16 (platform support) mingw-4.0 (nijtmans)

2013-05-19 (platform support) FreeBSD updates (gahr)

2013-05-20 (bug fix)[3613567] access error temp file creation (keene)

2013-05-20 (bug fix)[3613569] temp file open fail can crash [load] (keene)

2013-05-22 (bug fix)[3613609] [lsort -nocase] failed on non-ASCII (fellows)

................................................................................
2016-05-13 (bug)[3154ea] Mem corruption in assembler exceptions (tkob,kenny)

2016-05-13 (bug) registry package support any Unicode env (nijtmans)
=> registry 1.3.2

2016-05-21 (bug)[f7d4e] [namespace delete] performance (fellows)

2016-06-02 (TIP 447) execution time verbosity option (gahr)
=> tcltest 2.4.0

2016-06-16 (bug)[16828b] crash due to [vwait] trace undo fail (dah,porter)

2016-06-16 (enhancement)[4b61af] good [info frame] from more cases (beric)

2016-06-21 (bug)[c383eb] crash in [glob -path a] (oehlmann,porter)
................................................................................

2017-07-06 (bug)[adb198] Plug memleak in TclJoinPath (sebres,porter)

2017-07-17 (bug)[fb2208] Repeatable tclIndex generation (wiedemann,nijtmans)

--- Released 8.6.7, August 9, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details








































2016-03-17 (bug)[0b8c38] socket accept callbacks always in global ns (porter)
        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***

2016-07-01 Hack accommodations for legacy Itcl 3 disabled (porter)

2016-07-12 Make TCL_HASH_TYPE build-time configurable (nijtmans)

................................................................................

2017-06-22 (TIP 470) Tcl_GetDefineContextObject();[oo::define [self]] (fellows)
=> TclOO 1.2.0

2017-06-23 (TIP 472) Support 0d as prefix of decimal numbers (iyer,griffin)

2017-08-31 (bug)[2a9465] http state 100 continue handling broken (oehlmann)
=> http 2.8.12

2017-09-02 (bug)[0e4d88] replace command, delete trace kills namespace (porter)

--- Released 8.7a1, September 8, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

2013-05-06 (platform support) Cygwin64 (nijtmans)

2013-05-15 (enhancement) Improved [list {*}...] compile (fellows)

2013-05-16 (platform support) mingw-4.0 (nijtmans)

2013-05-19 (platform support) FreeBSD updates (cerutti)

2013-05-20 (bug fix)[3613567] access error temp file creation (keene)

2013-05-20 (bug fix)[3613569] temp file open fail can crash [load] (keene)

2013-05-22 (bug fix)[3613609] [lsort -nocase] failed on non-ASCII (fellows)

................................................................................
2016-05-13 (bug)[3154ea] Mem corruption in assembler exceptions (tkob,kenny)

2016-05-13 (bug) registry package support any Unicode env (nijtmans)
=> registry 1.3.2

2016-05-21 (bug)[f7d4e] [namespace delete] performance (fellows)

2016-06-02 (TIP 447) execution time verbosity option (cerutti)
=> tcltest 2.4.0

2016-06-16 (bug)[16828b] crash due to [vwait] trace undo fail (dah,porter)

2016-06-16 (enhancement)[4b61af] good [info frame] from more cases (beric)

2016-06-21 (bug)[c383eb] crash in [glob -path a] (oehlmann,porter)
................................................................................

2017-07-06 (bug)[adb198] Plug memleak in TclJoinPath (sebres,porter)

2017-07-17 (bug)[fb2208] Repeatable tclIndex generation (wiedemann,nijtmans)

--- Released 8.6.7, August 9, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

2017-08-10 [array names -regexp] supports backrefs (goth)

2017-08-10 Fix gcc build failures due to #pragma placement (cassoff,fellows)

2017-08-29 (bug)[b50fb2] exec redir append stdout and stderr to file (coulter)

2017-08-31 (bug)[2a9465] http state 100 continue handling broken (oehlmann)
=> http 2.8.12

2017-09-02 (bug)[0e4d88] replace command, delete trace kills namespace (porter)

2017-10-19 (bug)[1a5655] [info * methods] includes mixins (fellows)

2017-10-23 tzdata updated to Olson's tzdata2017c (jima)

2017-10-24 (bug)[fc1409] segfault in method cloning, oo-15.15 (coulter,fellows)

2017-11-03 (bug)[6f2f83] More robust [load] for ReactOS (werner)

2017-11-08 (bug)[3298012] Stop crash when hash tables overflow 32 bits (porter)

2017-11-14 (bug)[5d6de6] Close failing case of [package prefer stable] (kupries)

2017-11-17 (bug)[fab924] Fix misleading [load] message on Windows (oehlmann)

2017-12-05 (bug)[4f6a1e] Crash when ensemble map and list are same (sebres)

2017-12-06 (bug)[ce3a21] file normalize failure when tail is empty (porter)

2017-12-08 (new)[TIP 477] nmake build system reform (nadkarni)

2017-12-19 (bug)[586e71] EvalObjv exception handling at level #0 (sebres,porter)

--- Released 8.6.8, December 22, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

Changes to 8.7a1 include all changes to the 8.6 line through 8.6.7,
plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes
in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:

2016-03-17 (bug)[0b8c38] socket accept callbacks always in global ns (porter)
        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***

2016-07-01 Hack accommodations for legacy Itcl 3 disabled (porter)

2016-07-12 Make TCL_HASH_TYPE build-time configurable (nijtmans)

................................................................................

2017-06-22 (TIP 470) Tcl_GetDefineContextObject();[oo::define [self]] (fellows)
=> TclOO 1.2.0

2017-06-23 (TIP 472) Support 0d as prefix of decimal numbers (iyer,griffin)

2017-08-31 (bug)[2a9465] http state 100 continue handling broken (oehlmann)


2017-09-02 (bug)[0e4d88] replace command, delete trace kills namespace (porter)

--- Released 8.7a1, September 8, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

2018-03-12 (TIP 490) add oo support for msgcat => msgcat 1.7.0 (oehlmann)

2018-03-12 (TIP 499) custom locale preference list (oehlmann)
=> msgcat 1.7.0

'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_AddErrorInfo 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_GetReturnOptions, Tcl_SetReturnOptions, Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo, Tcl_SetObjErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA, Tcl_SetErrorLine, Tcl_GetErrorLine, Tcl_PosixError, Tcl_LogCommandInfo \- retrieve or record information about errors and other return options
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR(\fIinterp, code\fR)
.sp
................................................................................
int
\fBTcl_SetReturnOptions\fR(\fIinterp, options\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR(\fIinterp, message\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr\fR)
.sp


\fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR(\fIinterp, errorObjPtr\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR(\fIinterp, element, element, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_SetErrorCodeVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR(\fIinterp, lineNum\fR)
.sp
const char *
\fBTcl_PosixError\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
.sp
................................................................................
.AP int code
The code returned from script evaluation.
.AP Tcl_Obj *options
A dictionary of return options.
.AP char *message in
For \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR,
this is a conventional C string to append to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option.





.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
A message to be appended to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option
in the form of a Tcl_Obj value.
.AP int length in
The number of bytes to copy from \fImessage\fR when
appending to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option.
If negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
................................................................................
a useful part of the \fImessage\fR passed to \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo\fR is an alternative interface to the
same functionality as \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR.  \fBTcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo\fR
is called when the string value to be appended to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR option
is available as a \fBTcl_Obj\fR instead of as a \fBchar\fR array.
.PP









The procedure \fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR is used to set the
\fB\-errorcode\fR return option to the list value \fIerrorObjPtr\fR
built up by the caller.
\fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR is typically invoked just
before returning an error. If an error is
returned without calling \fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR or
\fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR the Tcl interpreter automatically sets
................................................................................
the \fB\-errorcode\fR return option to \fBNONE\fR.
.PP
The procedure \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR is also used to set the
\fB\-errorcode\fR return option. However, it takes one or more strings to
record instead of a value. Otherwise, it is similar to
\fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR in behavior.
.PP
\fBTcl_SetErrorCodeVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR except that
instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list.
.PP
The procedure \fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR is used to read the integer value
of the \fB\-errorline\fR return option without the overhead of a full
call to \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR.  Likewise, \fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR
sets the \fB\-errorline\fR return option value.
.PP
\fBTcl_PosixError\fR
sets the \fB\-errorcode\fR variable after an error in a POSIX kernel call.

'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_AddErrorInfo 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_GetReturnOptions, Tcl_SetReturnOptions, Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo, Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo, Tcl_SetObjErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorLine, Tcl_GetErrorLine, Tcl_PosixError, Tcl_LogCommandInfo \- retrieve or record information about errors and other return options
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR(\fIinterp, code\fR)
.sp
................................................................................
int
\fBTcl_SetReturnOptions\fR(\fIinterp, options\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR(\fIinterp, message\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_AddObjErrorInfo\fR(\fIinterp, message, length\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR(\fIinterp, errorObjPtr\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR(\fIinterp, element, element, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
.sp


\fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR(\fIinterp, lineNum\fR)
.sp
const char *
\fBTcl_PosixError\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
.sp
................................................................................
.AP int code
The code returned from script evaluation.
.AP Tcl_Obj *options
A dictionary of return options.
.AP char *message in
For \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR,
this is a conventional C string to append to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option.
For \fBTcl_AddObjErrorInfo\fR,
this points to the first byte of an array of \fIlength\fR bytes
containing a string to append to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option.
This byte array may contain embedded null bytes
unless \fIlength\fR is negative.
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
A message to be appended to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option
in the form of a Tcl_Obj value.
.AP int length in
The number of bytes to copy from \fImessage\fR when
appending to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option.
If negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
................................................................................
a useful part of the \fImessage\fR passed to \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo\fR is an alternative interface to the
same functionality as \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR.  \fBTcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo\fR
is called when the string value to be appended to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR option
is available as a \fBTcl_Obj\fR instead of as a \fBchar\fR array.
.PP
\fBTcl_AddObjErrorInfo\fR is nearly identical
to \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR, except that it has an additional \fIlength\fR
argument.  This allows the \fImessage\fR string to contain
embedded null bytes.  This is essentially never a good idea.
If the \fImessage\fR needs to contain the null character \fBU+0000\fR,
Tcl's usual internal encoding rules should be used to avoid
the need for a null byte.  If the \fBTcl_AddObjErrorInfo\fR
interface is used at all, it should be with a negative \fIlength\fR value.
.PP
The procedure \fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR is used to set the
\fB\-errorcode\fR return option to the list value \fIerrorObjPtr\fR
built up by the caller.
\fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR is typically invoked just
before returning an error. If an error is
returned without calling \fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR or
\fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR the Tcl interpreter automatically sets
................................................................................
the \fB\-errorcode\fR return option to \fBNONE\fR.
.PP
The procedure \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR is also used to set the
\fB\-errorcode\fR return option. However, it takes one or more strings to
record instead of a value. Otherwise, it is similar to
\fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR in behavior.
.PP



The procedure \fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR is used to read the integer value
of the \fB\-errorline\fR return option without the overhead of a full
call to \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR.  Likewise, \fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR
sets the \fB\-errorline\fR return option value.
.PP
\fBTcl_PosixError\fR
sets the \fB\-errorcode\fR variable after an error in a POSIX kernel call.

.PP
If a script is evaluated at top-level (i.e. no other scripts are
pending evaluation when the script is invoked), and if the script
terminates with a completion code other than \fBTCL_OK\fR, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
or \fBTCL_RETURN\fR, then Tcl normally converts this into a \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
return with an appropriate message.  The particular script
evaluation procedures of Tcl that act in the manner are
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR, \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR, \fBTcl_Eval\fR, \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR.

.PP
However, if \fBTcl_AllowExceptions\fR is invoked immediately before
calling one of those a procedures, then arbitrary completion
codes are permitted from the script, and they are returned without
modification.
This is useful in cases where the caller can deal with exceptions
such as \fBTCL_BREAK\fR or \fBTCL_CONTINUE\fR in a meaningful way.

.SH KEYWORDS
continue, break, exception, interpreter

.PP
If a script is evaluated at top-level (i.e. no other scripts are
pending evaluation when the script is invoked), and if the script
terminates with a completion code other than \fBTCL_OK\fR, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
or \fBTCL_RETURN\fR, then Tcl normally converts this into a \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
return with an appropriate message.  The particular script
evaluation procedures of Tcl that act in the manner are
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR, \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR, \fBTcl_Eval\fR, \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR,
\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR, \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR and \fBTcl_VarEval\fR.
.PP
However, if \fBTcl_AllowExceptions\fR is invoked immediately before
calling one of those a procedures, then arbitrary completion
codes are permitted from the script, and they are returned without
modification.
This is useful in cases where the caller can deal with exceptions
such as \fBTCL_BREAK\fR or \fBTCL_CONTINUE\fR in a meaningful way.

.SH KEYWORDS
continue, break, exception, interpreter

extension consisting of new Tcl commands, no special code is needed to
protect interpreters received as arguments. This covers the majority of all
uses.
.TP
\fBInterpreter Creation And Deletion\fR
.
When a new interpreter is created and used in a call to \fBTcl_Eval\fR,

\fBTcl_SetVar\fR, or \fBTcl_GetVar\fR, a pair of calls
to \fBTcl_Preserve\fR and \fBTcl_Release\fR should be wrapped around all
uses of the interpreter. Remember that it is unsafe to use the interpreter
once \fBTcl_Release\fR has been called. To ensure that the interpreter is
properly deleted when it is no longer needed, call \fBTcl_InterpDeleted\fR
to test if some other code already called \fBTcl_DeleteInterp\fR; if not,
call \fBTcl_DeleteInterp\fR before calling \fBTcl_Release\fR in your own
code.
.TP
\fBRetrieving An Interpreter From A Data Structure\fR
.
When an interpreter is retrieved from a data structure (e.g. the client
data of a callback) for use in one of the evaluation functions
(\fBTcl_Eval\fR, \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR etc.) or variable
access functions (\fBTcl_SetVar\fR, \fBTcl_GetVar\fR, \fBTcl_SetVar2Ex\fR,

etc.), a pair of calls to \fBTcl_Preserve\fR and \fBTcl_Release\fR should
be wrapped around all uses of the interpreter; it is unsafe to reuse the
interpreter once \fBTcl_Release\fR has been called. If an interpreter is
stored inside a callback data structure, an appropriate deletion cleanup
mechanism should be set up by the code that creates the data structure so
that the interpreter is removed from the data structure (e.g. by setting
the field to NULL) when the interpreter is deleted. Otherwise, you may be
using an interpreter that has been freed and whose memory may already have
been reused.
.PP
All uses of interpreters in Tcl and Tk have already been protected.
Extension writers should ensure that their code also properly protects any
additional interpreters used, as described above.
.PP
.VS 8.6
Note that the protection mechanisms do not work well with conventional garbage

extension consisting of new Tcl commands, no special code is needed to
protect interpreters received as arguments. This covers the majority of all
uses.
.TP
\fBInterpreter Creation And Deletion\fR
.
When a new interpreter is created and used in a call to \fBTcl_Eval\fR,
\fBTcl_VarEval\fR, \fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR, \fBTcl_SetVar\fR, or
\fBTcl_GetVar\fR, a pair of calls to \fBTcl_Preserve\fR and
\fBTcl_Release\fR should be wrapped around all uses of the interpreter.
Remember that it is unsafe to use the interpreter once \fBTcl_Release\fR
has been called. To ensure that the interpreter is properly deleted when
it is no longer needed, call \fBTcl_InterpDeleted\fR to test if some other
code already called \fBTcl_DeleteInterp\fR; if not, call
\fBTcl_DeleteInterp\fR before calling \fBTcl_Release\fR in your own code.

.TP
\fBRetrieving An Interpreter From A Data Structure\fR
.
When an interpreter is retrieved from a data structure (e.g. the client
data of a callback) for use in one of the evaluation functions
(\fBTcl_Eval\fR, \fBTcl_VarEval\fR, \fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR, \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR,
etc.) or variable access functions (\fBTcl_SetVar\fR, \fBTcl_GetVar\fR,
\fBTcl_SetVar2Ex\fR, etc.), a pair of
calls to \fBTcl_Preserve\fR and \fBTcl_Release\fR should be wrapped around
all uses of the interpreter; it is unsafe to reuse the interpreter once
\fBTcl_Release\fR has been called. If an interpreter is stored inside a
callback data structure, an appropriate deletion cleanup mechanism should
be set up by the code that creates the data structure so that the
interpreter is removed from the data structure (e.g. by setting the field
to NULL) when the interpreter is deleted. Otherwise, you may be using an
interpreter that has been freed and whose memory may already have been
reused.
.PP
All uses of interpreters in Tcl and Tk have already been protected.
Extension writers should ensure that their code also properly protects any
additional interpreters used, as described above.
.PP
.VS 8.6
Note that the protection mechanisms do not work well with conventional garbage

\fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR and \fBTcl_WinTCharToUtf\fR are
Windows-only convenience
functions for converting between UTF-8 and Windows strings
based on the TCHAR type which is by convention
a Unicode character on Windows NT.
These functions are essentially wrappers around
\fBTcl_UtfToExternalDString\fR and
\fBTcl_ExternalToUtfDString\fR that convert to and from the
Unicode encoding.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetEncodingName\fR is roughly the inverse of \fBTcl_GetEncoding\fR.
Given an \fIencoding\fR, the return value is the \fIname\fR argument that
was used to create the encoding.  The string returned by
\fBTcl_GetEncodingName\fR is only guaranteed to persist until the
\fIencoding\fR is deleted.  The caller must not modify this string.
.PP

\fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR and \fBTcl_WinTCharToUtf\fR are
Windows-only convenience
functions for converting between UTF-8 and Windows strings
based on the TCHAR type which is by convention
a Unicode character on Windows NT.




.PP
\fBTcl_GetEncodingName\fR is roughly the inverse of \fBTcl_GetEncoding\fR.
Given an \fIencoding\fR, the return value is the \fIname\fR argument that
was used to create the encoding.  The string returned by
\fBTcl_GetEncodingName\fR is only guaranteed to persist until the
\fIencoding\fR is deleted.  The caller must not modify this string.
.PP

'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_Eval 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_EvalObjEx, Tcl_EvalObjv, Tcl_Eval, Tcl_EvalEx \- execute Tcl scripts
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
int
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, flags\fR)
.sp



int
\fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR(\fIinterp, objc, objv, flags\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_Eval\fR(\fIinterp, script\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_EvalEx\fR(\fIinterp, script, numBytes, flags\fR)









.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_Interp **termPtr
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter in which to execute the script.  The interpreter's result is
modified to hold the result or error message from the script.
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
A Tcl value containing the script to execute.
................................................................................
The number of bytes in \fIscript\fR, not including any
null terminating character.  If \-1, then all characters up to the
first null byte are used.
.AP "const char" *script in
Points to first byte of script to execute (null-terminated and UTF-8).
.AP char *part in
String forming part of a Tcl script.
.AP va_list argList in
An argument list which must have been initialized using
\fBva_start\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The procedures described here are invoked to execute Tcl scripts in
various forms.
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR is the core procedure and is used by many of the others.
................................................................................
The return value from \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR (and all the other procedures
described here) is a Tcl completion code with
one of the values \fBTCL_OK\fR, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR, \fBTCL_RETURN\fR,
\fBTCL_BREAK\fR, or \fBTCL_CONTINUE\fR, or possibly some other
integer value originating in an extension.
In addition, a result value or error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's
result; it can be retrieved using \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR.
















.PP
\fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR executes a single pre-parsed command instead of a
script.  The \fIobjc\fR and \fIobjv\fR arguments contain the values
of the words for the Tcl command, one word in each value in
\fIobjv\fR.  \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR evaluates the command and returns
a completion code and result just like \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
The caller of \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR has to manage the reference count of the
................................................................................
(using \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR) instead of compiling it and executing the
bytecodes.  In situations where it is known that the script will never be
executed again, \fBTcl_Eval\fR may be faster than \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
 \fBTcl_Eval\fR returns a completion code and result just like
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_EvalEx\fR is an extended version of \fBTcl_Eval\fR that takes
additional arguments \fInumBytes\fR and \fIflags\fR.  \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR
is generally preferred over \fBTcl_Eval\fR.















.SH "FLAG BITS"
.PP
Any ORed combination of the following values may be used for the
\fIflags\fR argument to procedures such as \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR:
.TP 23
\fBTCL_EVAL_DIRECT\fR
................................................................................
\fBTCL_EVAL_DIRECT\fR flag is useful in situations where the
contents of a value are going to change immediately, so the
bytecodes will not be reused in a future execution.  In this case,
it is faster to execute the script directly.
.TP 23
\fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR
.
If this flag is set, the script is processed at global level.  This
means that it is evaluated in the global namespace and its variable
context consists of global variables only (it ignores any Tcl
procedures that are active).


.SH "MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS"
.PP
During the processing of a Tcl command it is legal to make nested
calls to evaluate other commands (this is how procedures and
some control structures are implemented).
If a code other than \fBTCL_OK\fR is returned

'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_Eval 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_EvalObjEx, Tcl_EvalFile, Tcl_EvalObjv, Tcl_Eval, Tcl_EvalEx, Tcl_GlobalEval, Tcl_GlobalEvalObj, Tcl_VarEval \- execute Tcl scripts
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
int
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, flags\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_EvalFile\fR(\fIinterp, fileName\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR(\fIinterp, objc, objv, flags\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_Eval\fR(\fIinterp, script\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_EvalEx\fR(\fIinterp, script, numBytes, flags\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR(\fIinterp, script\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_VarEval\fR(\fIinterp, part, part, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_Interp **termPtr
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter in which to execute the script.  The interpreter's result is
modified to hold the result or error message from the script.
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
A Tcl value containing the script to execute.
................................................................................
The number of bytes in \fIscript\fR, not including any
null terminating character.  If \-1, then all characters up to the
first null byte are used.
.AP "const char" *script in
Points to first byte of script to execute (null-terminated and UTF-8).
.AP char *part in
String forming part of a Tcl script.



.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The procedures described here are invoked to execute Tcl scripts in
various forms.
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR is the core procedure and is used by many of the others.
................................................................................
The return value from \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR (and all the other procedures
described here) is a Tcl completion code with
one of the values \fBTCL_OK\fR, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR, \fBTCL_RETURN\fR,
\fBTCL_BREAK\fR, or \fBTCL_CONTINUE\fR, or possibly some other
integer value originating in an extension.
In addition, a result value or error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's
result; it can be retrieved using \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_EvalFile\fR reads the file given by \fIfileName\fR and evaluates
its contents as a Tcl script.  It returns the same information as
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
If the file could not be read then a Tcl error is returned to describe
why the file could not be read.
The eofchar for files is
.QW \e32
(^Z) for all platforms. If you require a
.QW ^Z
in code for string comparison, you can use
.QW \e032
or
.QW \eu001a ,
which will be safely substituted by the Tcl interpreter into
.QW ^Z .
.PP
\fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR executes a single pre-parsed command instead of a
script.  The \fIobjc\fR and \fIobjv\fR arguments contain the values
of the words for the Tcl command, one word in each value in
\fIobjv\fR.  \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR evaluates the command and returns
a completion code and result just like \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
The caller of \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR has to manage the reference count of the
................................................................................
(using \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR) instead of compiling it and executing the
bytecodes.  In situations where it is known that the script will never be
executed again, \fBTcl_Eval\fR may be faster than \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
 \fBTcl_Eval\fR returns a completion code and result just like
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_EvalEx\fR is an extended version of \fBTcl_Eval\fR that takes
additional arguments \fInumBytes\fR and \fIflags\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR and \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR are older procedures
that are now deprecated.  They are similar to \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR and
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR except that the script is evaluated in the global
namespace and its variable context consists of global variables only
(it ignores any Tcl procedures that are active).  These functions are
equivalent to using the \fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR flag (see below).
.PP
\fBTcl_VarEval\fR takes any number of string arguments
of any length, concatenates them into a single string,
then calls \fBTcl_Eval\fR to execute that string as a Tcl command.
It returns the result of the command and also modifies
\fIinterp->result\fR in the same way as \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
The last argument to \fBTcl_VarEval\fR must be NULL to indicate the end
of arguments.  \fBTcl_VarEval\fR is now deprecated.

.SH "FLAG BITS"
.PP
Any ORed combination of the following values may be used for the
\fIflags\fR argument to procedures such as \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR:
.TP 23
\fBTCL_EVAL_DIRECT\fR
................................................................................
\fBTCL_EVAL_DIRECT\fR flag is useful in situations where the
contents of a value are going to change immediately, so the
bytecodes will not be reused in a future execution.  In this case,
it is faster to execute the script directly.
.TP 23
\fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR
.
If this flag is set, the script is evaluated in the global namespace instead of

the current namespace and its variable context consists of global variables
only (it ignores any Tcl procedures that are active).
.\" TODO: document TCL_EVAL_INVOKE and TCL_EVAL_NOERR.

.SH "MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS"
.PP
During the processing of a Tcl command it is legal to make nested
calls to evaluate other commands (this is how procedures and
some control structures are implemented).
If a code other than \fBTCL_OK\fR is returned

with which values might be exchanged.  The C integral types for which Tcl
provides value exchange routines are \fBint\fR, \fBlong int\fR,
\fBTcl_WideInt\fR, and \fBmp_int\fR.  The \fBint\fR and \fBlong int\fR types
are provided by the C language standard.  The \fBTcl_WideInt\fR type is a
typedef defined to be whatever signed integral type covers at least the
64-bit integer range (-9223372036854775808 to 9223372036854775807).  Depending
on the platform and the C compiler, the actual type might be
\fBlong int\fR, \fBlong long int\fR, \fB__int64\fR, or something else.
The \fBmp_int\fR type is a multiple-precision integer type defined
by the LibTomMath multiple-precision integer library.
.PP
The \fBTcl_NewIntObj\fR, \fBTcl_NewLongObj\fR, \fBTcl_NewWideIntObj\fR,
and \fBTcl_NewBignumObj\fR routines each create and return a new
Tcl value initialized to the integral value of the argument.  The
returned Tcl value is unshared.

with which values might be exchanged.  The C integral types for which Tcl
provides value exchange routines are \fBint\fR, \fBlong int\fR,
\fBTcl_WideInt\fR, and \fBmp_int\fR.  The \fBint\fR and \fBlong int\fR types
are provided by the C language standard.  The \fBTcl_WideInt\fR type is a
typedef defined to be whatever signed integral type covers at least the
64-bit integer range (-9223372036854775808 to 9223372036854775807).  Depending
on the platform and the C compiler, the actual type might be
\fBlong long int\fR, \fB__int64\fR, or something else.
The \fBmp_int\fR type is a multiple-precision integer type defined
by the LibTomMath multiple-precision integer library.
.PP
The \fBTcl_NewIntObj\fR, \fBTcl_NewLongObj\fR, \fBTcl_NewWideIntObj\fR,
and \fBTcl_NewBignumObj\fR routines each create and return a new
Tcl value initialized to the integral value of the argument.  The
returned Tcl value is unshared.

As part of processing each command, \fBTcl_Eval\fR initializes
\fIinterp->result\fR
and \fIinterp->freeProc\fR just before calling the command procedure for
the command.  The \fIfreeProc\fR field will be initialized to zero,
and \fIinterp->result\fR will point to an empty string.  Commands that
do not return any value can simply leave the fields alone.
Furthermore, the empty string pointed to by \fIresult\fR is actually
part of an array of \fBTCL_RESULT_SIZE\fR characters (approximately 200).
If a command wishes to return a short string, it can simply copy
it to the area pointed to by \fIinterp->result\fR.  Or, it can use
the sprintf procedure to generate a short result string at the location
pointed to by \fIinterp->result\fR.
.PP
It is a general convention in Tcl-based applications that the result
of an interpreter is normally in the initialized state described

As part of processing each command, \fBTcl_Eval\fR initializes
\fIinterp->result\fR
and \fIinterp->freeProc\fR just before calling the command procedure for
the command.  The \fIfreeProc\fR field will be initialized to zero,
and \fIinterp->result\fR will point to an empty string.  Commands that
do not return any value can simply leave the fields alone.
Furthermore, the empty string pointed to by \fIresult\fR is actually
part of an array of approximately 200 characters.
If a command wishes to return a short string, it can simply copy
it to the area pointed to by \fIinterp->result\fR.  Or, it can use
the sprintf procedure to generate a short result string at the location
pointed to by \fIinterp->result\fR.
.PP
It is a general convention in Tcl-based applications that the result
of an interpreter is normally in the initialized state described

.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2008 by Kevin B. Kenny.

.\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH NRE 3 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
................................................................................
.sp
void
\fBTcl_NRAddCallback\fR(\fIinterp, postProcPtr, data0, data1, data2, data3\fR)
.fi
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *interp in
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter in which to create or evaluate a command.
.AP char *cmdName in
Name of a new command to create.
.AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc in
Implementation of a command that will be called whenever \fIcmdName\fR
is invoked as a command in the unoptimized way.


.AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *nreProc in
Implementation of a command that will be called whenever \fIcmdName\fR
is invoked and requested to conserve the C stack.

.AP ClientData clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value that will be passed to \fIproc\fR, \fInreProc\fR,
\fIdeleteProc\fR and \fIobjProc\fR.
.AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in/out
Procedure to call before \fIcmdName\fR is deleted from the interpreter.
This procedure allows for command-specific cleanup. If \fIdeleteProc\fR
is \fBNULL\fR, then no procedure is called before the command is deleted.
.AP int objc in
Count of parameters provided to the implementation of a command.
.AP Tcl_Obj **objv in
Pointer to an array of Tcl values. Each value holds the value of a
single word in the command to execute.
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
Pointer to a Tcl_Obj whose value is a script or expression to execute.
.AP int flags in

ORed combination of flag bits that specify additional options.
\fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR is the only flag that is currently supported.
.\" TODO: This is a lie. But kbk didn't grasp TCL_EVAL_INVOKE and
.\"       TCL_EVAL_NOERR well enough to document them.
.AP Tcl_Command cmd in
Token for a command that is to be used instead of the currently

executing command.
.AP Tcl_Obj *resultPtr out
Pointer to an unshared Tcl_Obj where the result of expression
evaluation is written.

.AP Tcl_NRPostProc *postProcPtr in
Pointer to a function that will be invoked when the command currently
executing in the interpreter designated by \fIinterp\fR completes.

.AP ClientData data0 in
.AP ClientData data1 in
.AP ClientData data2 in
.AP ClientData data3 in
\fIdata0\fR through \fIdata3\fR are four one-word values that will be passed
to the function designated by \fIpostProcPtr\fR when it is invoked.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This series of C functions provides an interface whereby commands that
are implemented in C can be evaluated, and invoke Tcl commands scripts
and scripts, without consuming space on the C stack. The non-recursive
evaluation is done by installing a \fItrampoline\fR, a small piece of
code that invokes a command or script, and then executes a series of
callbacks when the command or script returns.





.PP
The \fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR function creates a Tcl command in the
interpreter designated by \fIinterp\fR that is prepared to handle
nonrecursive evaluation with a trampoline. The \fIcmdName\fR argument
gives the name of the new command. If \fIcmdName\fR contains any
namespace qualifiers, then the new command is added to the specified
namespace; otherwise, it is added to the global namespace. \fIproc\fR
gives the procedure that will be called when the interpreter wishes to
evaluate the command in an unoptimized manner, and \fInreProc\fR is
the procedure that will be called when the interpreter wishes to
evaluate the command using a trampoline. \fIdeleteProc\fR is a
function that will be called before the command is deleted from the
interpreter. When any of the three functions is invoked, it is passed
the \fIclientData\fR parameter.
.PP
\fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR deletes any existing command
\fIname\fR already associated with the interpreter
(however see below for an exception where the existing command
is not deleted).
It returns a token that may be used to refer


to the command in subsequent calls to \fBTcl_GetCommandName\fR.
If \fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR is called for an interpreter that is in

the process of being deleted, then it does not create a new command,

does not delete any existing command of the same name, and returns NULL.
.PP
The \fIproc\fR and \fInreProc\fR function are expected to conform to
all the rules set forth for the \fIproc\fR argument to
\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR(3) (\fIq.v.\fR).


.PP
When a command that is written to cope with evaluation via trampoline
is invoked without a trampoline on the stack, it will usually respond
to the invocation by creating a trampoline and calling the
trampoline-enabled implementation of the same command. This call is done by
means of \fBTcl_NRCallObjProc\fR. In the call to
\fBTcl_NRCallObjProc\fR, the \fIinterp\fR, \fIclientData\fR,
\fIobjc\fR and \fIobjv\fR parameters should be the same ones that were
passed to \fIproc\fR. The \fInreProc\fR parameter should designate the
trampoline-enabled implementation of the command.
.PP
\fBTcl_NREvalObj\fR arranges for the script contained in \fIobjPtr\fR
to be evaluated in the interpreter designated by \fIinterp\fR after
the current command (which must be trampoline-enabled) returns. It is
the method by which a command may invoke a script without consuming

space on the C stack. Similarly, \fBTcl_NREvalObjv\fR arranges to
invoke a single Tcl command whose words have already been separated
and substituted. The \fIobjc\fR and \fIobjv\fR parameters give the
words of the command to be evaluated when execution reaches the
trampoline.
.PP
\fBTcl_NRCmdSwap\fR allows for trampoline evaluation of a command whose
resolution is already known.  The \fIcmd\fR parameter gives a

\fBTcl_Command\fR token (returned from \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR or
\fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR) identifying the command to be invoked in
the trampoline; this command must match the word in \fIobjv[0]\fR.
The remaining arguments are as for \fBTcl_NREvalObjv\fR.

.PP
\fBTcl_NREvalObj\fR, \fBTcl_NREvalObjv\fR and \fBTcl_NRCmdSwap\fR
all accept a \fIflags\fR parameter, which is an OR-ed-together set of
bits to control evaluation. At the present time, the only supported flag
available to callers is \fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR.
.\" TODO: Again, this is a lie. Do we want to explain TCL_EVAL_INVOKE
.\"       and TCL_EVAL_NOERR?
If the \fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR flag is set, the script or command is
evaluated in the global namespace. If it is not set, it is evaluated
in the current namespace.



.PP
\fBTcl_NRExprObj\fR arranges for the expression contained in \fIobjPtr\fR
to be evaluated in the interpreter designated by \fIinterp\fR after
the current command (which must be trampoline-enabled) returns. It is
the method by which a command may evaluate a Tcl expression without consuming
space on the C stack.  The argument \fIresultPtr\fR is a pointer to an
unshared Tcl_Obj where the result of expression evaluation is to be written.
If expression evaluation returns any code other than TCL_OK, the
\fIresultPtr\fR value is left untouched.
.PP
All of the routines return \fBTCL_OK\fR if command or expression invocation

has been scheduled successfully. If for any reason the scheduling cannot
be completed (for example, if the interpreter is unable to find
the requested command), they return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR with an
appropriate message left in the interpreter's result.
.PP
\fBTcl_NRAddCallback\fR arranges to have a C function called when the
current trampoline-enabled command in the Tcl interpreter designated
by \fIinterp\fR returns.  The \fIpostProcPtr\fR argument is a pointer
to the callback function, which must have arguments and return value

consistent with the \fBTcl_NRPostProc\fR data type:
.PP
.CS
typedef int
\fBTcl_NRPostProc\fR(
        \fBClientData\fR \fIdata\fR[],
        \fBTcl_Interp\fR *\fIinterp\fR,
        int \fIresult\fR);
.CE
.PP
When the trampoline invokes the callback function, the \fIdata\fR
parameter will point to an array containing the four one-word
quantities that were passed to \fBTcl_NRAddCallback\fR in the
\fIdata0\fR through \fIdata3\fR parameters. The Tcl interpreter will
be designated by the \fIinterp\fR parameter, and the \fIresult\fR
parameter will contain the result (\fBTCL_OK\fR, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR,
\fBTCL_RETURN\fR, \fBTCL_BREAK\fR or \fBTCL_CONTINUE\fR) that was
returned by the command evaluation. The callback function is expected,
in turn, either to return a \fIresult\fR to control further evaluation.
.PP
Multiple \fBTcl_NRAddCallback\fR invocations may request multiple
callbacks, which may be to the same or different callback
functions. If multiple callbacks are requested, they are executed in
last-in, first-out order, that is, the most recently requested
callback is executed first.
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
The usual pattern for Tcl commands that invoke other Tcl commands
is something like:


.PP
.CS
int
\fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
................................................................................

    return result;
}
\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR(interp, "theCommand",
        \fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR, clientData, TheCmdDeleteProc);
.CE
.PP
To enable a command like this one for trampoline-based evaluation,
it must be split into three pieces:
.IP \(bu
A non-trampoline implementation, \fITheCmdNewObjProc\fR,
which will simply create a trampoline
and invoke the trampoline-based implementation.
.IP \(bu
A trampoline-enabled implementation, \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR.  This
function will perform the initialization, request that the trampoline
call the postprocessing routine after command evaluation, and finally,
request that the trampoline call the inner command.
.IP \(bu
A postprocessing routine, \fITheCmdPostProc\fR. This function will
perform the postprocessing formerly done after the return from the
inner command in \fITheCmdObjProc\fR.
.PP
The non-trampoline implementation is simple and stylized, containing
a single statement:
.PP
.CS
int
\fITheCmdNewObjProc\fR(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    return \fBTcl_NRCallObjProc\fR(interp, \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR,
            clientData, objc, objv);
}
.CE
.PP
The trampoline-enabled implementation requests postprocessing,
and returns to the trampoline requesting command evaluation.
.PP
.CS
int
\fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
................................................................................
    /* \fIdata0 .. data3\fR are up to four one-word items to
     * pass to the postprocessing procedure */

    return \fBTcl_NREvalObj\fR(interp, objPtr, 0);
}
.CE
.PP
The postprocessing procedure does whatever the original command did
upon return from the inner evaluation.
.PP
.CS
int
\fITheCmdNRPostProc\fR(
    ClientData data[],
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int result)
{
................................................................................

    \fI... postprocessing ...\fR

    return result;
}
.CE
.PP
If \fItheCommand\fR is a command that results in multiple commands or
scripts being evaluated, its postprocessing routine may schedule
additional postprocessing and then request another command evaluation
by means of \fBTcl_NREvalObj\fR or one of the other evaluation
routines. Looping and sequencing constructs may be implemented in this way.
.PP
Finally, to install a trampoline-enabled command in the interpreter,
\fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR is used in place of
\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR.  It accepts two command procedures instead
of one. The first is for use when no trampoline is yet on the stack,
and the second is for use when there is already a trampoline in place.
.PP
.CS
\fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR(interp, "theCommand",
        \fITheCmdNewObjProc\fR, \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR, clientData,
        TheCmdDeleteProc);
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tcl_CreateCommand(3), Tcl_CreateObjCommand(3), Tcl_EvalObjEx(3), Tcl_GetCommandFromObj(3), Tcl_ExprObj(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
stackless, nonrecursive, execute, command, global, value, result, script
.SH COPYRIGHT
Copyright (c) 2008 by Kevin B. Kenny

.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2008 by Kevin B. Kenny.
.\" Copyright (c) 2018 by Nathan Coulter. 
.\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH NRE 3 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
................................................................................
.sp
void
\fBTcl_NRAddCallback\fR(\fIinterp, postProcPtr, data0, data1, data2, data3\fR)
.fi
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *interp in
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
The relevant Interpreter.
.AP char *cmdName in
Name of the command to create.
.AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc in
Called in order to evaluate a command.  Is often just a small wrapper that uses
\fBTcl_NRCallObjProc\fR to call \fInreProc\fR using a new trampoline.  Behaves
in the same way as the \fIproc\fR argument to \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR(3)
(\fIq.v.\fR).
.AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *nreProc in


Called instead of \fIproc\fR when a trampoline is already in use.
.AP ClientData clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value passed to \fIproc\fR, \fInreProc\fR, \fIdeleteProc\fR
and \fIobjProc\fR.
.AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in/out
Called before \fIcmdName\fR is deleted from the interpreter, allowing for
command-specific cleanup. May be NULL.

.AP int objc in
Number of items in \fIobjv\fR.
.AP Tcl_Obj **objv in

Words in the command.
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
A script or expression to evaluate.
.AP int flags in
As described for \fITcl_EvalObjv\fR.
.PP



.AP Tcl_Command cmd in

Token to use instead of one derived from the first word of \fIobjv\fR in order
to evaluate a command.
.AP Tcl_Obj *resultPtr out
Pointer to an unshared Tcl_Obj where the result of the evaluation is stored if

the return code is TCL_OK.
.AP Tcl_NRPostProc *postProcPtr in


A function to push.
.AP ClientData data0 in
.AP ClientData data1 in
.AP ClientData data2 in
.AP ClientData data3 in
\fIdata0\fR through \fIdata3\fR are four one-word values that will be passed
to the function designated by \fIpostProcPtr\fR when it is invoked.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
These functions provide an interface to the function stack that an interpreter
iterates through to evaluate commands.  The routine behind a command is
implemented by an initial function and any additional functions that the
routine pushes onto the stack as it progresses.  The interpreter itself pushes
functions onto the stack to react to the end of a routine and to exercise other
forms of control such as switching between in-progress stacks and the
evaluation of other scripts at additional levels without adding frames to the C
stack.  To execute a routine, the initial function for the routine is called
and then a small bit of code called a \fItrampoline\fR iteratively takes
functions off the stack and calls them, using the value of the last call as the
value of the routine.
.PP





\fBTcl_NRCallObjProc\fR calls \fInreProc\fR using a new trampoline.







.PP
\fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR, an alternative to \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR,




resolves \fIcmdName\fR, which may contain namespace qualifiers, relative to the
current namespace, creates a command by that name, and returns a token for the
command which may be used in subsequent calls to \fBTcl_GetCommandName\fR.

Except for a few cases noted below any existing command by the same name is
first deleted.  If \fIinterp\fR is in the process of being deleted
\fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR does not create any command, does not delete any
command, and returns NULL.
.PP



\fBTcl_NREvalObj\fR pushes a function that is like \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR but
consumes no space on the C stack.
.PP














\fBTcl_NREvalObjv\fR pushes a function that is like \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR but
consumes no space on the C stack.




.PP


\fBTcl_NRCmdSwap\fR is like \fBTcl_NREvalObjv\fR, but uses \fIcmd\fR, a token
previously returned by \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR or
\fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR, instead of resolving the first word of \fIobjv\fR.


.  The name of this command must be the same as \fIobjv[0]\fR.
.PP









\fBTcl_NRExprObj\fR pushes a function that evaluates \fIobjPtr\fR as an
expression in the same manner as \fBTcl_ExprObj\fR but without consuming space
on the C stack.
.PP










All of the functions return \fBTCL_OK\fR if the evaluation of the script,
command, or expression has been scheduled successfully.  Otherwise (for example

if the command name cannot be resolved), they return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and store
a message as the interpreter's result.
.PP




\fBTcl_NRAddCallback\fR pushes \fIpostProcPtr\fR.  The signature for
\fBTcl_NRPostProc\fR is:
.PP
.CS
typedef int
\fBTcl_NRPostProc\fR(
        \fBClientData\fR \fIdata\fR[],
        \fBTcl_Interp\fR *\fIinterp\fR,
        int \fIresult\fR);
.CE
.PP
\fIdata\fR is a pointer to an array containing \fIdata0\fR through \fIdata3\fR.
\fIresult\fR is the value returned by the previous function implementing part
the routine.












.SH EXAMPLE
.PP


The following command uses \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR, which consumes space on the C
stack, to evalute a script:
.PP
.CS
int
\fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
................................................................................

    return result;
}
\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR(interp, "theCommand",
        \fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR, clientData, TheCmdDeleteProc);
.CE
.PP
To avoid consuming space on the C stack, \fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR is renamed to
\fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR and the postprocessing step is split into a separate
function, \fITheCmdPostProc\fR, which is pushed onto the function stack.
\fITcl_EvalObjEx\fR is replaced with \fITcl_NREvalObj\fR, which uses a
trampoline instead of consuming space on the C stack.  A new version of
\fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR is just a a wrapper that uses \fBTcl_NRCallObjProc\fR to

call \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR:







.PP



.CS
int
\fITheCmdOldObjProc\fR(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    return \fBTcl_NRCallObjProc\fR(interp, \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR,
            clientData, objc, objv);
}
.CE
.PP



.CS
int
\fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
................................................................................
    /* \fIdata0 .. data3\fR are up to four one-word items to
     * pass to the postprocessing procedure */

    return \fBTcl_NREvalObj\fR(interp, objPtr, 0);
}
.CE
.PP



.CS
int
\fITheCmdNRPostProc\fR(
    ClientData data[],
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int result)
{
................................................................................

    \fI... postprocessing ...\fR

    return result;
}
.CE
.PP
Any function comprising a routine can push other functions, making it possible



implement looping and sequencing constructs using the function stack.
.PP











.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tcl_CreateCommand(3), Tcl_CreateObjCommand(3), Tcl_EvalObjEx(3), Tcl_GetCommandFromObj(3), Tcl_ExprObj(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
stackless, nonrecursive, execute, command, global, value, result, script
.SH COPYRIGHT
Copyright (c) 2008 by Kevin B. Kenny.
Copyright (c) 2018 by Nathan Coulter.

\fBincr x\fR
.CE
.PP
The \fBincr\fR command first gets an integer from \fIx\fR's value
by calling \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR.
This procedure checks whether the value is already an integer value.
Since it is not, it converts the value
by setting the value's \fIinternalRep.longValue\fR member
to the integer \fB123\fR
and setting the value's \fItypePtr\fR
to point to the integer Tcl_ObjType structure.
Both representations are now valid.
\fBincr\fR increments the value's integer internal representation
then invalidates its string representation
(by calling \fBTcl_InvalidateStringRep\fR)

\fBincr x\fR
.CE
.PP
The \fBincr\fR command first gets an integer from \fIx\fR's value
by calling \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR.
This procedure checks whether the value is already an integer value.
Since it is not, it converts the value
by setting the value's internal representation
to the integer \fB123\fR
and setting the value's \fItypePtr\fR
to point to the integer Tcl_ObjType structure.
Both representations are now valid.
\fBincr\fR increments the value's integer internal representation
then invalidates its string representation
(by calling \fBTcl_InvalidateStringRep\fR)

'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_Panic 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\"  Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
Tcl_Panic, Tcl_PanicVA, Tcl_SetPanicProc \- report fatal error and abort
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
void
\fBTcl_Panic\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fI...\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_PanicVA\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIargList\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR(\fIpanicProc\fR)
.sp
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_PanicProc *panicProc
.AP "const char*" format in
A printf-style format string.
................................................................................
application or the platform.
.PP
Although the primary callers of \fBTcl_Panic\fR are the procedures of
the Tcl library, \fBTcl_Panic\fR is a public function and may be called
by any extension or application that wishes to abort the process and
have a panic message displayed the same way that panic messages from Tcl
will be displayed.
.PP
\fBTcl_PanicVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_Panic\fR except that instead of
taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
abort(3), printf(3), exec(n), format(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
abort, fatal, error

'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_Panic 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\"  Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
Tcl_Panic, Tcl_SetPanicProc \- report fatal error and abort
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
void
\fBTcl_Panic\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fI...\fR)
.sp



void
\fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR(\fIpanicProc\fR)
.sp
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_PanicProc *panicProc
.AP "const char*" format in
A printf-style format string.
................................................................................
application or the platform.
.PP
Although the primary callers of \fBTcl_Panic\fR are the procedures of
the Tcl library, \fBTcl_Panic\fR is a public function and may be called
by any extension or application that wishes to abort the process and
have a panic message displayed the same way that panic messages from Tcl
will be displayed.



.SH "SEE ALSO"
abort(3), printf(3), exec(n), format(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
abort, fatal, error

.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
\fBTcl_PrintDouble\fR(\fIinterp, value, dst\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_Interp *interp out
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Before Tcl 8.0, the \fBtcl_precision\fR variable in this interpreter
controlled the conversion.  As of Tcl 8.0, this argument is ignored and
the conversion is controlled by the \fBtcl_precision\fR variable
that is now shared by all interpreters.
.AP double value in
Floating-point value to be converted.
.AP char *dst out
Where to store the string representing \fIvalue\fR.  Must have at
least \fBTCL_DOUBLE_SPACE\fR characters of storage.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
................................................................................
.QW .
or an
.QW e
so that it does not look like an integer.  Where \fB%g\fR would
generate an integer with no decimal point, \fBTcl_PrintDouble\fR adds
.QW .0 .
.PP
If the \fBtcl_precision\fR value is non-zero, the result will have
precisely that many digits of significance.  If the value is zero
(the default), the result will have the fewest digits needed to
represent the number in such a way that \fBTcl_NewDoubleObj\fR
will generate the same number when presented with the given string.
IEEE semantics of rounding to even apply to the conversion.
.SH KEYWORDS
conversion, double-precision, floating-point, string

.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
\fBTcl_PrintDouble\fR(\fIinterp, value, dst\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_Interp *interp out
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in

This argument is ignored.


.AP double value in
Floating-point value to be converted.
.AP char *dst out
Where to store the string representing \fIvalue\fR.  Must have at
least \fBTCL_DOUBLE_SPACE\fR characters of storage.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
................................................................................
.QW .
or an
.QW e
so that it does not look like an integer.  Where \fB%g\fR would
generate an integer with no decimal point, \fBTcl_PrintDouble\fR adds
.QW .0 .
.PP


The result will have the fewest digits needed to
represent the number in such a way that \fBTcl_NewDoubleObj\fR
will generate the same number when presented with the given string.
IEEE semantics of rounding to even apply to the conversion.
.SH KEYWORDS
conversion, double-precision, floating-point, string

command but do not evaluate it.  \fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR means evaluate
the command at global level instead of the current stack level.
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTcl_RecordAndEval\fR is invoked to record a command as an event
on the history list and then execute it using \fBTcl_Eval\fR.

It returns a completion code such as \fBTCL_OK\fR just like \fBTcl_Eval\fR
and it leaves information in the interpreter's result.
If you do not want the command recorded on the history list then
you should invoke \fBTcl_Eval\fR instead of \fBTcl_RecordAndEval\fR.
Normally \fBTcl_RecordAndEval\fR is only called with top-level
commands typed by the user, since the purpose of history is to
allow the user to re-issue recently-invoked commands.

command but do not evaluate it.  \fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR means evaluate
the command at global level instead of the current stack level.
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTcl_RecordAndEval\fR is invoked to record a command as an event
on the history list and then execute it using \fBTcl_Eval\fR
(or \fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR if the \fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR bit is set in \fIflags\fR).
It returns a completion code such as \fBTCL_OK\fR just like \fBTcl_Eval\fR
and it leaves information in the interpreter's result.
If you do not want the command recorded on the history list then
you should invoke \fBTcl_Eval\fR instead of \fBTcl_RecordAndEval\fR.
Normally \fBTcl_RecordAndEval\fR is only called with top-level
commands typed by the user, since the purpose of history is to
allow the user to re-issue recently-invoked commands.

value may then be passed back to one of \fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR
or \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR, depending on whether the interp
state is to be restored.  So long as one of the latter two routines
is called, Tcl will take care of memory management.
.PP
The second triplet stores the snapshot of only the interpreter
result (not its complete state) in memory allocated by the caller.
These routines are passed a pointer to a \fBTcl_SavedResult\fR structure
that is used to store enough information to restore the interpreter result.
This structure can be allocated on the stack of the calling
procedure.  These routines do not save the state of any error
information in the interpreter (e.g. the \fB\-errorcode\fR or
\fB\-errorinfo\fR return options, when an error is in progress).
.PP
Because the routines \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR,
\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR perform
a superset of the functions provided by the other routines,

value may then be passed back to one of \fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR
or \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR, depending on whether the interp
state is to be restored.  So long as one of the latter two routines
is called, Tcl will take care of memory management.
.PP
The second triplet stores the snapshot of only the interpreter
result (not its complete state) in memory allocated by the caller.
These routines are passed a pointer to \fBTcl_SavedResult\fR
that is used to store enough information to restore the interpreter result.
\fBTcl_SavedResult\fR can be allocated on the stack of the calling
procedure.  These routines do not save the state of any error
information in the interpreter (e.g. the \fB\-errorcode\fR or
\fB\-errorinfo\fR return options, when an error is in progress).
.PP
Because the routines \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR,
\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR perform
a superset of the functions provided by the other routines,

.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
At any given time Tcl enforces a limit on the number of recursive
calls that may be active for \fBTcl_Eval\fR and related procedures
such as \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR.
Any call to \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR that exceeds this depth is aborted with
an error.
By default the recursion limit is 1000.
.PP
\fBTcl_SetRecursionLimit\fR may be used to change the maximum
allowable nesting depth for an interpreter.
The \fIdepth\fR argument specifies a new limit for \fIinterp\fR,
and \fBTcl_SetRecursionLimit\fR returns the old limit.

.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
At any given time Tcl enforces a limit on the number of recursive
calls that may be active for \fBTcl_Eval\fR and related procedures
such as \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR.
Any call to \fBTcl_Eval\fR that exceeds this depth is aborted with
an error.
By default the recursion limit is 1000.
.PP
\fBTcl_SetRecursionLimit\fR may be used to change the maximum
allowable nesting depth for an interpreter.
The \fIdepth\fR argument specifies a new limit for \fIinterp\fR,
and \fBTcl_SetRecursionLimit\fR returns the old limit.

'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_SetResult 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_SetObjResult, Tcl_GetObjResult, Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_GetStringResult, Tcl_AppendResult, Tcl_AppendResultVA, Tcl_AppendElement, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_TransferResult, Tcl_FreeResult \- manipulate Tcl result
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
\fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
................................................................................
\fBTcl_SetResult\fR(\fIinterp, result, freeProc\fR)
.sp
const char *
\fBTcl_GetStringResult\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_AppendResult\fR(\fIinterp, result, result, ... , \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_AppendResultVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_ResetResult\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
.sp
.VS 8.6
\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR(\fIsourceInterp, result, targetInterp\fR)
.VE 8.6
.sp
\fBTcl_AppendElement\fR(\fIinterp, element\fR)
................................................................................
result, such as allocating a larger result area if necessary.
It also manages conversion to and from the \fIresult\fR field of the
\fIinterp\fR so as to handle backward-compatibility with old-style
extensions.
Any number of \fIresult\fR arguments may be passed in a single
call; the last argument in the list must be a NULL pointer.
.PP
\fBTcl_AppendResultVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR except that
instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list.
.PP
.VS 8.6
\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR moves a result from one interpreter to another,
optionally (dependent on the \fIresult\fR parameter) including the error
information dictionary as well. The interpreters must be in the same thread.
The source interpreter will have its result reset by this operation.
.VE 8.6
.SH "DEPRECATED INTERFACES"
................................................................................
\fBTcl_FreeResult\fR performs part of the work
of \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR.
It frees up the memory associated with \fIinterp\fR's result.
It also sets \fIinterp->freeProc\fR to zero, but does not
change \fIinterp->result\fR or clear error state.
\fBTcl_FreeResult\fR is most commonly used when a procedure
is about to replace one result value with another.
.SS "DIRECT ACCESS TO INTERP->RESULT"
.PP
It used to be legal for programs to directly read and write
\fIinterp->result\fR to manipulate the interpreter result.
The Tcl headers no longer permit this access, and C code still
doing this must be updated to use supported routines \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR,
\fBTcl_GetStringResult\fR, \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR, and \fBTcl_SetResult\fR.
.SH "THE TCL_FREEPROC ARGUMENT TO TCL_SETRESULT"
.PP
\fBTcl_SetResult\fR's \fIfreeProc\fR argument specifies how
the Tcl system is to manage the storage for the \fIresult\fR argument.
If \fBTcl_SetResult\fR or \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR are called
at a time when \fIinterp\fR holds a string result,
they do whatever is necessary to dispose of the old string result

'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_SetResult 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_SetObjResult, Tcl_GetObjResult, Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_GetStringResult, Tcl_AppendResult, Tcl_AppendElement, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_TransferResult, Tcl_FreeResult \- manipulate Tcl result
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
\fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
................................................................................
\fBTcl_SetResult\fR(\fIinterp, result, freeProc\fR)
.sp
const char *
\fBTcl_GetStringResult\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_AppendResult\fR(\fIinterp, result, result, ... , \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
.sp


\fBTcl_ResetResult\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
.sp
.VS 8.6
\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR(\fIsourceInterp, result, targetInterp\fR)
.VE 8.6
.sp
\fBTcl_AppendElement\fR(\fIinterp, element\fR)
................................................................................
result, such as allocating a larger result area if necessary.
It also manages conversion to and from the \fIresult\fR field of the
\fIinterp\fR so as to handle backward-compatibility with old-style
extensions.
Any number of \fIresult\fR arguments may be passed in a single
call; the last argument in the list must be a NULL pointer.
.PP



.VS 8.6
\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR moves a result from one interpreter to another,
optionally (dependent on the \fIresult\fR parameter) including the error
information dictionary as well. The interpreters must be in the same thread.
The source interpreter will have its result reset by this operation.
.VE 8.6
.SH "DEPRECATED INTERFACES"
................................................................................
\fBTcl_FreeResult\fR performs part of the work
of \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR.
It frees up the memory associated with \fIinterp\fR's result.
It also sets \fIinterp->freeProc\fR to zero, but does not
change \fIinterp->result\fR or clear error state.
\fBTcl_FreeResult\fR is most commonly used when a procedure
is about to replace one result value with another.







.SH "THE TCL_FREEPROC ARGUMENT TO TCL_SETRESULT"
.PP
\fBTcl_SetResult\fR's \fIfreeProc\fR argument specifies how
the Tcl system is to manage the storage for the \fIresult\fR argument.
If \fBTcl_SetResult\fR or \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR are called
at a time when \fIinterp\fR holds a string result,
they do whatever is necessary to dispose of the old string result

'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_StringObj 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_NewStringObj, Tcl_NewUnicodeObj, Tcl_SetStringObj, Tcl_SetUnicodeObj, Tcl_GetStringFromObj, Tcl_GetString, Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj, Tcl_GetUnicode, Tcl_GetUniChar, Tcl_GetCharLength, Tcl_GetRange, Tcl_AppendToObj, Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj, Tcl_AppendObjToObj, Tcl_AppendStringsToObj, Tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA, Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj, Tcl_Format, Tcl_AppendFormatToObj, Tcl_ObjPrintf, Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj, Tcl_SetObjLength, Tcl_AttemptSetObjLength, Tcl_ConcatObj \- manipulate Tcl values as strings
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTcl_NewStringObj\fR(\fIbytes, length\fR)
.sp
................................................................................
.sp
void
\fBTcl_AppendObjToObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, appendObjPtr\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_AppendStringsToObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, string, string, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_AppendStringsToObjVA\fR(\fIobjPtr, argList\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_AppendLimitedToObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, bytes, length, limit, ellipsis\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTcl_Format\fR(\fIinterp, format, objc, objv\fR)
.sp
int
................................................................................
\fBTcl_AppendStringsToObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_AppendToObj\fR
except that it can be passed more than one value to append and
each value must be a null-terminated string (i.e. none of the
values may contain internal null characters).  Any number of
\fIstring\fR arguments may be provided, but the last argument
must be a NULL pointer to indicate the end of the list.
.PP
\fBTcl_AppendStringsToObjVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_AppendStringsToObj\fR
except that instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an
argument list.
.PP
\fBTcl_AppendLimitedToObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_AppendToObj\fR
except that it imposes a limit on how many bytes are appended.
This can be handy when the string to be appended might be
very large, but the value being constructed should not be allowed to grow
without bound. A common usage is when constructing an error message, where the
end result should be kept short enough to be read.
Bytes from \fIbytes\fR are appended to \fIobjPtr\fR, but no more

'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_StringObj 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_NewStringObj, Tcl_NewUnicodeObj, Tcl_SetStringObj, Tcl_SetUnicodeObj, Tcl_GetStringFromObj, Tcl_GetString, Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj, Tcl_GetUnicode, Tcl_GetUniChar, Tcl_GetCharLength, Tcl_GetRange, Tcl_AppendToObj, Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj, Tcl_AppendObjToObj, Tcl_AppendStringsToObj, Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj, Tcl_Format, Tcl_AppendFormatToObj, Tcl_ObjPrintf, Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj, Tcl_SetObjLength, Tcl_AttemptSetObjLength, Tcl_ConcatObj \- manipulate Tcl values as strings
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTcl_NewStringObj\fR(\fIbytes, length\fR)
.sp
................................................................................
.sp
void
\fBTcl_AppendObjToObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, appendObjPtr\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_AppendStringsToObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, string, string, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
.sp



void
\fBTcl_AppendLimitedToObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, bytes, length, limit, ellipsis\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTcl_Format\fR(\fIinterp, format, objc, objv\fR)
.sp
int
................................................................................
\fBTcl_AppendStringsToObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_AppendToObj\fR
except that it can be passed more than one value to append and
each value must be a null-terminated string (i.e. none of the
values may contain internal null characters).  Any number of
\fIstring\fR arguments may be provided, but the last argument
must be a NULL pointer to indicate the end of the list.
.PP




\fBTcl_AppendLimitedToObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_AppendToObj\fR
except that it imposes a limit on how many bytes are appended.
This can be handy when the string to be appended might be
very large, but the value being constructed should not be allowed to grow
without bound. A common usage is when constructing an error message, where the
end result should be kept short enough to be read.
Bytes from \fIbytes\fR are appended to \fIobjPtr\fR, but no more

\fBTcl_UtfToLower\fR(\fIstr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UtfToTitle\fR(\fIstr\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS char *str in/out
.AP int ch in
The Tcl_UniChar to be converted.
.AP char *str in/out
Pointer to UTF-8 string to be converted in place.
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The first three routines convert the case of individual Unicode characters:

\fBTcl_UtfToLower\fR(\fIstr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UtfToTitle\fR(\fIstr\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS char *str in/out
.AP int ch in
The Unicode character to be converted.
.AP char *str in/out
Pointer to UTF-8 string to be converted in place.
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The first three routines convert the case of individual Unicode characters:

\fBTcl_UniCharIsUpper\fR(\fIch\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UniCharIsWordChar\fR(\fIch\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS int ch
.AP int ch in
The Tcl_UniChar to be examined.
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
All of the routines described examine Tcl_UniChars and return a
boolean value. A non-zero return value means that the character does
belong to the character class associated with the called routine. The
rest of this document just describes the character classes associated
with the various routines.
.PP
Note: A Tcl_UniChar is a Unicode character represented as an unsigned,
fixed-size quantity.

.SH "CHARACTER CLASSES"
.PP
\fBTcl_UniCharIsAlnum\fR tests if the character is an alphanumeric Unicode character.
.PP
\fBTcl_UniCharIsAlpha\fR tests if the character is an alphabetic Unicode character.
.PP

\fBTcl_UniCharIsUpper\fR(\fIch\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UniCharIsWordChar\fR(\fIch\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS int ch
.AP int ch in
The Unicode character to be examined.
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
All of the routines described examine Unicode characters and return a
boolean value. A non-zero return value means that the character does
belong to the character class associated with the called routine. The
rest of this document just describes the character classes associated
with the various routines.




.SH "CHARACTER CLASSES"
.PP
\fBTcl_UniCharIsAlnum\fR tests if the character is an alphanumeric Unicode character.
.PP
\fBTcl_UniCharIsAlpha\fR tests if the character is an alphabetic Unicode character.
.PP

\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR(\fIsrc, readPtr, dst\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS "const Tcl_UniChar" *uniPattern in/out
.AP char *buf out
Buffer in which the UTF-8 representation of the Tcl_UniChar is stored.  At most
\fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes are stored in the buffer.
.AP int ch in
The Tcl_UniChar to be converted or examined.
.AP Tcl_UniChar *chPtr out
Filled with the Tcl_UniChar represented by the head of the UTF-8 string.
.AP "const char" *src in
Pointer to a UTF-8 string.
.AP "const char" *cs in
Pointer to a UTF-8 string.
.AP "const char" *ct in
................................................................................
The length of the UTF-8 string in bytes (not UTF-8 characters).  If
negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
.AP int uniLength in
The length of the Unicode string in characters.  Must be greater than or
equal to 0.
.AP "Tcl_DString" *dsPtr in/out
A pointer to a previously initialized \fBTcl_DString\fR.
.AP "size_t" numChars in
The number of characters to compare.
.AP "const char" *start in
Pointer to the beginning of a UTF-8 string.
.AP int index in
The index of a character (not byte) in the UTF-8 string.
.AP int *readPtr out
If non-NULL, filled with the number of bytes in the backslash sequence,

\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR(\fIsrc, readPtr, dst\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS "const Tcl_UniChar" *uniPattern in/out
.AP char *buf out
Buffer in which the UTF-8 representation of the Tcl_UniChar is stored.  At most
\fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes are stored in the buffer.
.AP int ch in
The Unicode character to be converted or examined.
.AP Tcl_UniChar *chPtr out
Filled with the Tcl_UniChar represented by the head of the UTF-8 string.
.AP "const char" *src in
Pointer to a UTF-8 string.
.AP "const char" *cs in
Pointer to a UTF-8 string.
.AP "const char" *ct in
................................................................................
The length of the UTF-8 string in bytes (not UTF-8 characters).  If
negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
.AP int uniLength in
The length of the Unicode string in characters.  Must be greater than or
equal to 0.
.AP "Tcl_DString" *dsPtr in/out
A pointer to a previously initialized \fBTcl_DString\fR.
.AP "unsigned long" numChars in
The number of characters to compare.
.AP "const char" *start in
Pointer to the beginning of a UTF-8 string.
.AP int index in
The index of a character (not byte) in the UTF-8 string.
.AP int *readPtr out
If non-NULL, filled with the number of bytes in the backslash sequence,

number if the first character is not a sign.
.TP 10
\fB0\fR
Specifies that the number should be padded on the left with
zeroes instead of spaces.
.TP 10
\fB#\fR
Requests an alternate output form. For \fBo\fR and \fBO\fR
conversions it guarantees that the first digit is always \fB0\fR.
For \fBx\fR or \fBX\fR conversions, \fB0x\fR or \fB0X\fR (respectively)
will be added to the beginning of the result unless it is zero.
For \fBb\fR conversions, \fB0b\fR
will be added to the beginning of the result unless it is zero.



For all floating-point conversions (\fBe\fR, \fBE\fR, \fBf\fR,
\fBg\fR, and \fBG\fR) it guarantees that the result always
has a decimal point.
For \fBg\fR and \fBG\fR conversions it specifies that
trailing zeroes should not be removed.
.SS "OPTIONAL FIELD WIDTH"
.PP
................................................................................
printed; if the string is longer than this then the trailing characters will be dropped.
If the precision is specified with \fB*\fR rather than a number
then the next argument to the \fBformat\fR command determines the precision;
it must be a numeric string.
.SS "OPTIONAL SIZE MODIFIER"
.PP
The fifth part of a conversion specifier is a size modifier,
which must be \fBll\fR, \fBh\fR, or \fBl\fR.
If it is \fBll\fR it specifies that an integer value is taken
without truncation for conversion to a formatted substring.
If it is \fBh\fR it specifies that an integer value is
truncated to a 16-bit range before converting.  This option is rarely useful.
If it is \fBl\fR it specifies that the integer value is
truncated to the same range as that produced by the \fBwide()\fR
function of the \fBexpr\fR command (at least a 64-bit range).


If neither \fBh\fR nor \fBl\fR are present, the integer value is
truncated to the same range as that produced by the \fBint()\fR
function of the \fBexpr\fR command (at least a 32-bit range, but
determined by the value of the \fBwordSize\fR element of the
\fBtcl_platform\fR array).
.SS "MANDATORY CONVERSION TYPE"
.PP
The last thing in a conversion specifier is an alphabetic character
................................................................................
Convert integer to unsigned hexadecimal string, using digits
.QW 0123456789abcdef
for \fBx\fR and
.QW 0123456789ABCDEF
for \fBX\fR).
.TP 10
\fBb\fR
Convert integer to binary string, using digits 0 and 1.
.TP 10
\fBc\fR
Convert integer to the Unicode character it represents.
.TP 10
\fBs\fR
No conversion; just insert string.
.TP 10
................................................................................
\fBg\fR or \fBG\fR
If the exponent is less than \-4 or greater than or equal to the
precision, then convert number as for \fB%e\fR or
\fB%E\fR.
Otherwise convert as for \fB%f\fR.
Trailing zeroes and a trailing decimal point are omitted.
.TP 10







\fB%\fR
No conversion: just insert \fB%\fR.




.SH "DIFFERENCES FROM ANSI SPRINTF"
.PP
The behavior of the format command is the same as the
ANSI C \fBsprintf\fR procedure except for the following
differences:
.IP [1]
Tcl guarantees that it will be working with UNICODE characters.
.IP [2]
\fB%p\fR and \fB%n\fR specifiers are not supported.
.IP [3]
For \fB%c\fR conversions the argument must be an integer value,
which will then be converted to the corresponding character value.
.IP [4]
The size modifiers are ignored when formatting floating-point values.
The \fBll\fR modifier has no \fBsprintf\fR counterpart.
The \fBb\fR specifier has no \fBsprintf\fR counterpart.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
Convert the numeric value of a UNICODE character to the character
itself:
.PP
.CS

number if the first character is not a sign.
.TP 10
\fB0\fR
Specifies that the number should be padded on the left with
zeroes instead of spaces.
.TP 10
\fB#\fR
Requests an alternate output form. For \fBo\fR conversions,
\fB0o\fR will be added to the beginning of the result unless
it is zero. For \fBx\fR or \fBX\fR conversions, \fB0x\fR
will be added to the beginning of the result unless it is zero.
For \fBb\fR conversions, \fB0b\fR
will be added to the beginning of the result unless it is zero.
For \fBd\fR conversions, \fB0d\fR there is no effect unless
the \fB0\fR specifier is used as well: In that case, \fB0d\fR
will be added to the beginning.
For all floating-point conversions (\fBe\fR, \fBE\fR, \fBf\fR,
\fBg\fR, and \fBG\fR) it guarantees that the result always
has a decimal point.
For \fBg\fR and \fBG\fR conversions it specifies that
trailing zeroes should not be removed.
.SS "OPTIONAL FIELD WIDTH"
.PP
................................................................................
printed; if the string is longer than this then the trailing characters will be dropped.
If the precision is specified with \fB*\fR rather than a number
then the next argument to the \fBformat\fR command determines the precision;
it must be a numeric string.
.SS "OPTIONAL SIZE MODIFIER"
.PP
The fifth part of a conversion specifier is a size modifier,
which must be \fBll\fR, \fBh\fR, \fBl\fR, or \fBL\fR.
If it is \fBll\fR it specifies that an integer value is taken
without truncation for conversion to a formatted substring.
If it is \fBh\fR it specifies that an integer value is
truncated to a 16-bit range before converting.  This option is rarely useful.
If it is \fBl\fR it specifies that the integer value is
truncated to the same range as that produced by the \fBwide()\fR
function of the \fBexpr\fR command (at least a 64-bit range).
If it is \fBL\fR it specifies that an integer or double value is taken
without truncation for conversion to a formatted substring.
If neither \fBh\fR nor \fBl\fR nor \fBL\fR are present, the integer value is
truncated to the same range as that produced by the \fBint()\fR
function of the \fBexpr\fR command (at least a 32-bit range, but
determined by the value of the \fBwordSize\fR element of the
\fBtcl_platform\fR array).
.SS "MANDATORY CONVERSION TYPE"
.PP
The last thing in a conversion specifier is an alphabetic character
................................................................................
Convert integer to unsigned hexadecimal string, using digits
.QW 0123456789abcdef
for \fBx\fR and
.QW 0123456789ABCDEF
for \fBX\fR).
.TP 10
\fBb\fR
Convert integer to unsigned binary string, using digits 0 and 1.
.TP 10
\fBc\fR
Convert integer to the Unicode character it represents.
.TP 10
\fBs\fR
No conversion; just insert string.
.TP 10
................................................................................
\fBg\fR or \fBG\fR
If the exponent is less than \-4 or greater than or equal to the
precision, then convert number as for \fB%e\fR or
\fB%E\fR.
Otherwise convert as for \fB%f\fR.
Trailing zeroes and a trailing decimal point are omitted.
.TP 10
\fBa\fR or \fBA\fR
Convert double to hexadecimal notation in the form
\fI0x1.yyy\fBp\(+-\fIzz\fR, where the number of \fIy\fR's is
determined by the precision (default: 13).
If the \fBA\fR form is used then the hex characters
are printed in uppercase.
.TP 10
\fB%\fR
No conversion: just insert \fB%\fR.
.TP 10
\fBp\fR
Shorthand form for \fB0x%zx\fR, so it outputs the integer in
hexadecimal form with \fB0x\fR prefix.
.SH "DIFFERENCES FROM ANSI SPRINTF"
.PP
The behavior of the format command is the same as the
ANSI C \fBsprintf\fR procedure except for the following
differences:
.IP [1]
Tcl guarantees that it will be working with UNICODE characters.
.IP [2]
\fB%n\fR specifier is not supported.
.IP [3]
For \fB%c\fR conversions the argument must be an integer value,
which will then be converted to the corresponding character value.
.IP [4]
The size modifiers are ignored when formatting floating-point values.

The \fBb\fR specifier has no \fBsprintf\fR counterpart.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
Convert the numeric value of a UNICODE character to the character
itself:
.PP
.CS

the global namespace if \fIpattern\fR starts with \fB::\fR) to match
within; the matching pattern is taken to be the part after the last
namespace separator.
.TP
\fBinfo script\fR ?\fIfilename\fR?
.
If a Tcl script file is currently being evaluated (i.e. there is a
call to \fBTcl_FSEvalFile\fR active or there is an active invocation
of the \fBsource\fR command), then this command returns the name
of the innermost file being processed.  If \fIfilename\fR is specified,
then the return value of this command will be modified for the
duration of the active invocation to return that name.  This is
useful in virtual file system applications.
Otherwise the command returns an empty string.
.TP

the global namespace if \fIpattern\fR starts with \fB::\fR) to match
within; the matching pattern is taken to be the part after the last
namespace separator.
.TP
\fBinfo script\fR ?\fIfilename\fR?
.
If a Tcl script file is currently being evaluated (i.e. there is a
call to \fBTcl_EvalFile\fR active or there is an active invocation
of the \fBsource\fR command), then this command returns the name
of the innermost file being processed.  If \fIfilename\fR is specified,
then the return value of this command will be modified for the
duration of the active invocation to return that name.  This is
useful in virtual file system applications.
Otherwise the command returns an empty string.
.TP

This option implies \fB\-sorted\fR and cannot be used with either \fB\-all\fR
or \fB\-not\fR.
.VE 8.6
.SS "NESTED LIST OPTIONS"
.PP
These options are used to search lists of lists.  They may be used
with any other options.













.TP
\fB\-index\fR\0\fIindexList\fR
.
This option is designed for use when searching within nested lists.
The \fIindexList\fR argument gives a path of indices (much as might be
used with the \fBlindex\fR or \fBlset\fR commands) within each element
to allow the location of the term being matched against.
................................................................................
.PP
It is also possible to search inside elements:
.PP
.CS
\fBlsearch\fR -index 1 -all -inline {{a abc} {b bcd} {c cde}} *bc*
      \fI\(-> {a abc} {b bcd}\fR
.CE







.SH "SEE ALSO"
foreach(n), list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n),
lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
binary search, linear search,
list, match, pattern, regular expression, search, string
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

This option implies \fB\-sorted\fR and cannot be used with either \fB\-all\fR
or \fB\-not\fR.
.VE 8.6
.SS "NESTED LIST OPTIONS"
.PP
These options are used to search lists of lists.  They may be used
with any other options.
.TP
\fB\-stride\0\fIstrideLength\fR
.
If this option is specified, the list is treated as consisting of
groups of \fIstrideLength\fR elements and the groups are searched by
either their first element or, if the \fB\-index\fR option is used,
by the element within each group given by the first index passed to
\fB\-index\fR (which is then ignored by \fB\-index\fR). The resulting
index always points to the first element in a group.
.PP
The list length must be an integer multiple of \fIstrideLength\fR, which
in turn must be at least 1. A \fIstrideLength\fR of 1 is the default and
indicates no grouping.
.TP
\fB\-index\fR\0\fIindexList\fR
.
This option is designed for use when searching within nested lists.
The \fIindexList\fR argument gives a path of indices (much as might be
used with the \fBlindex\fR or \fBlset\fR commands) within each element
to allow the location of the term being matched against.
................................................................................
.PP
It is also possible to search inside elements:
.PP
.CS
\fBlsearch\fR -index 1 -all -inline {{a abc} {b bcd} {c cde}} *bc*
      \fI\(-> {a abc} {b bcd}\fR
.CE
.PP
The same thing for a flattened list:
.PP
.CS
\fBlsearch\fR -stride 2 -index 1 -all -inline {a abc b bcd c cde} *bc*
      \fI\(-> {a abc b bcd}\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
foreach(n), list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n),
lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
binary search, linear search,
list, match, pattern, regular expression, search, string
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

.TH "msgcat" n 1.5 msgcat "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
msgcat \- Tcl message catalog
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBpackage require Tcl 8.5\fR
.sp
\fBpackage require msgcat 1.6\fR
.sp
\fB::msgcat::mc \fIsrc-string\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.sp
\fB::msgcat::mcmax ?\fIsrc-string src-string ...\fR?
.sp
.VS "TIP 412"
\fB::msgcat::mcexists\fR ?\fB-exactnamespace\fR? ?\fB-exactlocale\fR? \fIsrc-string\fR
.VE "TIP 412"




.sp
\fB::msgcat::mclocale \fR?\fInewLocale\fR?
.sp

\fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR

.sp
.VS "TIP 412"
\fB::msgcat::mcloadedlocales subcommand\fR ?\fIlocale\fR?
.VE "TIP 412"
.sp
\fB::msgcat::mcload \fIdirname\fR
.sp
................................................................................
.VS "TIP 412"
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale subcommand\fR ?\fIlocale\fR?
.sp
\fB::msgcat::mcpackageconfig subcommand\fR \fIoption\fR ?\fIvalue\fR?
.sp
\fB::msgcat::mcforgetpackage\fR
.VE "TIP 412"




.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBmsgcat\fR package provides a set of functions
that can be used to manage multi-lingual user interfaces.
Text strings are defined in a
.QW "message catalog"
................................................................................
Each package has its own message catalog and configuration settings in \fBmsgcat\fR.
.PP
A \fIlocale\fR is a specification string describing a user language like \fBde_ch\fR for Swiss German.
In \fBmsgcat\fR, there is a global locale initialized by the system locale of the current system.
Each package may decide to use the global locale or to use a package specific locale.
.PP
The global locale may be changed on demand, for example by a user initiated language change or within a multi user application like a web server.





.SH COMMANDS
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mc \fIsrc-string\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.
Returns a translation of \fIsrc-string\fR according to the
current locale.  If additional arguments past \fIsrc-string\fR
are given, the \fBformat\fR command is used to substitute the
................................................................................
\fB::msgcat::mc\fR is the main function used to localize an
application.  Instead of using an English string directly, an
application can pass the English string through \fB::msgcat::mc\fR and
use the result.  If an application is written for a single language in
this fashion, then it is easy to add support for additional languages
later simply by defining new message catalog entries.
.RE











.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcmax ?\fIsrc-string src-string ...\fR?
.
Given several source strings, \fB::msgcat::mcmax\fR returns the length
of the longest translated string.  This is useful when designing
localized GUIs, which may require that all buttons, for example, be a
fixed width (which will be the width of the widest button).
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcexists\fR ?\fB-exactnamespace\fR? ?\fB-exactlocale\fR? \fIsrc-string\fR
.
.VS "TIP 412"
Return true, if there is a translation for the given \fIsrc-string\fR.
.PP
.RS
The search may be limited by the option \fB\-exactnamespace\fR to only check the current namespace and not any parent namespaces.
.PP
It may also be limited by the option \fB\-exactlocale\fR to only check the first prefered locale (e.g. first element returned by \fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR if global locale is used).





.RE

.VE "TIP 412"

.TP

























\fB::msgcat::mclocale \fR?\fInewLocale\fR?
.
This function sets the locale to \fInewLocale\fR.  If \fInewLocale\fR
is omitted, the current locale is returned, otherwise the current locale










is set to \fInewLocale\fR.  msgcat stores and compares the locale in a
case-insensitive manner, and returns locales in lowercase.
The initial locale is determined by the locale specified in
the user's environment.  See \fBLOCALE SPECIFICATION\fR
below for a description of the locale string format.
.RS
.PP
.VS "TIP 412"
If the locale is set, the preference list of locales is evaluated.
Locales in this list are loaded now, if not jet loaded.
.VE "TIP 412"
.RE
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR
.
Returns an ordered list of the locales preferred by
the user, based on the user's language specification.
The list is ordered from most specific to least
preference.  The list is derived from the current
locale set in msgcat by \fB::msgcat::mclocale\fR, and
cannot be set independently.  For example, if the







current locale is en_US_funky, then \fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR
returns \fB{en_us_funky en_us en {}}\fR.




.TP
\fB::msgcat:mcloadedlocales subcommand\fR ?\fIlocale\fR?
.
This group of commands manage the list of loaded locales for packages not setting a package locale.
.PP
.RS
The subcommand \fBget\fR returns the list of currently loaded locales.
................................................................................
Note that this routine is only called if the concerned package did not set a package locale unknown command name.
.RE
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcforgetpackage\fR
.
The calling package clears all its state within the \fBmsgcat\fR package including all settings and translations.
.VE "TIP 412"
















.PP
.SH "LOCALE SPECIFICATION"
.PP
The locale is specified to \fBmsgcat\fR by a locale string
passed to \fB::msgcat::mclocale\fR.
The locale string consists of
a language code, an optional country code, and an optional
................................................................................
.PP
.CS
\fBmsgcat::mc\fR {Produced %1$d at %2$s} $num $city
# ... where that key is mapped to one of the
# human-oriented versions by \fBmsgcat::mcset\fR
.CE
.VS "TIP 412"
.SH Package private locale
.PP
A package using \fBmsgcat\fR may choose to use its own package private
locale and its own set of loaded locales, independent to the global
locale set by \fB::msgcat::mclocale\fR.
.PP
This allows a package to change its locale without causing any locales load or removal in other packages and not to invoke the global locale change callback (see below).
.PP
................................................................................
This command may cause the load of locales.
.RE
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale get\fR
.
Return the package private locale or the global locale, if no package private locale is set.
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale preferences\fR
.
Return the package private preferences or the global preferences,
if no package private locale is set.












.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale loaded\fR
.
Return the list of locales loaded for this package.
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale isset\fR
.
................................................................................
.
Returns true, if the given locale is loaded for the package.
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale clear\fR
.
Clear any loaded locales of the package not present in the package preferences.
.PP
.SH Changing package options
.PP
Each package using msgcat has a set of options within \fBmsgcat\fR.
The package options are described in the next sectionPackage options.
Each package option may be set or unset individually using the following ensemble:
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackageconfig get\fR \fIoption\fR
.
................................................................................
The called procedure must return the formatted message which will finally be returned by msgcat::mc.
.PP
A generic unknown handler is used if set to the empty string. This consists in returning the key if no arguments are given. With given arguments, format is used to process the arguments.
.PP
See section \fBcallback invocation\fR below.
The appended arguments are identical to \fB::msgcat::mcunknown\fR.
.RE
.SS Callback invocation
A package may decide to register one or multiple callbacks, as described above.
.PP
Callbacks are invoked, if:
.PP
1. the callback command is set,
.PP
2. the command is not the empty string,
.PP
3. the registering namespace exists.
.PP
If a called routine fails with an error, the \fBbgerror\fR routine for the interpreter is invoked after command completion.
Only exception is the callback \fBunknowncmd\fR, where an error causes the invoking \fBmc\fR-command to fail with that error.
.PP
.SS Examples















































Packages which display a GUI may update their widgets when the global locale changes.
To register to a callback, use:
.CS
namespace eval gui {
    msgcat::mcpackageconfig changecmd updateGUI

    proc updateGui args {
................................................................................
}
.CE
.VE "TIP 412"
.SH CREDITS
.PP
The message catalog code was developed by Mark Harrison.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
format(n), scan(n), namespace(n), package(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
internationalization, i18n, localization, l10n, message, text, translation
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" End:

.TH "msgcat" n 1.5 msgcat "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
msgcat \- Tcl message catalog
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBpackage require Tcl 8.7\fR
.sp
\fBpackage require msgcat 1.7\fR
.sp
\fB::msgcat::mc \fIsrc-string\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.sp
\fB::msgcat::mcmax ?\fIsrc-string src-string ...\fR?
.sp
.VS "TIP 412"
\fB::msgcat::mcexists\fR ?\fB-exactnamespace\fR? ?\fB-exactlocale\fR? \fIsrc-string\fR
.VE "TIP 412"
.sp
.VS "TIP 490"
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagenamespaceget\fR
.VE "TIP 490"
.sp
\fB::msgcat::mclocale \fR?\fInewLocale\fR?
.sp
.VS "TIP 499"
\fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR ?\fIlocale preference\fR? ...
.VE "TIP 499"
.sp
.VS "TIP 412"
\fB::msgcat::mcloadedlocales subcommand\fR ?\fIlocale\fR?
.VE "TIP 412"
.sp
\fB::msgcat::mcload \fIdirname\fR
.sp
................................................................................
.VS "TIP 412"
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale subcommand\fR ?\fIlocale\fR?
.sp
\fB::msgcat::mcpackageconfig subcommand\fR \fIoption\fR ?\fIvalue\fR?
.sp
\fB::msgcat::mcforgetpackage\fR
.VE "TIP 412"
.sp
.VS "TIP 499"
\fB::msgcat::mcutil subcommand\fR ?\fIlocale\fR?
.VS "TIP 499"
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBmsgcat\fR package provides a set of functions
that can be used to manage multi-lingual user interfaces.
Text strings are defined in a
.QW "message catalog"
................................................................................
Each package has its own message catalog and configuration settings in \fBmsgcat\fR.
.PP
A \fIlocale\fR is a specification string describing a user language like \fBde_ch\fR for Swiss German.
In \fBmsgcat\fR, there is a global locale initialized by the system locale of the current system.
Each package may decide to use the global locale or to use a package specific locale.
.PP
The global locale may be changed on demand, for example by a user initiated language change or within a multi user application like a web server.
.PP
.VS tip490
Object oriented programming is supported by the use of a package namespace.
.VE tip490
.PP
.SH COMMANDS
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mc \fIsrc-string\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.
Returns a translation of \fIsrc-string\fR according to the
current locale.  If additional arguments past \fIsrc-string\fR
are given, the \fBformat\fR command is used to substitute the
................................................................................
\fB::msgcat::mc\fR is the main function used to localize an
application.  Instead of using an English string directly, an
application can pass the English string through \fB::msgcat::mc\fR and
use the result.  If an application is written for a single language in
this fashion, then it is easy to add support for additional languages
later simply by defining new message catalog entries.
.RE
.VS "TIP 490"
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcn \fInamespace\fR \fIsrc-string\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.
Like \fB::msgcat::mc\fR, but with the message namespace specified as first argument.
.PP
.RS
\fBmcn\fR may be used for cases where the package namespace is not the namespace of the caller.
An example is shown within the description of the command \fB::msgcat::mcpackagenamespaceget\fR below.
.RE
.PP
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcmax ?\fIsrc-string src-string ...\fR?
.
Given several source strings, \fB::msgcat::mcmax\fR returns the length
of the longest translated string.  This is useful when designing
localized GUIs, which may require that all buttons, for example, be a
fixed width (which will be the width of the widest button).
.TP
.VS "TIP 412"
\fB::msgcat::mcexists\fR ?\fB-exactnamespace\fR? ?\fB-exactlocale\fR? ?\fB-namespace\fR \fInamespace\fR? \fIsrc-string\fR
.
Return true, if there is a translation for the given \fIsrc-string\fR.
.PP
.RS
The search may be limited by the option \fB\-exactnamespace\fR to only check the current namespace and not any parent namespaces.
.PP
It may also be limited by the option \fB\-exactlocale\fR to only check the first prefered locale (e.g. first element returned by \fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR if global locale is used).
.PP
.VE "TIP 412"
.VS "TIP 490"
An explicit package namespace may be specified by the option \fB-namespace\fR.
The namespace of the caller is used if not explicitly specified.
.RE
.PP
.VE "TIP 490"
.VS "TIP 490"
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagenamespaceget\fR
.
Return the package namespace of the caller.
This command handles all cases described in section \fBOBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING\fR.
.PP
.RS
Example usage is a tooltip package, which saves the caller package namespace to update the translation each time the tooltip is shown:
.CS
proc ::tooltip::tooltip {widget message} {
    ...
    set messagenamespace [uplevel 1 {::msgcat::mcpackagenamespaceget}]
    ...
    bind $widget  [list ::tooltip::show $widget $messagenamespace $message]
}

proc ::tooltip::show {widget messagenamespace message} {
    ...
    set message [::msgcat::mcn $messagenamespace $message]
    ...
}
.CE
.RE
.PP
.VE "TIP 490"
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mclocale \fR?\fInewLocale\fR?
.

If \fInewLocale\fR is omitted, the current locale is returned, otherwise the current locale
is set to \fInewLocale\fR.
.PP
.RS
If the new locale is set to \fInewLocale\fR, the corresponding preferences are calculated and set.
For example, if the current locale is en_US_funky, then \fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR returns \fB{en_us_funky en_us en {}}\fR.
.PP
The same result may be acheved by \fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR {*}[\fB::msgcat::mcutil getpreferences\fR \fInewLocale\fR].
.PP
The current locale is always the first element of the list returned by \fBmcpreferences\fR.
.PP
msgcat stores and compares the locale in a
case-insensitive manner, and returns locales in lowercase.
The initial locale is determined by the locale specified in
the user's environment.  See \fBLOCALE SPECIFICATION\fR
below for a description of the locale string format.

.PP
.VS "TIP 412"
If the locale is set, the preference list of locales is evaluated.
Locales in this list are loaded now, if not jet loaded.
.VE "TIP 412"
.RE
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpreferences\fR ?\fIlocale preference\fR? ...
.
Without arguments, returns an ordered list of the locales preferred by
the user.
The list is ordered from most specific to least preference.
.PP
.VS "TIP 499"
.RS
A set of locale preferences may be given to set the list of locale preferences.
The current locale is also set, which is the first element of the locale preferences list.
.PP
Locale preferences are loaded now, if not jet loaded.
.PP
As an example, the user may prefer French or English text. This may be configured by:
.CS
::msgcat::mcpreferences fr en {}

.CE
.RE
.PP
.VS "TIP 499"
.TP
\fB::msgcat:mcloadedlocales subcommand\fR ?\fIlocale\fR?
.
This group of commands manage the list of loaded locales for packages not setting a package locale.
.PP
.RS
The subcommand \fBget\fR returns the list of currently loaded locales.
................................................................................
Note that this routine is only called if the concerned package did not set a package locale unknown command name.
.RE
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcforgetpackage\fR
.
The calling package clears all its state within the \fBmsgcat\fR package including all settings and translations.
.VE "TIP 412"
.PP
.VS "TIP 499"
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcutil getpreferences\fR \fIlocale\fR
.
Return the preferences list of the given locale as described in section \fBLOCALE SPECIFICATION\fR.
An example is the composition of a preference list for the bilingual region "Biel/Bienne" as a concatenation of swiss german and swiss french:
.CS
% concat [lrange [msgcat::mcutil getpreferences fr_CH] 0 end-1] [msgcat::mcutil getpreferences de_CH]
fr_ch fr de_ch de {}
.CE
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcutil getsystemlocale\fR
.
The system locale is returned as described by the section \fBLOCALE SPECIFICATION\fR.
.VE "TIP 499"
.PP
.SH "LOCALE SPECIFICATION"
.PP
The locale is specified to \fBmsgcat\fR by a locale string
passed to \fB::msgcat::mclocale\fR.
The locale string consists of
a language code, an optional country code, and an optional
................................................................................
.PP
.CS
\fBmsgcat::mc\fR {Produced %1$d at %2$s} $num $city
# ... where that key is mapped to one of the
# human-oriented versions by \fBmsgcat::mcset\fR
.CE
.VS "TIP 412"
.SH "PACKAGE PRIVATE LOCALE"
.PP
A package using \fBmsgcat\fR may choose to use its own package private
locale and its own set of loaded locales, independent to the global
locale set by \fB::msgcat::mclocale\fR.
.PP
This allows a package to change its locale without causing any locales load or removal in other packages and not to invoke the global locale change callback (see below).
.PP
................................................................................
This command may cause the load of locales.
.RE
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale get\fR
.
Return the package private locale or the global locale, if no package private locale is set.
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale preferences\fR ?\fIlocale preference\fR? ...
.
With no parameters, return the package private preferences or the global preferences,
if no package private locale is set.
The package locale state (set or not) is not changed (in contrast to the command \fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale set\fR).
.PP
.RS
.VS "TIP 499"
If a set of locale preferences is given, it is set as package locale preference list.
The package locale is set to the first element of the preference list.
A package locale is activated, if it was not set so far.
.PP
Locale preferences are loaded now for the package, if not jet loaded.
.VE "TIP 499"
.RE
.PP
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale loaded\fR
.
Return the list of locales loaded for this package.
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale isset\fR
.
................................................................................
.
Returns true, if the given locale is loaded for the package.
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackagelocale clear\fR
.
Clear any loaded locales of the package not present in the package preferences.
.PP
.SH "CHANGING PACKAGE OPTIONS"
.PP
Each package using msgcat has a set of options within \fBmsgcat\fR.
The package options are described in the next sectionPackage options.
Each package option may be set or unset individually using the following ensemble:
.TP
\fB::msgcat::mcpackageconfig get\fR \fIoption\fR
.
................................................................................
The called procedure must return the formatted message which will finally be returned by msgcat::mc.
.PP
A generic unknown handler is used if set to the empty string. This consists in returning the key if no arguments are given. With given arguments, format is used to process the arguments.
.PP
See section \fBcallback invocation\fR below.
The appended arguments are identical to \fB::msgcat::mcunknown\fR.
.RE
.SH "Callback invocation"
A package may decide to register one or multiple callbacks, as described above.
.PP
Callbacks are invoked, if:
.PP
1. the callback command is set,
.PP
2. the command is not the empty string,
.PP
3. the registering namespace exists.
.PP
If a called routine fails with an error, the \fBbgerror\fR routine for the interpreter is invoked after command completion.
Only exception is the callback \fBunknowncmd\fR, where an error causes the invoking \fBmc\fR-command to fail with that error.
.PP
.VS tip490
.SH "OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING"
\fBmsgcat\fR supports packages implemented by object oriented programming.
Objects and classes should be defined within a package namespace.
.PP
There are 3 supported cases where package namespace sensitive commands of msgcat (\fBmc\fR, \fBmcexists\fR, \fBmcpackagelocale\fR, \fBmcforgetpackage\fR, \fBmcpackagenamespaceget\fR, \fBmcpackageconfig\fR, \fBmcset\fR and \fBmcmset\fR) may be called:
.PP
.TP
\fB1) In class definition script\fR
.
\fBmsgcat\fR command is called within a class definition script.
.CS
namespace eval ::N2 {
    mcload $dir/msgs
    oo::class create C1 {puts [mc Hi!]}
}
.CE
.PP
.TP
\fB2) method defined in a class\fR
.
\fBmsgcat\fR command is called from a method in an object and the method is defined in a class.
.CS
namespace eval ::N3Class {
    mcload $dir/msgs
    oo::class create C1
    oo::define C1 method m1 {
        puts [mc Hi!]
    }
}
.CE
.PP
.TP
\fB3) method defined in a classless object\fR
.
\fBmsgcat\fR command is called from a method of a classless object.
.CS
namespace eval ::N4 {
    mcload $dir/msgs
    oo::object create O1
    oo::objdefine O1 method m1 {} {
        puts [mc Hi!]
    }
}
.CE
.PP
.VE tip490
.SH EXAMPLES
Packages which display a GUI may update their widgets when the global locale changes.
To register to a callback, use:
.CS
namespace eval gui {
    msgcat::mcpackageconfig changecmd updateGUI

    proc updateGui args {
................................................................................
}
.CE
.VE "TIP 412"
.SH CREDITS
.PP
The message catalog code was developed by Mark Harrison.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
format(n), scan(n), namespace(n), package(n), oo::class(n), oo::object
.SH KEYWORDS
internationalization, i18n, localization, l10n, message, text, translation, class, object
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" End:

'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tclvars n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
argc, argv, argv0, auto_path, env, errorCode, errorInfo, tcl_interactive, tcl_library, tcl_nonwordchars, tcl_patchLevel, tcl_pkgPath, tcl_platform, tcl_precision, tcl_rcFileName, tcl_traceCompile, tcl_traceExec, tcl_wordchars, tcl_version \- Variables used by Tcl
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The following global variables are created and managed automatically
by the Tcl library.  Except where noted below, these variables should
normally be treated as read-only by application-specific code and by users.
.TP
................................................................................
.TP
\fBwordSize\fR
.
This gives the size of the native-machine word in bytes (strictly, it
is same as the result of evaluating \fIsizeof(long)\fR in C.)
.RE
.TP
\fBtcl_precision\fR
.
This variable controls the number of digits to generate
when converting floating-point values to strings.  It defaults
to 0.  \fIApplications should not change this value;\fR it is
provided for compatibility with legacy code.
.PP
.RS
The default value of 0 is special, meaning that Tcl should
convert numbers using as few digits as possible while still
distinguishing any floating point number from its nearest
neighbours.  It differs from using an arbitrarily high value
for \fItcl_precision\fR in that an inexact number like \fI1.4\fR
will convert as \fI1.4\fR rather than \fI1.3999999999999999\fR
even though the latter is nearer to the exact value of the
binary number.
.RE
.PP
.RS
If \fBtcl_precision\fR is not zero, then when Tcl converts a floating
point number, it creates a decimal representation of at most
\fBtcl_precision\fR significant digits; the result may be shorter if
the shorter result represents the original number exactly. If no
result of at most \fBtcl_precision\fR digits is an exact representation
of the original number, the one that is closest to the original
number is chosen.
If the original number lies precisely between two equally accurate
decimal representations, then the one with an even value for the least
significant digit is chosen; for instance, if \fBtcl_precision\fR is 3, then
0.3125 will convert to 0.312, not 0.313, while 0.6875 will convert to
0.688, not 0.687. Any string of trailing zeroes that remains is trimmed.
.RE
.PP
.RS
a \fBtcl_precision\fR value of 17 digits is
.QW perfect
for IEEE floating-point in that it allows
double-precision values to be converted to strings and back to
binary with no loss of information. For this reason, you will often
see it as a value in legacy code that must run on Tcl versions before
8.5. It is no longer recommended; as noted above, a zero value is the
preferred method.
.RE
.PP
.RS
All interpreters in a thread share a single \fBtcl_precision\fR value:
changing it in one interpreter will affect all other interpreters as
well.  Safe interpreters are not allowed to modify the
variable.
.RE
.PP
.RS
Valid values for \fBtcl_precision\fR range from 0 to 17.
.RE
.TP
\fBtcl_rcFileName\fR
.
This variable is used during initialization to indicate the name of a
user-specific startup file.  If it is set by application-specific
initialization, then the Tcl startup code will check for the existence
of this file and \fBsource\fR it if it exists.  For example, for \fBwish\fR
the variable is set to \fB~/.wishrc\fR for Unix and \fB~/wishrc.tcl\fR
for Windows.
.TP
\fBtcl_traceCompile\fR
.
The value of this variable can be set to control
how much tracing information
is displayed during bytecode compilation.
By default, \fBtcl_traceCompile\fR is zero and no information is displayed.
Setting \fBtcl_traceCompile\fR to 1 generates a one-line summary in \fBstdout\fR

'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tclvars n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
argc, argv, argv0, auto_path, env, errorCode, errorInfo, tcl_interactive, tcl_library, tcl_nonwordchars, tcl_patchLevel, tcl_pkgPath, tcl_platform, tcl_rcFileName, tcl_traceCompile, tcl_traceExec, tcl_wordchars, tcl_version \- Variables used by Tcl
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The following global variables are created and managed automatically
by the Tcl library.  Except where noted below, these variables should
normally be treated as read-only by application-specific code and by users.
.TP
................................................................................
.TP
\fBwordSize\fR
.
This gives the size of the native-machine word in bytes (strictly, it
is same as the result of evaluating \fIsizeof(long)\fR in C.)
.RE
.TP
































































\fBtcl_traceCompile\fR
.
The value of this variable can be set to control
how much tracing information
is displayed during bytecode compilation.
By default, \fBtcl_traceCompile\fR is zero and no information is displayed.
Setting \fBtcl_traceCompile\fR to 1 generates a one-line summary in \fBstdout\fR

}
declare 20 {
    void Tcl_DbIncrRefCount(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line)
}
declare 21 {
    int Tcl_DbIsShared(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line)
}
# Removed in 9.0
#declare 22 {
#    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewBooleanObj(int boolValue, const char *file, int line)
#}
declare 23 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes, int length,
	    const char *file, int line)
}
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewDoubleObj(double doubleValue, const char *file,
	    int line)
}
declare 25 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv,
	    const char *file, int line)
}

declare 26 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewLongObj(long longValue, const char *file, int line)
}

declare 27 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewObj(const char *file, int line)
}
declare 28 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length,
	    const char *file, int line)
}
................................................................................
    int Tcl_ListObjLength(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr,
	    int *lengthPtr)
}
declare 48 {
    int Tcl_ListObjReplace(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int first,
	    int count, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 49 {
#    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewBooleanObj(int boolValue)
#}
declare 50 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes, int length)
}
declare 51 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewDoubleObj(double doubleValue)
}

declare 52 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewIntObj(int intValue)
}

declare 53 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
}

declare 54 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewLongObj(long longValue)
}

declare 55 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewObj(void)
}
declare 56 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length)
}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 57 {
#    void Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int boolValue)
#}
declare 58 {
    unsigned char *Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length)
}
declare 59 {
    void Tcl_SetByteArrayObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const unsigned char *bytes,
	    int length)
}
declare 60 {
    void Tcl_SetDoubleObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double doubleValue)
}

declare 61 {
    void Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int intValue)
}

declare 62 {
    void Tcl_SetListObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
}

declare 63 {
    void Tcl_SetLongObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long longValue)
}

declare 64 {
    void Tcl_SetObjLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length)
}
declare 65 {
    void Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *bytes, int length)
}
# Removed in 9.0:
................................................................................
}
declare 75 {
    int Tcl_AsyncReady(void)
}
declare 76 {
    void Tcl_BackgroundError(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
# Removed in 9.0
#declare 77 {
#    char Tcl_Backslash(const char *src, int *readPtr)
#}
declare 78 {
    int Tcl_BadChannelOption(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *optionName,
	    const char *optionList)
}
declare 79 {
................................................................................
}
declare 93 {
    void Tcl_CreateExitHandler(Tcl_ExitProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 94 {
    Tcl_Interp *Tcl_CreateInterp(void)
}

#declare 95 {
#    void Tcl_CreateMathFunc(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
#	    int numArgs, Tcl_ValueType *argTypes,
#	    Tcl_MathProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
#}
declare 96 {
    Tcl_Command Tcl_CreateObjCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    const char *cmdName,
................................................................................
declare 128 {
    const char *Tcl_ErrnoMsg(int err)
}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 129 {
#    int Tcl_Eval(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *script)
#}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 130 {
#    int Tcl_EvalFile(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *fileName)
#}

# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 131 {
#    int Tcl_EvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
#}
declare 132 {
    void Tcl_EventuallyFree(ClientData clientData, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc)
}
declare 133 {
................................................................................
    const char *Tcl_GetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
	    const char *part2, int flags)
}
# Removed in 9.0
#declare 177 {
#    int Tcl_GlobalEval(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *command)
#}
# Removed in 9.0
#declare 178 {
#    int Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
#}
declare 179 {
    int Tcl_HideCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName,
	    const char *hiddenCmdToken)
}
................................................................................
}
declare 218 {
    int Tcl_ScanElement(const char *src, int *flagPtr)
}
declare 219 {
    int Tcl_ScanCountedElement(const char *src, int length, int *flagPtr)
}
# Removed in Tcl 9
#declare 220 {
#    int Tcl_SeekOld(Tcl_Channel chan, int offset, int mode)
#}
declare 221 {
    int Tcl_ServiceAll(void)
}
declare 222 {
................................................................................
declare 244 {
    void Tcl_StaticPackage(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pkgName,
	    Tcl_PackageInitProc *initProc, Tcl_PackageInitProc *safeInitProc)
}
declare 245 {
    int Tcl_StringMatch(const char *str, const char *pattern)
}
# Removed in Tcl 9
#declare 246 {
#    int Tcl_TellOld(Tcl_Channel chan)
#}
# Removed in Tcl 9
#declare 247 {
#    int Tcl_TraceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags,
#	    Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
#}
declare 248 {
    int Tcl_TraceVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2,
	    int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
................................................................................
}
declare 265 {
    int Tcl_DumpActiveMemory(const char *fileName)
}
declare 266 {
    void Tcl_ValidateAllMemory(const char *file, int line)
}

declare 267 {
    void Tcl_AppendResultVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
}


declare 268 {
    void Tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, va_list argList)
}

declare 269 {
    char *Tcl_HashStats(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr)
}
declare 270 {
    const char *Tcl_ParseVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start,
	    const char **termPtr)
}
................................................................................
}
# TIP #268: The internally used new Require function is in slot 573.
# Removed in 9.0, converted to macro
#declare 274 {
#    const char *Tcl_PkgRequire(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
#	    const char *version, int exact)
#}

declare 275 {
    void Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
}

# Removed in 9.0
#declare 276 {
#    int  Tcl_VarEvalVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
#}
declare 277 {
    Tcl_Pid Tcl_WaitPid(Tcl_Pid pid, int *statPtr, int options)
}

declare 278 {
    TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_PanicVA(const char *format, va_list argList)
}

declare 279 {
    void Tcl_GetVersion(int *major, int *minor, int *patchLevel, int *type)
}
declare 280 {
    void Tcl_InitMemory(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}

................................................................................
}
declare 339 {
    int Tcl_WriteObj(Tcl_Channel chan, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 340 {
    char *Tcl_GetString(Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
# Removed in 9.0
#declare 341 {
#    const char *Tcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir(void)
#}
# Removed in 9.0
#declare 342 {
#    void Tcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir(const char *path)
#}
declare 343 {
    void Tcl_AlertNotifier(ClientData clientData)
}
declare 344 {
    void Tcl_ServiceModeHook(int mode)
................................................................................
    int Tcl_UniCharIsWordChar(int ch)
}
declare 352 {
    int Tcl_UniCharLen(const Tcl_UniChar *uniStr)
}
declare 353 {
    int Tcl_UniCharNcmp(const Tcl_UniChar *ucs, const Tcl_UniChar *uct,
	    size_t numChars)
}
declare 354 {
    char *Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString(const Tcl_UniChar *uniStr,
	    int uniLength, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
}
declare 355 {
    Tcl_UniChar *Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString(const char *src,
................................................................................
	    int length, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
}
declare 356 {
    Tcl_RegExp Tcl_GetRegExpFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *patObj,
	    int flags)
}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 357 {
#    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_EvalTokens(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Token *tokenPtr,
#	    int count)
#}
declare 358 {
    void Tcl_FreeParse(Tcl_Parse *parsePtr)
}
declare 359 {
................................................................................
declare 367 {
   int Tcl_Access(const char *path, int mode)
}
declare 368 {
    int Tcl_Stat(const char *path, struct stat *bufPtr)
}
declare 369 {
    int Tcl_UtfNcmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
}
declare 370 {
    int Tcl_UtfNcasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
}
declare 371 {
    int Tcl_StringCaseMatch(const char *str, const char *pattern, int nocase)
}
declare 372 {
    int Tcl_UniCharIsControl(int ch)
}
................................................................................
    void Tcl_ClearChannelHandlers(Tcl_Channel channel)
}
declare 418 {
    int Tcl_IsChannelExisting(const char *channelName)
}
declare 419 {
    int Tcl_UniCharNcasecmp(const Tcl_UniChar *ucs, const Tcl_UniChar *uct,
	    size_t numChars)
}
declare 420 {
    int Tcl_UniCharCaseMatch(const Tcl_UniChar *uniStr,
	    const Tcl_UniChar *uniPattern, int nocase)
}

#declare 421 {
#    Tcl_HashEntry *Tcl_FindHashEntry(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr, const void *key)
#}

#declare 422 {
#    Tcl_HashEntry *Tcl_CreateHashEntry(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr,
#	    const void *key, int *newPtr)
#}
declare 423 {
    void Tcl_InitCustomHashTable(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr, int keyType,
	    const Tcl_HashKeyType *typePtr)
................................................................................

# introduced in 8.4a3
declare 434 {
    Tcl_UniChar *Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *lengthPtr)
}

# TIP#15 (math function introspection) dkf

#declare 435 {
#    int Tcl_GetMathFuncInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
#	    int *numArgsPtr, Tcl_ValueType **argTypesPtr,
#	    Tcl_MathProc **procPtr, ClientData *clientDataPtr)
#}

#declare 436 {
#    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_ListMathFuncs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pattern)
#}

# TIP#36 (better access to 'subst') dkf
declare 437 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_SubstObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int flags)
}

# TIP#17 (virtual filesystem layer) vdarley
declare 438 {
................................................................................
declare 518 {
    int Tcl_FSEvalFileEx(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fileName,
	    const char *encodingName)
}

# TIP#121 (exit handler) dkf for Joe Mistachkin
declare 519 {
    Tcl_ExitProc *Tcl_SetExitProc(TCL_NORETURN1 Tcl_ExitProc *proc)
}

# TIP#143 (resource limits) dkf
declare 520 {
    void Tcl_LimitAddHandler(Tcl_Interp *interp, int type,
	    Tcl_LimitHandlerProc *handlerProc, ClientData clientData,
	    Tcl_LimitHandlerDeleteProc *deleteProc)

}
declare 20 {
    void Tcl_DbIncrRefCount(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line)
}
declare 21 {
    int Tcl_DbIsShared(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line)
}
# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
#declare 22 {
#    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewBooleanObj(int boolValue, const char *file, int line)
#}
declare 23 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes, int length,
	    const char *file, int line)
}
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewDoubleObj(double doubleValue, const char *file,
	    int line)
}
declare 25 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv,
	    const char *file, int line)
}
# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
#declare 26 {
#    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewLongObj(long longValue, const char *file, int line)

#}
declare 27 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewObj(const char *file, int line)
}
declare 28 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_DbNewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length,
	    const char *file, int line)
}
................................................................................
    int Tcl_ListObjLength(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr,
	    int *lengthPtr)
}
declare 48 {
    int Tcl_ListObjReplace(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int first,
	    int count, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
}
# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
#declare 49 {
#    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewBooleanObj(int boolValue)
#}
declare 50 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes, int length)
}
declare 51 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewDoubleObj(double doubleValue)
}
# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
#declare 52 {
#    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewIntObj(int intValue)

#}
declare 53 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
}
# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
#declare 54 {
#    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewLongObj(long longValue)

#}
declare 55 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewObj(void)
}
declare 56 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_NewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length)
}
# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
#declare 57 {
#    void Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int boolValue)
#}
declare 58 {
    unsigned char *Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length)
}
declare 59 {
    void Tcl_SetByteArrayObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const unsigned char *bytes,
	    int length)
}
declare 60 {
    void Tcl_SetDoubleObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double doubleValue)
}
# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
#declare 61 {
#    void Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int intValue)

#}
declare 62 {
    void Tcl_SetListObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
}
# Removed in 9.0 (changed to macro):
#declare 63 {
#    void Tcl_SetLongObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long longValue)

#}
declare 64 {
    void Tcl_SetObjLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length)
}
declare 65 {
    void Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *bytes, int length)
}
# Removed in 9.0:
................................................................................
}
declare 75 {
    int Tcl_AsyncReady(void)
}
declare 76 {
    void Tcl_BackgroundError(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 77 {deprecated {Use Tcl_UtfBackslash}} {
#    char Tcl_Backslash(const char *src, int *readPtr)
#}
declare 78 {
    int Tcl_BadChannelOption(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *optionName,
	    const char *optionList)
}
declare 79 {
................................................................................
}
declare 93 {
    void Tcl_CreateExitHandler(Tcl_ExitProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 94 {
    Tcl_Interp *Tcl_CreateInterp(void)
}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 95 {deprecated {}} {
#    void Tcl_CreateMathFunc(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
#	    int numArgs, Tcl_ValueType *argTypes,
#	    Tcl_MathProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
#}
declare 96 {
    Tcl_Command Tcl_CreateObjCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp,
	    const char *cmdName,
................................................................................
declare 128 {
    const char *Tcl_ErrnoMsg(int err)
}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 129 {
#    int Tcl_Eval(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *script)
#}

declare 130 {
    int Tcl_EvalFile(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *fileName)

}
# Removed in 9.0, replaced by macro.
#declare 131 {
#    int Tcl_EvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
#}
declare 132 {
    void Tcl_EventuallyFree(ClientData clientData, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc)
}
declare 133 {
................................................................................
    const char *Tcl_GetVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1,
	    const char *part2, int flags)
}
# Removed in 9.0
#declare 177 {
#    int Tcl_GlobalEval(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *command)
#}
# Removed in 9.0, replaced by macro.
#declare 178 {
#    int Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
#}
declare 179 {
    int Tcl_HideCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName,
	    const char *hiddenCmdToken)
}
................................................................................
}
declare 218 {
    int Tcl_ScanElement(const char *src, int *flagPtr)
}
declare 219 {
    int Tcl_ScanCountedElement(const char *src, int length, int *flagPtr)
}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 220 {
#    int Tcl_SeekOld(Tcl_Channel chan, int offset, int mode)
#}
declare 221 {
    int Tcl_ServiceAll(void)
}
declare 222 {
................................................................................
declare 244 {
    void Tcl_StaticPackage(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pkgName,
	    Tcl_PackageInitProc *initProc, Tcl_PackageInitProc *safeInitProc)
}
declare 245 {
    int Tcl_StringMatch(const char *str, const char *pattern)
}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 246 {
#    int Tcl_TellOld(Tcl_Channel chan)
#}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 247 {
#    int Tcl_TraceVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags,
#	    Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
#}
declare 248 {
    int Tcl_TraceVar2(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2,
	    int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
................................................................................
}
declare 265 {
    int Tcl_DumpActiveMemory(const char *fileName)
}
declare 266 {
    void Tcl_ValidateAllMemory(const char *file, int line)
}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 267 {
#    void Tcl_AppendResultVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)

#}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 268 {
#    void Tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, va_list argList)

#}
declare 269 {
    char *Tcl_HashStats(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr)
}
declare 270 {
    const char *Tcl_ParseVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start,
	    const char **termPtr)
}
................................................................................
}
# TIP #268: The internally used new Require function is in slot 573.
# Removed in 9.0, converted to macro
#declare 274 {
#    const char *Tcl_PkgRequire(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
#	    const char *version, int exact)
#}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 275 {
#    void Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)

#}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 276 {
#    int  Tcl_VarEvalVA(Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList)
#}
declare 277 {
    Tcl_Pid Tcl_WaitPid(Tcl_Pid pid, int *statPtr, int options)
}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 278 {
#    TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_PanicVA(const char *format, va_list argList)

#}
declare 279 {
    void Tcl_GetVersion(int *major, int *minor, int *patchLevel, int *type)
}
declare 280 {
    void Tcl_InitMemory(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}

................................................................................
}
declare 339 {
    int Tcl_WriteObj(Tcl_Channel chan, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 340 {
    char *Tcl_GetString(Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 341 {deprecated {Use Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath}} {
#    const char *Tcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir(void)
#}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 342 {deprecated {Use Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath}} {
#    void Tcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir(const char *path)
#}
declare 343 {
    void Tcl_AlertNotifier(ClientData clientData)
}
declare 344 {
    void Tcl_ServiceModeHook(int mode)
................................................................................
    int Tcl_UniCharIsWordChar(int ch)
}
declare 352 {
    int Tcl_UniCharLen(const Tcl_UniChar *uniStr)
}
declare 353 {
    int Tcl_UniCharNcmp(const Tcl_UniChar *ucs, const Tcl_UniChar *uct,
	    unsigned long numChars)
}
declare 354 {
    char *Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString(const Tcl_UniChar *uniStr,
	    int uniLength, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
}
declare 355 {
    Tcl_UniChar *Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString(const char *src,
................................................................................
	    int length, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
}
declare 356 {
    Tcl_RegExp Tcl_GetRegExpFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *patObj,
	    int flags)
}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 357 {deprecated {Use Tcl_EvalTokensStandard}} {
#    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_EvalTokens(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Token *tokenPtr,
#	    int count)
#}
declare 358 {
    void Tcl_FreeParse(Tcl_Parse *parsePtr)
}
declare 359 {
................................................................................
declare 367 {
   int Tcl_Access(const char *path, int mode)
}
declare 368 {
    int Tcl_Stat(const char *path, struct stat *bufPtr)
}
declare 369 {
    int Tcl_UtfNcmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, unsigned long n)
}
declare 370 {
    int Tcl_UtfNcasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, unsigned long n)
}
declare 371 {
    int Tcl_StringCaseMatch(const char *str, const char *pattern, int nocase)
}
declare 372 {
    int Tcl_UniCharIsControl(int ch)
}
................................................................................
    void Tcl_ClearChannelHandlers(Tcl_Channel channel)
}
declare 418 {
    int Tcl_IsChannelExisting(const char *channelName)
}
declare 419 {
    int Tcl_UniCharNcasecmp(const Tcl_UniChar *ucs, const Tcl_UniChar *uct,
	    unsigned long numChars)
}
declare 420 {
    int Tcl_UniCharCaseMatch(const Tcl_UniChar *uniStr,
	    const Tcl_UniChar *uniPattern, int nocase)
}
# Removed in 9.0, as it is actually a macro:
#declare 421 {
#    Tcl_HashEntry *Tcl_FindHashEntry(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr, const void *key)
#}
# Removed in 9.0, as it is actually a macro:
#declare 422 {
#    Tcl_HashEntry *Tcl_CreateHashEntry(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr,
#	    const void *key, int *newPtr)
#}
declare 423 {
    void Tcl_InitCustomHashTable(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr, int keyType,
	    const Tcl_HashKeyType *typePtr)
................................................................................

# introduced in 8.4a3
declare 434 {
    Tcl_UniChar *Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *lengthPtr)
}

# TIP#15 (math function introspection) dkf
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 435 {deprecated {}} {
#    int Tcl_GetMathFuncInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
#	    int *numArgsPtr, Tcl_ValueType **argTypesPtr,
#	    Tcl_MathProc **procPtr, ClientData *clientDataPtr)
#}
# Removed in 9.0:
#declare 436 {deprecated {}} {
#    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_ListMathFuncs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *pattern)
#}

# TIP#36 (better access to 'subst') dkf
declare 437 {
    Tcl_Obj *Tcl_SubstObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int flags)
}

# TIP#17 (virtual filesystem layer) vdarley
declare 438 {
................................................................................
declare 518 {
    int Tcl_FSEvalFileEx(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fileName,
	    const char *encodingName)
}

# TIP#121 (exit handler) dkf for Joe Mistachkin
declare 519 {
    Tcl_ExitProc *Tcl_SetExitProc(TCL_NORETURN Tcl_ExitProc *proc)
}

# TIP#143 (resource limits) dkf
declare 520 {
    void Tcl_LimitAddHandler(Tcl_Interp *interp, int type,
	    Tcl_LimitHandlerProc *handlerProc, ClientData clientData,
	    Tcl_LimitHandlerDeleteProc *deleteProc)

 * providing it for them rather than #include-ing it themselves as they
 * should, so also for their sake, we keep the #include to be consistent with
 * prior Tcl releases.
 */

#include <stdio.h>

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Support for functions with a variable number of arguments.
 */

#include <stdarg.h>
#if defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 2)
#   define TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(a,b) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, a, b)))
#   define TCL_NORETURN __attribute__ ((noreturn))
#   define TCL_NORETURN1 __attribute__ ((noreturn))
#   define TCL_NOINLINE __attribute__ ((noinline))
#else
#   define TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(a,b)
................................................................................
#   if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1310)
#	define TCL_NORETURN _declspec(noreturn)
#	define TCL_NOINLINE __declspec(noinline)
#   else
#	define TCL_NORETURN /* nothing */
#	define TCL_NOINLINE /* nothing */
#   endif
#   define TCL_NORETURN1 /* nothing */
#endif

/*
 * Allow a part of Tcl's API to be explicitly marked as deprecated.
 *
 * Used to make TIP 330/336 generate moans even if people use the
 * compatibility macros. Change your code, guys! We won't support you forever.
................................................................................

/*
 * These macros are used to control whether functions are being declared for
 * import or export. If a function is being declared while it is being built
 * to be included in a shared library, then it should have the DLLEXPORT
 * storage class. If is being declared for use by a module that is going to
 * link against the shared library, then it should have the DLLIMPORT storage
 * class. If the symbol is beind declared for a static build or for use from a
 * stub library, then the storage class should be empty.
 *
 * The convention is that a macro called BUILD_xxxx, where xxxx is the name of
 * a library we are building, is set on the compile line for sources that are
 * to be placed in the library. When this macro is set, the storage class will
 * be set to DLLEXPORT. At the end of the header file, the storage class will
 * be reset to DLLIMPORT.
................................................................................
 */

#ifdef BUILD_tcl
#   define TCLAPI extern DLLEXPORT
#else
#   define TCLAPI extern DLLIMPORT
#endif





/*
 * Miscellaneous declarations.
 */

typedef void *ClientData;

................................................................................
 * sprintf(...,"%" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d",...).
 */

#if !defined(TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE)&&!defined(TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG)
#   if defined(_WIN32)
#      define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE __int64
#      define TCL_LL_MODIFIER	"I64"



#   elif defined(__GNUC__)
#      define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE long long
#      define TCL_LL_MODIFIER	"ll"
#   else /* ! _WIN32 && ! __GNUC__ */
/*
 * Don't know what platform it is and configure hasn't discovered what is
 * going on for us. Try to guess...
 */
#      include <limits.h>
#      if (INT_MAX < LONG_MAX)
#         define TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG	1
#      else
#         define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE long long
#      endif
#   endif /* _WIN32 */
#endif /* !TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE & !TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG */
#ifdef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG

#   undef TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE
#   define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE	long
#endif /* TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG */

typedef TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE		Tcl_WideInt;
typedef unsigned TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE	Tcl_WideUInt;

#ifdef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
#   ifndef TCL_LL_MODIFIER
#      define TCL_LL_MODIFIER		"l"
#   endif /* !TCL_LL_MODIFIER */
#else /* TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG */
/*
 * The next short section of defines are only done when not running on Windows
 * or some other strange platform.
 */
#   ifndef TCL_LL_MODIFIER



#      define TCL_LL_MODIFIER		"ll"

#   endif /* !TCL_LL_MODIFIER */
#endif /* TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG */

#define Tcl_WideAsLong(val)	((long)((Tcl_WideInt)(val)))
#define Tcl_LongAsWide(val)	((Tcl_WideInt)((long)(val)))
#define Tcl_WideAsDouble(val)	((double)((Tcl_WideInt)(val)))
#define Tcl_DoubleAsWide(val)	((Tcl_WideInt)((double)(val)))

#if defined(_WIN32)
#   ifdef __BORLANDC__
................................................................................
/*
 * Forward declaration of Tcl_Obj to prevent an error when the forward
 * reference to Tcl_Obj is encountered in the function types declared below.
 */

struct Tcl_Obj;

typedef struct Tcl_Obj Tcl_Value;

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Function types defined by Tcl:
 */

typedef int (Tcl_AppInitProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp);
typedef int (Tcl_AsyncProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
................................................................................

void		Tcl_IncrRefCount(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
void		Tcl_DecrRefCount(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
int		Tcl_IsShared(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following type contains the state needed by Tcl_SaveResult. This
 * structure is typically allocated on the stack.
 */

typedef Tcl_Obj *Tcl_SavedResult;

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following definitions support Tcl's namespace facility. Note: the first
................................................................................
} Tcl_DString;

#define Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr) ((dsPtr)->length)
#define Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) ((dsPtr)->string)

/*
 * Definitions for the maximum number of digits of precision that may be
 * specified in the "tcl_precision" variable, and the number of bytes of
 * buffer space required by Tcl_PrintDouble.
 */

#define TCL_MAX_PREC		17
#define TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE	(TCL_MAX_PREC+10)

/*
 * Definition for a number of bytes of buffer space sufficient to hold the
................................................................................
 * should access any of these fields directly; use the macros defined below.
 */

struct Tcl_HashEntry {
    Tcl_HashEntry *nextPtr;	/* Pointer to next entry in this hash bucket,
				 * or NULL for end of chain. */
    Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr;	/* Pointer to table containing entry. */
    size_t hash;		/* Hash value. */
    void *clientData;		/* Application stores something here with
				 * Tcl_SetHashValue. */
    union {			/* Key has one of these forms: */
	char *oneWordValue;	/* One-word value for key. */
	Tcl_Obj *objPtr;	/* Tcl_Obj * key value. */
	int words[1];		/* Multiple integer words for key. The actual
				 * size will be as large as necessary for this
				 * table's keys. */
................................................................................
 * dictionaries. These fields should not be accessed by code outside
 * tclDictObj.c
 */

typedef struct {
    void *next;			/* Search position for underlying hash
				 * table. */
    unsigned int epoch;		/* Epoch marker for dictionary being searched,
				 * or 0 if search has terminated. */
    Tcl_Dict dictionaryPtr;	/* Reference to dictionary being searched. */
} Tcl_DictSearch;
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Flag values to pass to Tcl_DoOneEvent to disable searches for some kinds of
................................................................................
     Tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj(bytes, len, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#  undef  Tcl_NewDoubleObj
#  define Tcl_NewDoubleObj(val) \
     Tcl_DbNewDoubleObj(val, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#  undef  Tcl_NewListObj
#  define Tcl_NewListObj(objc, objv) \
     Tcl_DbNewListObj(objc, objv, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#  undef  Tcl_NewLongObj
#  define Tcl_NewLongObj(val) \
     Tcl_DbNewLongObj(val, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#  undef  Tcl_NewObj
#  define Tcl_NewObj() \
     Tcl_DbNewObj(__FILE__, __LINE__)
#  undef  Tcl_NewStringObj
#  define Tcl_NewStringObj(bytes, len) \
     Tcl_DbNewStringObj(bytes, len, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#  undef  Tcl_NewWideIntObj

 * providing it for them rather than #include-ing it themselves as they
 * should, so also for their sake, we keep the #include to be consistent with
 * prior Tcl releases.
 */

#include <stdio.h>







#if defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 2)
#   define TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(a,b) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, a, b)))
#   define TCL_NORETURN __attribute__ ((noreturn))
#   define TCL_NORETURN1 __attribute__ ((noreturn))
#   define TCL_NOINLINE __attribute__ ((noinline))
#else
#   define TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(a,b)
................................................................................
#   if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1310)
#	define TCL_NORETURN _declspec(noreturn)
#	define TCL_NOINLINE __declspec(noinline)
#   else
#	define TCL_NORETURN /* nothing */
#	define TCL_NOINLINE /* nothing */
#   endif

#endif

/*
 * Allow a part of Tcl's API to be explicitly marked as deprecated.
 *
 * Used to make TIP 330/336 generate moans even if people use the
 * compatibility macros. Change your code, guys! We won't support you forever.
................................................................................

/*
 * These macros are used to control whether functions are being declared for
 * import or export. If a function is being declared while it is being built
 * to be included in a shared library, then it should have the DLLEXPORT
 * storage class. If is being declared for use by a module that is going to
 * link against the shared library, then it should have the DLLIMPORT storage
 * class. If the symbol is being declared for a static build or for use from a
 * stub library, then the storage class should be empty.
 *
 * The convention is that a macro called BUILD_xxxx, where xxxx is the name of
 * a library we are building, is set on the compile line for sources that are
 * to be placed in the library. When this macro is set, the storage class will
 * be set to DLLEXPORT. At the end of the header file, the storage class will
 * be reset to DLLIMPORT.
................................................................................
 */

#ifdef BUILD_tcl
#   define TCLAPI extern DLLEXPORT
#else
#   define TCLAPI extern DLLIMPORT
#endif

#if !defined(CONST86) && !defined(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED)
#      define CONST86 const
#endif

/*
 * Miscellaneous declarations.
 */

typedef void *ClientData;

................................................................................
 * sprintf(...,"%" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d",...).
 */

#if !defined(TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE)&&!defined(TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG)
#   if defined(_WIN32)
#      define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE __int64
#      define TCL_LL_MODIFIER	"I64"
#      if defined(_WIN64)
#         define TCL_Z_MODIFIER	"I"
#      endif
#   elif defined(__GNUC__)

#      define TCL_Z_MODIFIER	"z"
#   else /* ! _WIN32 && ! __GNUC__ */
/*
 * Don't know what platform it is and configure hasn't discovered what is
 * going on for us. Try to guess...
 */
#      include <limits.h>
#      if defined(LLONG_MAX) && (LLONG_MAX == LONG_MAX)
#         define TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG	1


#      endif
#   endif /* _WIN32 */
#endif /* !TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE & !TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG */


#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE
#   define TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE		long long
#endif /* !TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE */

typedef TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE		Tcl_WideInt;
typedef unsigned TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE	Tcl_WideUInt;


#ifndef TCL_LL_MODIFIER
#   define TCL_LL_MODIFIER	"ll"
#endif /* !TCL_LL_MODIFIER */





#ifndef TCL_Z_MODIFIER
#   if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_WIN32)
#	define TCL_Z_MODIFIER	"z"
#   else
#	define TCL_Z_MODIFIER	""
#   endif
#endif /* !TCL_Z_MODIFIER */


#define Tcl_WideAsLong(val)	((long)((Tcl_WideInt)(val)))
#define Tcl_LongAsWide(val)	((Tcl_WideInt)((long)(val)))
#define Tcl_WideAsDouble(val)	((double)((Tcl_WideInt)(val)))
#define Tcl_DoubleAsWide(val)	((Tcl_WideInt)((double)(val)))

#if defined(_WIN32)
#   ifdef __BORLANDC__
................................................................................
/*
 * Forward declaration of Tcl_Obj to prevent an error when the forward
 * reference to Tcl_Obj is encountered in the function types declared below.
 */

struct Tcl_Obj;



/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Function types defined by Tcl:
 */

typedef int (Tcl_AppInitProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp);
typedef int (Tcl_AsyncProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
................................................................................

void		Tcl_IncrRefCount(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
void		Tcl_DecrRefCount(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
int		Tcl_IsShared(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following type contains the state needed by Tcl_SaveResult. It
 * is typically allocated on the stack.
 */

typedef Tcl_Obj *Tcl_SavedResult;

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following definitions support Tcl's namespace facility. Note: the first
................................................................................
} Tcl_DString;

#define Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr) ((dsPtr)->length)
#define Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) ((dsPtr)->string)

/*
 * Definitions for the maximum number of digits of precision that may be
 * produced by Tcl_PrintDouble, and the number of bytes of buffer space
 * required by Tcl_PrintDouble.
 */

#define TCL_MAX_PREC		17
#define TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE	(TCL_MAX_PREC+10)

/*
 * Definition for a number of bytes of buffer space sufficient to hold the
................................................................................
 * should access any of these fields directly; use the macros defined below.
 */

struct Tcl_HashEntry {
    Tcl_HashEntry *nextPtr;	/* Pointer to next entry in this hash bucket,
				 * or NULL for end of chain. */
    Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr;	/* Pointer to table containing entry. */
    unsigned int hash;		/* Hash value. */
    ClientData clientData;	/* Application stores something here with
				 * Tcl_SetHashValue. */
    union {			/* Key has one of these forms: */
	char *oneWordValue;	/* One-word value for key. */
	Tcl_Obj *objPtr;	/* Tcl_Obj * key value. */
	int words[1];		/* Multiple integer words for key. The actual
				 * size will be as large as necessary for this
				 * table's keys. */
................................................................................
 * dictionaries. These fields should not be accessed by code outside
 * tclDictObj.c
 */

typedef struct {
    void *next;			/* Search position for underlying hash
				 * table. */
    unsigned int epoch; 	/* Epoch marker for dictionary being searched,
				 * or 0 if search has terminated. */
    Tcl_Dict dictionaryPtr;	/* Reference to dictionary being searched. */
} Tcl_DictSearch;
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Flag values to pass to Tcl_DoOneEvent to disable searches for some kinds of
................................................................................
     Tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj(bytes, len, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#  undef  Tcl_NewDoubleObj
#  define Tcl_NewDoubleObj(val) \
     Tcl_DbNewDoubleObj(val, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#  undef  Tcl_NewListObj
#  define Tcl_NewListObj(objc, objv) \
     Tcl_DbNewListObj(objc, objv, __FILE__, __LINE__)



#  undef  Tcl_NewObj
#  define Tcl_NewObj() \
     Tcl_DbNewObj(__FILE__, __LINE__)
#  undef  Tcl_NewStringObj
#  define Tcl_NewStringObj(bytes, len) \
     Tcl_DbNewStringObj(bytes, len, __FILE__, __LINE__)
#  undef  Tcl_NewWideIntObj

	    fprintf(stderr, " %u", j);
	}
	totalFree += ((size_t)j) * (1 << (i + 3));
    }

    fprintf(stderr, "\nused:\t");
    for (i = 0; i < NBUCKETS; i++) {
	fprintf(stderr, " %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d", (Tcl_WideInt)numMallocs[i]);
	totalUsed += numMallocs[i] * (1 << (i + 3));
    }

    fprintf(stderr, "\n\tTotal small in use: %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d, total free: %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d\n",
	(Tcl_WideInt)totalUsed, (Tcl_WideInt)totalFree);
    fprintf(stderr, "\n\tNumber of big (>%d) blocks in use: %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d\n",
	    MAXMALLOC, (Tcl_WideInt)numMallocs[NBUCKETS]);

    Tcl_MutexUnlock(allocMutexPtr);
}
#endif

#else	/* !USE_TCLALLOC */
 

	    fprintf(stderr, " %u", j);
	}
	totalFree += ((size_t)j) * (1 << (i + 3));
    }

    fprintf(stderr, "\nused:\t");
    for (i = 0; i < NBUCKETS; i++) {
	fprintf(stderr, " %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u", numMallocs[i]);
	totalUsed += numMallocs[i] * (1 << (i + 3));
    }

    fprintf(stderr, "\n\tTotal small in use: %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u, total free: %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
	totalUsed, totalFree);
    fprintf(stderr, "\n\tNumber of big (>%d) blocks in use: %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
	    MAXMALLOC, numMallocs[NBUCKETS]);

    Tcl_MutexUnlock(allocMutexPtr);
}
#endif

#else	/* !USE_TCLALLOC */
 

    {"jump4",		ASSEM_JUMP4,	INST_JUMP4,		0,	0},
    {"jumpFalse",	ASSEM_JUMP,	INST_JUMP_FALSE1,	1,	0},
    {"jumpFalse4",	ASSEM_JUMP4,	INST_JUMP_FALSE4,	1,	0},
    {"jumpTable",	ASSEM_JUMPTABLE,INST_JUMP_TABLE,	1,	0},
    {"jumpTrue",	ASSEM_JUMP,	INST_JUMP_TRUE1,	1,	0},
    {"jumpTrue4",	ASSEM_JUMP4,	INST_JUMP_TRUE4,	1,	0},
    {"label",		ASSEM_LABEL,	0,			0,	0},
    {"land",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_LAND,		2,	1},
    {"lappend",		ASSEM_LVT,	(INST_LAPPEND_SCALAR1<<8
					 | INST_LAPPEND_SCALAR4),
								1,	1},
    {"lappendArray",	ASSEM_LVT,	(INST_LAPPEND_ARRAY1<<8
					 | INST_LAPPEND_ARRAY4),2,	1},
    {"lappendArrayStk", ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_LAPPEND_ARRAY_STK,	3,	1},
    {"lappendList",	ASSEM_LVT4,	INST_LAPPEND_LIST,	1,	1},
................................................................................
    {"listNotIn",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_LIST_NOT_IN,	2,	1},
    {"load",		ASSEM_LVT,	(INST_LOAD_SCALAR1 << 8
					 | INST_LOAD_SCALAR4),	0,	1},
    {"loadArray",	ASSEM_LVT,	(INST_LOAD_ARRAY1<<8
					 | INST_LOAD_ARRAY4),	1,	1},
    {"loadArrayStk",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_LOAD_ARRAY_STK,	2,	1},
    {"loadStk",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_LOAD_STK,		1,	1},
    {"lor",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_LOR,		2,	1},
    {"lsetFlat",	ASSEM_LSET_FLAT,INST_LSET_FLAT,		INT_MIN,1},
    {"lsetList",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_LSET_LIST,		3,	1},
    {"lshift",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_LSHIFT,		2,	1},
    {"lt",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_LT,		2,	1},
    {"mod",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_MOD,		2,	1},
    {"mult",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_MULT,		2,	1},
    {"neq",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_NEQ,		2,	1},
................................................................................
    CompileEnv* envPtr = assemEnvPtr->envPtr;
				/* Compilation environment */
    Tcl_Interp* interp = (Tcl_Interp*) envPtr->iPtr;
				/* Tcl interpreter */
    Tcl_Token* tokenPtr = *tokenPtrPtr;
				/* INOUT: Pointer to the next token in the
				 * source code */
    Tcl_Obj* intObj;		/* Integer from the source code */
    int status;			/* Tcl status return */

    /*
     * Extract the next token as a string.
     */

    if (GetNextOperand(assemEnvPtr, tokenPtrPtr, &intObj) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }


    /*


     * Convert to an integer, advance to the next token and return.
     */



    status = TclGetIntForIndex(interp, intObj, -2, result);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(intObj);
    *tokenPtrPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
    return status;
}
 
/*
 *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................

    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n    in assembly code between lines ");
    lineNo = Tcl_NewIntObj(bbPtr->startLine);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(lineNo);
    Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, lineNo);
    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, " and ");
    if (bbPtr->successor1 != NULL) {
	TclSetLongObj(lineNo, bbPtr->successor1->startLine);
	Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, lineNo);
    } else {
	Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "end of assembly code");
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(lineNo);
}
 

    {"jump4",		ASSEM_JUMP4,	INST_JUMP4,		0,	0},
    {"jumpFalse",	ASSEM_JUMP,	INST_JUMP_FALSE1,	1,	0},
    {"jumpFalse4",	ASSEM_JUMP4,	INST_JUMP_FALSE4,	1,	0},
    {"jumpTable",	ASSEM_JUMPTABLE,INST_JUMP_TABLE,	1,	0},
    {"jumpTrue",	ASSEM_JUMP,	INST_JUMP_TRUE1,	1,	0},
    {"jumpTrue4",	ASSEM_JUMP4,	INST_JUMP_TRUE4,	1,	0},
    {"label",		ASSEM_LABEL,	0,			0,	0},

    {"lappend",		ASSEM_LVT,	(INST_LAPPEND_SCALAR1<<8
					 | INST_LAPPEND_SCALAR4),
								1,	1},
    {"lappendArray",	ASSEM_LVT,	(INST_LAPPEND_ARRAY1<<8
					 | INST_LAPPEND_ARRAY4),2,	1},
    {"lappendArrayStk", ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_LAPPEND_ARRAY_STK,	3,	1},
    {"lappendList",	ASSEM_LVT4,	INST_LAPPEND_LIST,	1,	1},
................................................................................
    {"listNotIn",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_LIST_NOT_IN,	2,	1},
    {"load",		ASSEM_LVT,	(INST_LOAD_SCALAR1 << 8
					 | INST_LOAD_SCALAR4),	0,	1},
    {"loadArray",	ASSEM_LVT,	(INST_LOAD_ARRAY1<<8
					 | INST_LOAD_ARRAY4),	1,	1},
    {"loadArrayStk",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_LOAD_ARRAY_STK,	2,	1},
    {"loadStk",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_LOAD_STK,		1,	1},

    {"lsetFlat",	ASSEM_LSET_FLAT,INST_LSET_FLAT,		INT_MIN,1},
    {"lsetList",	ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_LSET_LIST,		3,	1},
    {"lshift",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_LSHIFT,		2,	1},
    {"lt",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_LT,		2,	1},
    {"mod",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_MOD,		2,	1},
    {"mult",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_MULT,		2,	1},
    {"neq",		ASSEM_1BYTE,	INST_NEQ,		2,	1},
................................................................................
    CompileEnv* envPtr = assemEnvPtr->envPtr;
				/* Compilation environment */
    Tcl_Interp* interp = (Tcl_Interp*) envPtr->iPtr;
				/* Tcl interpreter */
    Tcl_Token* tokenPtr = *tokenPtrPtr;
				/* INOUT: Pointer to the next token in the
				 * source code */
    Tcl_Obj *value;
    int status;

    /* General operand validity check */



    if (GetNextOperand(assemEnvPtr, tokenPtrPtr, &value) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
     
    /* Convert to an integer, advance to the next token and return. */
    /*
     * NOTE: Indexing a list with an index before it yields the
     * same result as indexing after it, and might be more easily portable
     * when list size limits grow.
     */
    status = TclIndexEncode(interp, value,
	    TCL_INDEX_BEFORE,TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, result);


    Tcl_DecrRefCount(value);
    *tokenPtrPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
    return status;
}
 
/*
 *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................

    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n    in assembly code between lines ");
    lineNo = Tcl_NewIntObj(bbPtr->startLine);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(lineNo);
    Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, lineNo);
    Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, " and ");
    if (bbPtr->successor1 != NULL) {
	TclSetIntObj(lineNo, bbPtr->successor1->startLine);
	Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, lineNo);
    } else {
	Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "end of assembly code");
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(lineNo);
}
 

static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprBoolFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprCeilFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprDoubleFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprEntierFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprFloorFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprIntFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprIsqrtFunc;


static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprRandFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprRoundFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprSqrtFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprSrandFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprUnaryFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprWideFunc;
static void		MathFuncWrongNumArgs(Tcl_Interp *interp, int expected,
................................................................................
    {"lrange",		Tcl_LrangeObjCmd,	TclCompileLrangeCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lrepeat",		Tcl_LrepeatObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lreplace",	Tcl_LreplaceObjCmd,	TclCompileLreplaceCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lreverse",	Tcl_LreverseObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lsearch",		Tcl_LsearchObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lset",		Tcl_LsetObjCmd,		TclCompileLsetCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lsort",		Tcl_LsortObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"package",		Tcl_PackageObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"proc",		Tcl_ProcObjCmd,		NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"regexp",		Tcl_RegexpObjCmd,	TclCompileRegexpCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"regsub",		Tcl_RegsubObjCmd,	TclCompileRegsubCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"rename",		Tcl_RenameObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"return",		Tcl_ReturnObjCmd,	TclCompileReturnCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"scan",		Tcl_ScanObjCmd,		NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"set",		Tcl_SetObjCmd,		TclCompileSetCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
................................................................................
    { "floor",	ExprFloorFunc,	NULL			},
    { "fmod",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) fmod	},
    { "hypot",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) hypot	},
    { "int",	ExprIntFunc,	NULL			},
    { "isqrt",	ExprIsqrtFunc,	NULL			},
    { "log",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) log	},
    { "log10",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) log10	},


    { "pow",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) pow	},
    { "rand",	ExprRandFunc,	NULL			},
    { "round",	ExprRoundFunc,	NULL			},
    { "sin",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) sin	},
    { "sinh",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) sinh	},
    { "sqrt",	ExprSqrtFunc,	NULL			},
    { "srand",	ExprSrandFunc,	NULL			},
................................................................................
    TclInitDictCmd(interp);
    TclInitEncodingCmd(interp);
    TclInitFileCmd(interp);
    TclInitInfoCmd(interp);
    TclInitNamespaceCmd(interp);
    TclInitStringCmd(interp);
    TclInitPrefixCmd(interp);


    /*
     * Register "clock" subcommands. These *do* go through
     * Tcl_CreateObjCommand, since they aren't in the global namespace and
     * involve ensembles.
     */

................................................................................

    /*
     * Set up other variables such as tcl_version and tcl_library
     */

    Tcl_SetVar(interp, "tcl_patchLevel", TCL_PATCH_LEVEL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    Tcl_SetVar(interp, "tcl_version", TCL_VERSION, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, "tcl_precision", NULL,
	    TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_READS|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
	    TclPrecTraceProc, NULL);
    TclpSetVariables(interp);

#ifdef TCL_THREADS
    /*
     * The existence of the "threaded" element of the tcl_platform array
     * indicates that this particular Tcl shell has been compiled with threads
     * turned on. Using "info exists tcl_platform(threaded)" a Tcl script can
................................................................................
        } else {
	    nsPtr = iPtr->globalNsPtr;
	    tail = cmdName;
        }

        hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&nsPtr->cmdTable, tail, &isNew);

        if (isNew || deleted) {
	    /*
	     * isNew - No conflict with existing command.
	     * deleted - We've already deleted a conflicting command
	     */
	    break;
        }

	/* An existing command conflicts. Try to delete it.. */
	cmdPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);

	/*
	 * Be careful to preserve
	 * any existing import links so we can restore them down below. That
................................................................................
				 * qualifiers, the new command is put in the
				 * specified namespace; otherwise it is put in
				 * the global namespace. */
    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc,	/* Object-based function to associate with
				 * name. */
    ClientData clientData,	/* Arbitrary value to pass to object
				 * function. */
    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc)
				/* If not NULL, gives a function to call when
				 * this command is deleted. */

{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    ImportRef *oldRefPtr = NULL;
    Namespace *nsPtr;
    Command *cmdPtr;
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    const char *tail;
    int isNew = 0, deleted = 0;
    ImportedCmdData *dataPtr;

    if (iPtr->flags & DELETED) {
	/*
	 * The interpreter is being deleted. Don't create any new commands;
	 * it's not safe to muck with the interpreter anymore.
	 */















	return (Tcl_Command) NULL;
    }




























    /*
     * If the command name we seek to create already exists, we need to
     * delete that first.  That can be tricky in the presence of traces.
     * Loop until we no longer find an existing command in the way, or
     * until we've deleted one command and that didn't finish the job.
     */

    while (1) {
        /*
         * Determine where the command should reside. If its name contains
         * namespace qualifiers, we put it in the specified namespace;
	 * otherwise, we always put it in the global namespace.
         */

        if (strstr(cmdName, "::") != NULL) {
	    Namespace *dummy1, *dummy2;

	    TclGetNamespaceForQualName(interp, cmdName, NULL,
		TCL_CREATE_NS_IF_UNKNOWN, &nsPtr, &dummy1, &dummy2, &tail);
	    if ((nsPtr == NULL) || (tail == NULL)) {
	        return (Tcl_Command) NULL;
	    }
        } else {
	    nsPtr = iPtr->globalNsPtr;
	    tail = cmdName;
        }

        hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&nsPtr->cmdTable, tail, &isNew);

        if (isNew || deleted) {
	    /*
	     * isNew - No conflict with existing command.
	     * deleted - We've already deleted a conflicting command
	     */
	    break;
        }


	/* An existing command conflicts. Try to delete it.. */
	cmdPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);

	/*
	 * Command already exists; delete it. Be careful to preserve any
	 * existing import links so we can restore them down below. That way,
................................................................................
	 * intact.
	 */

	cmdPtr->refCount++;
	if (cmdPtr->importRefPtr) {
	    cmdPtr->flags |= CMD_REDEF_IN_PROGRESS;
	}




	Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, (Tcl_Command) cmdPtr);




	if (cmdPtr->flags & CMD_REDEF_IN_PROGRESS) {
	    oldRefPtr = cmdPtr->importRefPtr;
	    cmdPtr->importRefPtr = NULL;
	}
	TclCleanupCommandMacro(cmdPtr);
	deleted = 1;
    }

    if (!isNew) {
	/*
	 * If the deletion callback recreated the command, just throw away
	 * the new command (if we try to delete it again, we could get
	 * stuck in an infinite loop).
	 */

................................................................................
	 * being registered with the namespace's command table. During BC
	 * compilation, the so-resolved command turns into a CmdName literal.
	 * Without invalidating a possible CmdName literal here explicitly,
	 * such literals keep being reused while pointing to overhauled
	 * commands.
	 */

	TclInvalidateCmdLiteral(interp, tail, nsPtr);

	/*
	 * The list of command exported from the namespace might have changed.
	 * However, we do not need to recompute this just yet; next time we
	 * need the info will be soon enough.
	 */

................................................................................
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                "can't %s \"%s\": command doesn't exist",
		((newName == NULL)||(*newName == '\0'))? "delete":"rename",
		oldName));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "COMMAND", oldName, NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    cmdNsPtr = cmdPtr->nsPtr;
    oldFullName = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(oldFullName);
    Tcl_GetCommandFullName(interp, cmd, oldFullName);

    /*
     * If the new command name is NULL or empty, delete the command. Do this
     * with Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken, since we already have the command.
     */

    if ((newName == NULL) || (*newName == '\0')) {
	Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, cmd);
	result = TCL_OK;
	goto done;
    }






    /*
     * Make sure that the destination command does not already exist. The
     * rename operation is like creating a command, so we should automatically
     * create the containing namespaces just like Tcl_CreateCommand would.
     */

    TclGetNamespaceForQualName(interp, newName, NULL,
................................................................................

	return 0;
    }

    /*
     * We must delete this command, even though both traces and delete procs
     * may try to avoid this (renaming the command etc). Also traces and
     * delete procs may try to delete the command themsevles. This flag
     * declares that a delete is in progress and that recursive deletes should
     * be ignored.
     */

    cmdPtr->flags |= CMD_IS_DELETED;

    /*
     * Call trace functions for the command being deleted. Then delete its
     * traces.
     */



    if (cmdPtr->tracePtr != NULL) {
	CommandTrace *tracePtr;
	CallCommandTraces(iPtr,cmdPtr,NULL,NULL,TCL_TRACE_DELETE);

	/*
	 * Now delete these traces.
................................................................................
    /*
     * The list of command exported from the namespace might have changed.
     * However, we do not need to recompute this just yet; next time we need
     * the info will be soon enough.
     */

    TclInvalidateNsCmdLookup(cmdPtr->nsPtr);


    /*
     * If the command being deleted has a compile function, increment the
     * interpreter's compileEpoch to invalidate its compiled code. This makes
     * sure that we don't later try to execute old code compiled with
     * command-specific (i.e., inline) bytecodes for the now-deleted command.
     * This field is checked in Tcl_EvalObj and ObjInterpProc, and code whose
................................................................................
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    int allowExceptions = (PTR2INT(data[0]) & TCL_ALLOW_EXCEPTIONS);

    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	if (result == TCL_RETURN) {
	    result = TclUpdateReturnInfo(iPtr);
	}
	if ((result != TCL_ERROR) && !allowExceptions) {
	    ProcessUnexpectedResult(interp, result);
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    /*
     * We are returning to level 0, so should process TclResetCancellation. As
................................................................................
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultPtr);
	if (Tcl_InitBignumFromDouble(interp, d, &big) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	resultPtr = Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big);
	/* FALLTHROUGH */
    }
    case TCL_NUMBER_LONG:
    case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
    case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	result = TclGetLongFromObj(interp, resultPtr, ptr);
	break;

    case TCL_NUMBER_NAN:
	Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, resultPtr, &d);
................................................................................
    /*
     * If we are just starting to log an error, errorInfo is initialized from
     * the error message in the interpreter's result.
     */

    iPtr->flags |= ERR_LEGACY_COPY;
    if (iPtr->errorInfo == NULL) {
        iPtr->errorInfo = iPtr->objResultPtr;
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(iPtr->errorInfo);
	if (!iPtr->errorCode) {
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "NONE", NULL);
	}
    }

    /*
................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (TclGetNumberFromObj(interp, objv[1], &ptr, &type) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (type == TCL_NUMBER_LONG) {
	long l = *((const long *) ptr);

	if (l > (long)0) {
	    goto unChanged;
	} else if (l == (long)0) {
	    const char *string = objv[1]->bytes;
	    if (string) {
		while (*string != '0') {
		    if (*string == '-') {
			Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(0));
			return TCL_OK;
		    }
		    string++;
		}
	    }
	    goto unChanged;
	} else if (l == LONG_MIN) {
	    TclInitBignumFromLong(&big, l);
	    goto tooLarge;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(-l));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if (type == TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE) {
	double d = *((const double *) ptr);
	static const double poszero = 0.0;

................................................................................
	} else if (d > -0.0) {
	    goto unChanged;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(-d));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
    if (type == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	Tcl_WideInt w = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr);

	if (w >= (Tcl_WideInt)0) {
	    goto unChanged;
	}
	if (w == LLONG_MIN) {
	    TclInitBignumFromWideInt(&big, w);
	    goto tooLarge;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(-w));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
#endif

    if (type == TCL_NUMBER_BIG) {
	if (mp_cmp_d((const mp_int *) ptr, 0) == MP_LT) {
	    Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(NULL, objv[1], &big);
	tooLarge:
	    mp_neg(&big, &big);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big));
	} else {
	unChanged:
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[1]);
................................................................................
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
	TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &wResult);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wResult));
    return TCL_OK;
}


































































static int
ExprRandFunc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ignored. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */
................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (!(iPtr->flags & RAND_SEED_INITIALIZED)) {
	iPtr->flags |= RAND_SEED_INITIALIZED;

	/*
	 * Take into consideration the thread this interp is running in order
	 * to insure different seeds in different threads (bug #416643)

	 */

	iPtr->randSeed = TclpGetClicks() + (PTR2INT(Tcl_GetCurrentThread())<<12);

	/*
	 * Make sure 1 <= randSeed <= (2^31) - 2. See below.
	 */
................................................................................
    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc)
				/* If not NULL, gives a function to call when
				 * this command is deleted. */
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *)
	    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,cmdName,proc,clientData,deleteProc);

















    cmdPtr->nreProc = nreProc;
    return (Tcl_Command) cmdPtr;
}
 
/****************************************************************************
 * Stuff for the public api
 ****************************************************************************/
................................................................................
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Command *cmdPtr;
    CoroutineData *corPtr;
    const char *fullName, *procName;
    Namespace *nsPtr, *altNsPtr, *cxtNsPtr;
    Tcl_DString ds;
    Namespace *lookupNsPtr = iPtr->varFramePtr->nsPtr;

    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "name cmd ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * FIXME: this is copy/pasted from Tcl_ProcObjCommand. Should have
     * something in tclUtil.c to find the FQ name.
     */

    fullName = TclGetString(objv[1]);
    TclGetNamespaceForQualName(interp, fullName, NULL, 0,
	    &nsPtr, &altNsPtr, &cxtNsPtr, &procName);

    if (nsPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                "can't create procedure \"%s\": unknown namespace",
                fullName));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "NAMESPACE", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (procName == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                "can't create procedure \"%s\": bad procedure name",
                fullName));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "VALUE", "COMMAND", fullName, NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if ((nsPtr != iPtr->globalNsPtr)
	    && (procName != NULL) && (procName[0] == ':')) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                "can't create procedure \"%s\" in non-global namespace with"
                " name starting with \":\"", procName));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "VALUE", "COMMAND", procName, NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * We ARE creating the coroutine command: allocate the corresponding
     * struct and create the corresponding command.
     */

    corPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(CoroutineData));

    Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
    if (nsPtr != iPtr->globalNsPtr) {
	Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, nsPtr->fullName, -1);
	TclDStringAppendLiteral(&ds, "::");
    }
    Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, procName, -1);

    cmdPtr = (Command *) Tcl_NRCreateCommand(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
	    /*objProc*/ NULL, TclNRInterpCoroutine, corPtr, DeleteCoroutine);
    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);

    corPtr->cmdPtr = cmdPtr;
    cmdPtr->refCount++;

    /*
     * #280.
     * Provide the new coroutine with its own copy of the lineLABCPtr
................................................................................
    corPtr->callerEEPtr = iPtr->execEnvPtr;
    RESTORE_CONTEXT(corPtr->running);
    iPtr->execEnvPtr = corPtr->eePtr;

    TclNRAddCallback(interp, NRCoroutineExitCallback, corPtr,
	    NULL, NULL, NULL);

    /* insure that the command is looked up in the correct namespace */
    iPtr->lookupNsPtr = lookupNsPtr;
    Tcl_NREvalObj(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(objc-2, objv+2), 0);
    iPtr->numLevels--;

    SAVE_CONTEXT(corPtr->running);
    RESTORE_CONTEXT(corPtr->caller);
    iPtr->execEnvPtr = corPtr->callerEEPtr;

static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprBoolFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprCeilFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprDoubleFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprEntierFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprFloorFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprIntFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprIsqrtFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprMaxFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprMinFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprRandFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprRoundFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprSqrtFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprSrandFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprUnaryFunc;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc	ExprWideFunc;
static void		MathFuncWrongNumArgs(Tcl_Interp *interp, int expected,
................................................................................
    {"lrange",		Tcl_LrangeObjCmd,	TclCompileLrangeCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lrepeat",		Tcl_LrepeatObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lreplace",	Tcl_LreplaceObjCmd,	TclCompileLreplaceCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lreverse",	Tcl_LreverseObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lsearch",		Tcl_LsearchObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lset",		Tcl_LsetObjCmd,		TclCompileLsetCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"lsort",		Tcl_LsortObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"package",		Tcl_PackageObjCmd,	NULL,			TclNRPackageObjCmd,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"proc",		Tcl_ProcObjCmd,		NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"regexp",		Tcl_RegexpObjCmd,	TclCompileRegexpCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"regsub",		Tcl_RegsubObjCmd,	TclCompileRegsubCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"rename",		Tcl_RenameObjCmd,	NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"return",		Tcl_ReturnObjCmd,	TclCompileReturnCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"scan",		Tcl_ScanObjCmd,		NULL,			NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
    {"set",		Tcl_SetObjCmd,		TclCompileSetCmd,	NULL,	CMD_IS_SAFE},
................................................................................
    { "floor",	ExprFloorFunc,	NULL			},
    { "fmod",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) fmod	},
    { "hypot",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) hypot	},
    { "int",	ExprIntFunc,	NULL			},
    { "isqrt",	ExprIsqrtFunc,	NULL			},
    { "log",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) log	},
    { "log10",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) log10	},
    { "max",	ExprMaxFunc,	NULL			},
    { "min",	ExprMinFunc,	NULL			},
    { "pow",	ExprBinaryFunc,	(ClientData) pow	},
    { "rand",	ExprRandFunc,	NULL			},
    { "round",	ExprRoundFunc,	NULL			},
    { "sin",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) sin	},
    { "sinh",	ExprUnaryFunc,	(ClientData) sinh	},
    { "sqrt",	ExprSqrtFunc,	NULL			},
    { "srand",	ExprSrandFunc,	NULL			},
................................................................................
    TclInitDictCmd(interp);
    TclInitEncodingCmd(interp);
    TclInitFileCmd(interp);
    TclInitInfoCmd(interp);
    TclInitNamespaceCmd(interp);
    TclInitStringCmd(interp);
    TclInitPrefixCmd(interp);
    TclInitProcessCmd(interp);

    /*
     * Register "clock" subcommands. These *do* go through
     * Tcl_CreateObjCommand, since they aren't in the global namespace and
     * involve ensembles.
     */

................................................................................

    /*
     * Set up other variables such as tcl_version and tcl_library
     */

    Tcl_SetVar(interp, "tcl_patchLevel", TCL_PATCH_LEVEL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    Tcl_SetVar(interp, "tcl_version", TCL_VERSION, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);



    TclpSetVariables(interp);

#ifdef TCL_THREADS
    /*
     * The existence of the "threaded" element of the tcl_platform array
     * indicates that this particular Tcl shell has been compiled with threads
     * turned on. Using "info exists tcl_platform(threaded)" a Tcl script can
................................................................................
        } else {
	    nsPtr = iPtr->globalNsPtr;
	    tail = cmdName;
        }

        hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&nsPtr->cmdTable, tail, &isNew);

	if (isNew || deleted) {
	    /*
	     * isNew - No conflict with existing command.
	     * deleted - We've already deleted a conflicting command
	     */
	    break;
	}

	/* An existing command conflicts. Try to delete it.. */
	cmdPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);

	/*
	 * Be careful to preserve
	 * any existing import links so we can restore them down below. That
................................................................................
				 * qualifiers, the new command is put in the
				 * specified namespace; otherwise it is put in
				 * the global namespace. */
    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc,	/* Object-based function to associate with
				 * name. */
    ClientData clientData,	/* Arbitrary value to pass to object
				 * function. */
    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc
				/* If not NULL, gives a function to call when
				 * this command is deleted. */
)
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;

    Namespace *nsPtr;


    const char *tail;



    if (iPtr->flags & DELETED) {
	/*
	 * The interpreter is being deleted. Don't create any new commands;
	 * it's not safe to muck with the interpreter anymore.
	 */
	return (Tcl_Command) NULL;
    }

    /*
     * Determine where the command should reside. If its name contains
     * namespace qualifiers, we put it in the specified namespace;
     * otherwise, we always put it in the global namespace.
     */

    if (strstr(cmdName, "::") != NULL) {
	Namespace *dummy1, *dummy2;

	TclGetNamespaceForQualName(interp, cmdName, NULL,
	    TCL_CREATE_NS_IF_UNKNOWN, &nsPtr, &dummy1, &dummy2, &tail);
	if ((nsPtr == NULL) || (tail == NULL)) {
	    return (Tcl_Command) NULL;
	}
    } else {
	nsPtr = iPtr->globalNsPtr;
	tail = cmdName;
    }

    return TclCreateObjCommandInNs(interp, tail, (Tcl_Namespace *) nsPtr,
	proc, clientData, deleteProc);
}

Tcl_Command
TclCreateObjCommandInNs (
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    const char *cmdName,	/* Name of command, without any namespace components */
    Tcl_Namespace *namespace,   /* The namespace to create the command in */
    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc,	/* Object-based function to associate with
				 * name. */
    ClientData clientData,	/* Arbitrary value to pass to object
				 * function. */
    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc
				/* If not NULL, gives a function to call when
				 * this command is deleted. */
) {
    int deleted = 0, isNew = 0;
    Command *cmdPtr;
    ImportRef *oldRefPtr = NULL;
    ImportedCmdData *dataPtr;
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    Namespace *nsPtr = (Namespace *) namespace;
    /*
     * If the command name we seek to create already exists, we need to
     * delete that first.  That can be tricky in the presence of traces.
     * Loop until we no longer find an existing command in the way, or
     * until we've deleted one command and that didn't finish the job.
     */

    while (1) {



















	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&nsPtr->cmdTable, cmdName, &isNew);

	if (isNew || deleted) {
	    /*
	     * isNew - No conflict with existing command.
	     * deleted - We've already deleted a conflicting command
	     */
	    break;
	}


	/* An existing command conflicts. Try to delete it.. */
	cmdPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);

	/*
	 * Command already exists; delete it. Be careful to preserve any
	 * existing import links so we can restore them down below. That way,
................................................................................
	 * intact.
	 */

	cmdPtr->refCount++;
	if (cmdPtr->importRefPtr) {
	    cmdPtr->flags |= CMD_REDEF_IN_PROGRESS;
	}

	/* Make sure namespace doesn't get deallocated. */
	cmdPtr->nsPtr->refCount++;

	Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, (Tcl_Command) cmdPtr);
	nsPtr = (Namespace *) TclEnsureNamespace(interp,
	    (Tcl_Namespace *)cmdPtr->nsPtr);
	TclNsDecrRefCount(cmdPtr->nsPtr);

	if (cmdPtr->flags & CMD_REDEF_IN_PROGRESS) {
	    oldRefPtr = cmdPtr->importRefPtr;
	    cmdPtr->importRefPtr = NULL;
	}
	TclCleanupCommandMacro(cmdPtr);
	deleted = 1;
    }

    if (!isNew) {
	/*
	 * If the deletion callback recreated the command, just throw away
	 * the new command (if we try to delete it again, we could get
	 * stuck in an infinite loop).
	 */

................................................................................
	 * being registered with the namespace's command table. During BC
	 * compilation, the so-resolved command turns into a CmdName literal.
	 * Without invalidating a possible CmdName literal here explicitly,
	 * such literals keep being reused while pointing to overhauled
	 * commands.
	 */

	TclInvalidateCmdLiteral(interp, cmdName, nsPtr);

	/*
	 * The list of command exported from the namespace might have changed.
	 * However, we do not need to recompute this just yet; next time we
	 * need the info will be soon enough.
	 */

................................................................................
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                "can't %s \"%s\": command doesn't exist",
		((newName == NULL)||(*newName == '\0'))? "delete":"rename",
		oldName));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "COMMAND", oldName, NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }





    /*
     * If the new command name is NULL or empty, delete the command. Do this
     * with Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken, since we already have the command.
     */

    if ((newName == NULL) || (*newName == '\0')) {
	Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, cmd);
	return TCL_OK;

    }

    cmdNsPtr = cmdPtr->nsPtr;
    oldFullName = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(oldFullName);
    Tcl_GetCommandFullName(interp, cmd, oldFullName);

    /*
     * Make sure that the destination command does not already exist. The
     * rename operation is like creating a command, so we should automatically
     * create the containing namespaces just like Tcl_CreateCommand would.
     */

    TclGetNamespaceForQualName(interp, newName, NULL,
................................................................................

	return 0;
    }

    /*
     * We must delete this command, even though both traces and delete procs
     * may try to avoid this (renaming the command etc). Also traces and
     * delete procs may try to delete the command themselves. This flag
     * declares that a delete is in progress and that recursive deletes should
     * be ignored.
     */

    cmdPtr->flags |= CMD_IS_DELETED;

    /*
     * Call trace functions for the command being deleted. Then delete its
     * traces.
     */

    cmdPtr->nsPtr->refCount++;

    if (cmdPtr->tracePtr != NULL) {
	CommandTrace *tracePtr;
	CallCommandTraces(iPtr,cmdPtr,NULL,NULL,TCL_TRACE_DELETE);

	/*
	 * Now delete these traces.
................................................................................
    /*
     * The list of command exported from the namespace might have changed.
     * However, we do not need to recompute this just yet; next time we need
     * the info will be soon enough.
     */

    TclInvalidateNsCmdLookup(cmdPtr->nsPtr);
    TclNsDecrRefCount(cmdPtr->nsPtr);

    /*
     * If the command being deleted has a compile function, increment the
     * interpreter's compileEpoch to invalidate its compiled code. This makes
     * sure that we don't later try to execute old code compiled with
     * command-specific (i.e., inline) bytecodes for the now-deleted command.
     * This field is checked in Tcl_EvalObj and ObjInterpProc, and code whose
................................................................................
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    int allowExceptions = (PTR2INT(data[0]) & TCL_ALLOW_EXCEPTIONS);

    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	if (result == TCL_RETURN) {
	    result = TclUpdateReturnInfo(iPtr);
	}
	if ((result != TCL_OK) && (result != TCL_ERROR) && !allowExceptions) {
	    ProcessUnexpectedResult(interp, result);
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    /*
     * We are returning to level 0, so should process TclResetCancellation. As
................................................................................
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultPtr);
	if (Tcl_InitBignumFromDouble(interp, d, &big) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	resultPtr = Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big);
	/* FALLTHROUGH */
    }

    case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
    case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	result = TclGetLongFromObj(interp, resultPtr, ptr);
	break;

    case TCL_NUMBER_NAN:
	Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, resultPtr, &d);
................................................................................
    /*
     * If we are just starting to log an error, errorInfo is initialized from
     * the error message in the interpreter's result.
     */

    iPtr->flags |= ERR_LEGACY_COPY;
    if (iPtr->errorInfo == NULL) {
	iPtr->errorInfo = iPtr->objResultPtr;
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(iPtr->errorInfo);
	if (!iPtr->errorCode) {
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "NONE", NULL);
	}
    }

    /*
................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (TclGetNumberFromObj(interp, objv[1], &ptr, &type) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (type == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	Tcl_WideInt l = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr);

	if (l > (Tcl_WideInt)0) {
	    goto unChanged;
	} else if (l == (Tcl_WideInt)0) {
	    const char *string = objv[1]->bytes;
	    if (string) {
		while (*string != '0') {
		    if (*string == '-') {
			Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(0));
			return TCL_OK;
		    }
		    string++;
		}
	    }
	    goto unChanged;
	} else if (l == LLONG_MIN) {
	    TclInitBignumFromWideInt(&big, l);
	    goto tooLarge;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(-l));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if (type == TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE) {
	double d = *((const double *) ptr);
	static const double poszero = 0.0;

................................................................................
	} else if (d > -0.0) {
	    goto unChanged;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(-d));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

















    if (type == TCL_NUMBER_BIG) {
	if (mp_isneg((const mp_int *) ptr)) {
	    Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(NULL, objv[1], &big);
	tooLarge:
	    mp_neg(&big, &big);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBignumObj(&big));
	} else {
	unChanged:
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[1]);
................................................................................
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
	TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &wResult);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wResult));
    return TCL_OK;
}

/*
 * Common implmentation of max() and min().
 */
static int
ExprMaxMinFunc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ignored. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv,	/* Actual parameter vector. */
    int op)			/* Comparison direction */
{
    Tcl_Obj *res;
    double d;
    int type, i;
    ClientData ptr;

    if (objc < 2) {
	MathFuncWrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objc, objv);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    res = objv[1];
    for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
        if (TclGetNumberFromObj(interp, objv[i], &ptr, &type) != TCL_OK) {
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        if (type == TCL_NUMBER_NAN) {
            /*
             * Get the error message for NaN.
             */

            Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[i], &d);
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        if (TclCompareTwoNumbers(objv[i], res) == op)  {
            res = objv[i];
        }
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, res);
    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
ExprMaxFunc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ignored. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Actual parameter vector. */
{
    return ExprMaxMinFunc(clientData, interp, objc, objv, MP_GT);
}

static int
ExprMinFunc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ignored. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */
    Tcl_Obj *const *objv)	/* Actual parameter vector. */
{
    return ExprMaxMinFunc(clientData, interp, objc, objv, MP_LT);
}

static int
ExprRandFunc(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Ignored. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* The interpreter in which to execute the
				 * function. */
    int objc,			/* Actual parameter count. */
................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (!(iPtr->flags & RAND_SEED_INITIALIZED)) {
	iPtr->flags |= RAND_SEED_INITIALIZED;

	/*

	 * To ensure different seeds in different threads (bug #416643),
	 * take into consideration the thread this interp is running in.
	 */

	iPtr->randSeed = TclpGetClicks() + (PTR2INT(Tcl_GetCurrentThread())<<12);

	/*
	 * Make sure 1 <= randSeed <= (2^31) - 2. See below.
	 */
................................................................................
    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc)
				/* If not NULL, gives a function to call when
				 * this command is deleted. */
{
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *)
	    Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,cmdName,proc,clientData,deleteProc);

    cmdPtr->nreProc = nreProc;
    return (Tcl_Command) cmdPtr;
}

Tcl_Command
TclNRCreateCommandInNs (
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    const char *cmdName,
    Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr,
    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc,
    Tcl_ObjCmdProc *nreProc,
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc) {
    Command *cmdPtr = (Command *)
	TclCreateObjCommandInNs(interp,cmdName,nsPtr,proc,clientData,deleteProc);

    cmdPtr->nreProc = nreProc;
    return (Tcl_Command) cmdPtr;
}
 
/****************************************************************************
 * Stuff for the public api
 ****************************************************************************/
................................................................................
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Command *cmdPtr;
    CoroutineData *corPtr;
    const char *procName, *simpleName;
    Namespace *nsPtr, *altNsPtr, *cxtNsPtr,
	*inNsPtr = (Namespace *)TclGetCurrentNamespace(interp);
    Namespace *lookupNsPtr = iPtr->varFramePtr->nsPtr;

    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "name cmd ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }






    procName = TclGetString(objv[1]);
    TclGetNamespaceForQualName(interp, procName, inNsPtr, 0,
	    &nsPtr, &altNsPtr, &cxtNsPtr, &simpleName);

    if (nsPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                "can't create procedure \"%s\": unknown namespace",
                procName));
        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "NAMESPACE", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (simpleName == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
                "can't create procedure \"%s\": bad procedure name",
                procName));








        Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "VALUE", "COMMAND", procName, NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * We ARE creating the coroutine command: allocate the corresponding
     * struct and create the corresponding command.
     */

    corPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(CoroutineData));

    cmdPtr = (Command *) TclNRCreateCommandInNs(interp, simpleName,
	    (Tcl_Namespace *)nsPtr, /*objProc*/ NULL, TclNRInterpCoroutine,






	    corPtr, DeleteCoroutine);


    corPtr->cmdPtr = cmdPtr;
    cmdPtr->refCount++;

    /*
     * #280.
     * Provide the new coroutine with its own copy of the lineLABCPtr
................................................................................
    corPtr->callerEEPtr = iPtr->execEnvPtr;
    RESTORE_CONTEXT(corPtr->running);
    iPtr->execEnvPtr = corPtr->eePtr;

    TclNRAddCallback(interp, NRCoroutineExitCallback, corPtr,
	    NULL, NULL, NULL);

    /* ensure that the command is looked up in the correct namespace */
    iPtr->lookupNsPtr = lookupNsPtr;
    Tcl_NREvalObj(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(objc-2, objv+2), 0);
    iPtr->numLevels--;

    SAVE_CONTEXT(corPtr->running);
    RESTORE_CONTEXT(corPtr->caller);
    iPtr->execEnvPtr = corPtr->callerEEPtr;

    static const char *const optStrings[] = { "-strict", NULL };

    if (objc < 2 || objc > 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?options? data");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    for (i = 1; i < objc-1; ++i) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], optStrings,
		sizeof(char *), "option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch (index) {
	case OPT_STRICT:
	    strict = 1;
	    break;
	}
................................................................................

    if (objc < 2 || objc%2 != 0) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
		"?-maxlen len? ?-wrapchar char? data");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    for (i = 1; i < objc-1; i += 2) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], optStrings,
		sizeof(char *), "option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch (index) {
	case OPT_MAXLEN:
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &maxlen) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
................................................................................
    static const char *const optStrings[] = { "-strict", NULL };

    if (objc < 2 || objc > 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?options? data");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    for (i = 1; i < objc-1; ++i) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], optStrings,
		sizeof(char *), "option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch (index) {
	case OPT_STRICT:
	    strict = 1;
	    break;
	}
................................................................................
    static const char *const optStrings[] = { "-strict", NULL };

    if (objc < 2 || objc > 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?options? data");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    for (i = 1; i < objc-1; ++i) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], optStrings,
		sizeof(char *), "option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch (index) {
	case OPT_STRICT:
	    strict = 1;
	    break;
	}

    static const char *const optStrings[] = { "-strict", NULL };

    if (objc < 2 || objc > 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?options? data");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    for (i = 1; i < objc-1; ++i) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optStrings, "option",
		TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch (index) {
	case OPT_STRICT:
	    strict = 1;
	    break;
	}
................................................................................

    if (objc < 2 || objc%2 != 0) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
		"?-maxlen len? ?-wrapchar char? data");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    for (i = 1; i < objc-1; i += 2) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optStrings, "option",
		TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch (index) {
	case OPT_MAXLEN:
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &maxlen) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
................................................................................
    static const char *const optStrings[] = { "-strict", NULL };

    if (objc < 2 || objc > 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?options? data");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    for (i = 1; i < objc-1; ++i) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optStrings, "option",
		TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch (index) {
	case OPT_STRICT:
	    strict = 1;
	    break;
	}
................................................................................
    static const char *const optStrings[] = { "-strict", NULL };

    if (objc < 2 || objc > 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?options? data");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    for (i = 1; i < objc-1; ++i) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optStrings, "option",
		TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch (index) {
	case OPT_STRICT:
	    strict = 1;
	    break;
	}

    if (clientData == NULL) {
        return 0;
    }
    sprintf(buf,
	    "total mallocs             %10u\n"
	    "total frees               %10u\n"
	    "current packets allocated %10u\n"
	    "current bytes allocated   %10" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "u\n"
	    "maximum packets allocated %10u\n"
	    "maximum bytes allocated   %10" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "u\n",
	    total_mallocs,
	    total_frees,
	    current_malloc_packets,
	    (Tcl_WideInt)current_bytes_malloced,
	    maximum_malloc_packets,
	    (Tcl_WideInt)maximum_bytes_malloced);
    if (flags == 0) {
	fprintf((FILE *)clientData, "%s", buf);
    } else {
	/* Assume objPtr to append to */
	Tcl_AppendToObj((Tcl_Obj *) clientData, buf, -1);
    }
    return 1;
................................................................................
	}
    }
    if (guard_failed) {
	TclDumpMemoryInfo((ClientData) stderr, 0);
	fprintf(stderr, "low guard failed at %p, %s %d\n",
		memHeaderP->body, file, line);
	fflush(stderr);			/* In case name pointer is bad. */
	fprintf(stderr, "%" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d bytes allocated at (%s %d)\n", (Tcl_WideInt) memHeaderP->length,
		memHeaderP->file, memHeaderP->line);
	Tcl_Panic("Memory validation failure");
    }

    hiPtr = (unsigned char *)memHeaderP->body + memHeaderP->length;
    for (idx = 0; idx < HIGH_GUARD_SIZE; idx++) {
	byte = *(hiPtr + idx);
................................................................................
    }

    if (guard_failed) {
	TclDumpMemoryInfo((ClientData) stderr, 0);
	fprintf(stderr, "high guard failed at %p, %s %d\n",
		memHeaderP->body, file, line);
	fflush(stderr);			/* In case name pointer is bad. */
	fprintf(stderr, "%" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d bytes allocated at (%s %d)\n",
		(Tcl_WideInt)memHeaderP->length, memHeaderP->file,
		memHeaderP->line);
	Tcl_Panic("Memory validation failure");
    }

    if (nukeGuards) {
	memset(memHeaderP->low_guard, 0, LOW_GUARD_SIZE);
	memset(hiPtr, 0, HIGH_GUARD_SIZE);
................................................................................
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    Tcl_MutexLock(ckallocMutexPtr);
    for (memScanP = allocHead; memScanP != NULL; memScanP = memScanP->flink) {
	address = &memScanP->body[0];
	fprintf(fileP, "%p - %p  %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d @ %s %d %s",
		address, address + memScanP->length - 1,
		(Tcl_WideInt)memScanP->length, memScanP->file, memScanP->line,
		(memScanP->tagPtr == NULL) ? "" : memScanP->tagPtr->string);
	(void) fputc('\n', fileP);
    }
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(ckallocMutexPtr);

    if (fileP != stderr) {
	fclose(fileP);
................................................................................
     * such as Crays (will subtract only bytes, even though BODY_OFFSET is in
     * words on these machines).
     */

    memp = (struct mem_header *) (((size_t) ptr) - BODY_OFFSET);

    if (alloc_tracing) {
	fprintf(stderr, "ckfree %p %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d %s %d\n",
		memp->body, (Tcl_WideInt) memp->length, file, line);
    }

    if (validate_memory) {
	Tcl_ValidateAllMemory(file, line);
    }

    Tcl_MutexLock(ckallocMutexPtr);
................................................................................
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	break_on_malloc = (unsigned int) value;
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (strcmp(argv[1],"info") == 0) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10" TCL_LL_MODIFIER"d\n%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d\n",
		"total mallocs", total_mallocs, "total frees", total_frees,
		"current packets allocated", current_malloc_packets,
		"current bytes allocated", (Tcl_WideInt)current_bytes_malloced,
		"maximum packets allocated", maximum_malloc_packets,
		"maximum bytes allocated", (Tcl_WideInt)maximum_bytes_malloced));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (strcmp(argv[1], "init") == 0) {
	if (argc != 3) {
	    goto bad_suboption;
	}
	init_malloced_bodies = (strcmp(argv[2],"on") == 0);

    if (clientData == NULL) {
        return 0;
    }
    sprintf(buf,
	    "total mallocs             %10u\n"
	    "total frees               %10u\n"
	    "current packets allocated %10u\n"
	    "current bytes allocated   %10" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n"
	    "maximum packets allocated %10u\n"
	    "maximum bytes allocated   %10" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
	    total_mallocs,
	    total_frees,
	    current_malloc_packets,
	    current_bytes_malloced,
	    maximum_malloc_packets,
	    maximum_bytes_malloced);
    if (flags == 0) {
	fprintf((FILE *)clientData, "%s", buf);
    } else {
	/* Assume objPtr to append to */
	Tcl_AppendToObj((Tcl_Obj *) clientData, buf, -1);
    }
    return 1;
................................................................................
	}
    }
    if (guard_failed) {
	TclDumpMemoryInfo((ClientData) stderr, 0);
	fprintf(stderr, "low guard failed at %p, %s %d\n",
		memHeaderP->body, file, line);
	fflush(stderr);			/* In case name pointer is bad. */
	fprintf(stderr, "%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u bytes allocated at (%s %d)\n", memHeaderP->length,
		memHeaderP->file, memHeaderP->line);
	Tcl_Panic("Memory validation failure");
    }

    hiPtr = (unsigned char *)memHeaderP->body + memHeaderP->length;
    for (idx = 0; idx < HIGH_GUARD_SIZE; idx++) {
	byte = *(hiPtr + idx);
................................................................................
    }

    if (guard_failed) {
	TclDumpMemoryInfo((ClientData) stderr, 0);
	fprintf(stderr, "high guard failed at %p, %s %d\n",
		memHeaderP->body, file, line);
	fflush(stderr);			/* In case name pointer is bad. */
	fprintf(stderr, "%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u bytes allocated at (%s %d)\n",
		memHeaderP->length, memHeaderP->file,
		memHeaderP->line);
	Tcl_Panic("Memory validation failure");
    }

    if (nukeGuards) {
	memset(memHeaderP->low_guard, 0, LOW_GUARD_SIZE);
	memset(hiPtr, 0, HIGH_GUARD_SIZE);
................................................................................
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }

    Tcl_MutexLock(ckallocMutexPtr);
    for (memScanP = allocHead; memScanP != NULL; memScanP = memScanP->flink) {
	address = &memScanP->body[0];
	fprintf(fileP, "%p - %p  %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u @ %s %d %s",
		address, address + memScanP->length - 1,
		memScanP->length, memScanP->file, memScanP->line,
		(memScanP->tagPtr == NULL) ? "" : memScanP->tagPtr->string);
	(void) fputc('\n', fileP);
    }
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(ckallocMutexPtr);

    if (fileP != stderr) {
	fclose(fileP);
................................................................................
     * such as Crays (will subtract only bytes, even though BODY_OFFSET is in
     * words on these machines).
     */

    memp = (struct mem_header *) (((size_t) ptr) - BODY_OFFSET);

    if (alloc_tracing) {
	fprintf(stderr, "ckfree %p %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u %s %d\n",
		memp->body, memp->length, file, line);
    }

    if (validate_memory) {
	Tcl_ValidateAllMemory(file, line);
    }

    Tcl_MutexLock(ckallocMutexPtr);
................................................................................
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	break_on_malloc = (unsigned int) value;
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (strcmp(argv[1],"info") == 0) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10" TCL_Z_MODIFIER"u\n%-25s %10u\n%-25s %10" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u\n",
		"total mallocs", total_mallocs, "total frees", total_frees,
		"current packets allocated", current_malloc_packets,
		"current bytes allocated", current_bytes_malloced,
		"maximum packets allocated", maximum_malloc_packets,
		"maximum bytes allocated", maximum_bytes_malloced));
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (strcmp(argv[1], "init") == 0) {
	if (argc != 3) {
	    goto bad_suboption;
	}
	init_malloced_bodies = (strcmp(argv[2],"on") == 0);

	ENC_CONVERTFROM, ENC_CONVERTTO, ENC_DIRS, ENC_NAMES, ENC_SYSTEM
    };

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    switch ((enum options) index) {
    case ENC_CONVERTTO:
	return EncodingConverttoObjCmd(dummy, interp, objc, objv);
    case ENC_CONVERTFROM:

	ENC_CONVERTFROM, ENC_CONVERTTO, ENC_DIRS, ENC_NAMES, ENC_SYSTEM
    };

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    switch ((enum options) index) {
    case ENC_CONVERTTO:
	return EncodingConverttoObjCmd(dummy, interp, objc, objv);
    case ENC_CONVERTFROM:

    int isIncreasing;		/* Nonzero means sort in increasing order. */
    int sortMode;		/* The sort mode. One of SORTMODE_* values
				 * defined below. */
    Tcl_Obj *compareCmdPtr;	/* The Tcl comparison command when sortMode is
				 * SORTMODE_COMMAND. Pre-initialized to hold
				 * base of command. */
    int *indexv;		/* If the -index option was specified, this
				 * holds the indexes contained in the list
				 * supplied as an argument to that option.

				 * NULL if no indexes supplied, and points to
				 * singleIndex field when only one
				 * supplied. */
    int indexc;			/* Number of indexes in indexv array. */
    int singleIndex;		/* Static space for common index case. */
    int unique;
    int numElements;
................................................................................
#define SORTMODE_ASCII		0
#define SORTMODE_INTEGER	1
#define SORTMODE_REAL		2
#define SORTMODE_COMMAND	3
#define SORTMODE_DICTIONARY	4
#define SORTMODE_ASCII_NC	8

/*
 * Magic values for the index field of the SortInfo structure. Note that the
 * index "end-1" will be translated to SORTIDX_END-1, etc.
 */

#define SORTIDX_NONE	-1	/* Not indexed; use whole value. */
#define SORTIDX_END	-2	/* Indexed from end. */

/*
 * Forward declarations for procedures defined in this file:
 */

static int		DictionaryCompare(const char *left, const char *right);
static Tcl_NRPostProc	IfConditionCallback;
static int		InfoArgsCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
................................................................................
int
Tcl_JoinObjCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* The argument objects. */
{
    int listLen;
    Tcl_Obj *resObjPtr = NULL, *joinObjPtr, **elemPtrs;

    if ((objc < 2) || (objc > 3)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "list ?joinString?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

................................................................................
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, elemPtrs[0]);
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    joinObjPtr = (objc == 2) ? Tcl_NewStringObj(" ", 1) : objv[2];
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(joinObjPtr);

    if (Tcl_GetCharLength(joinObjPtr) == 0) {
	TclStringCatObjv(interp, /* inPlace */ 0, listLen, elemPtrs,
		&resObjPtr);
    } else {
	int i;

	resObjPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	for (i = 0;  i < listLen;  i++) {
	    if (i > 0) {

................................................................................
    /*
     * Complain if the user asked for a start element that is greater than the
     * list length. This won't ever trigger for the "end-*" case as that will
     * be properly constrained by TclGetIntForIndex because we use listLen-1
     * (to allow for replacing the last elem).
     */

    if ((first > listLen) && (listLen > 0)) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"list doesn't contain element %s", TclGetString(objv[2])));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LREPLACE", "BADIDX",
		NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (last >= listLen) {
................................................................................
Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument values. */
{
    const char *bytes, *patternBytes;
    int i, match, index, result, listc, length, elemLen, bisect;

    int dataType, isIncreasing, lower, upper, offset;
    Tcl_WideInt patWide, objWide;
    int allMatches, inlineReturn, negatedMatch, returnSubindices, noCase;
    double patDouble, objDouble;
    SortInfo sortInfo;
    Tcl_Obj *patObj, **listv, *listPtr, *startPtr, *itemPtr;
    SortStrCmpFn_t strCmpFn = strcmp;
    Tcl_RegExp regexp = NULL;
    static const char *const options[] = {
	"-all",	    "-ascii",   "-bisect", "-decreasing", "-dictionary",
	"-exact",   "-glob",    "-increasing", "-index",
	"-inline",  "-integer", "-nocase",     "-not",
	"-real",    "-regexp",  "-sorted",     "-start",
	"-subindices", NULL
    };
    enum options {
	LSEARCH_ALL, LSEARCH_ASCII, LSEARCH_BISECT, LSEARCH_DECREASING,
	LSEARCH_DICTIONARY, LSEARCH_EXACT, LSEARCH_GLOB, LSEARCH_INCREASING,
	LSEARCH_INDEX, LSEARCH_INLINE, LSEARCH_INTEGER, LSEARCH_NOCASE,
	LSEARCH_NOT, LSEARCH_REAL, LSEARCH_REGEXP, LSEARCH_SORTED,
	LSEARCH_START, LSEARCH_SUBINDICES
    };
    enum datatypes {
	ASCII, DICTIONARY, INTEGER, REAL
    };
    enum modes {
	EXACT, GLOB, REGEXP, SORTED
    };
................................................................................
    allMatches = 0;
    inlineReturn = 0;
    returnSubindices = 0;
    negatedMatch = 0;
    bisect = 0;
    listPtr = NULL;
    startPtr = NULL;

    offset = 0;

    noCase = 0;
    sortInfo.compareCmdPtr = NULL;
    sortInfo.isIncreasing = 1;
    sortInfo.sortMode = 0;
    sortInfo.interp = interp;
    sortInfo.resultCode = TCL_OK;
    sortInfo.indexv = NULL;
................................................................................

    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-option value ...? list pattern");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    for (i = 1; i < objc-2; i++) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], options,
		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    if (startPtr != NULL) {
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
	    }
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	switch ((enum options) index) {
	case LSEARCH_ALL:		/* -all */
	    allMatches = 1;
	    break;
................................................................................
	    /*
	     * If there was a previous -start option, release its saved index
	     * because it will either be replaced or there will be an error.
	     */

	    if (startPtr != NULL) {
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);

	    }
	    if (i > objc-4) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"missing starting index", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ARGUMENT", "MISSING", NULL);
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
................................................................................
		 * being searched. We only need to copy where the list and the
		 * index are one-and-the-same.
		 */

		startPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(objv[i]);
	    } else {
		startPtr = objv[i];

		Tcl_IncrRefCount(startPtr);









	    }













	    break;
	case LSEARCH_INDEX: {		/* -index */
	    Tcl_Obj **indices;
	    int j;

	    if (sortInfo.indexc > 1) {
		TclStackFree(interp, sortInfo.indexv);

	    }
	    if (i > objc-4) {
		if (startPtr != NULL) {
		    Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
		}
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"\"-index\" option must be followed by list index",
			-1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ARGUMENT", "MISSING", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;

	    }

	    /*
	     * Store the extracted indices for processing by sublist
	     * extraction. Note that we don't do this using objects because
	     * that has shimmering problems.
	     */

	    i++;
	    if (TclListObjGetElements(interp, objv[i],
		    &sortInfo.indexc, &indices) != TCL_OK) {
		if (startPtr != NULL) {
		    Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
		}
		return TCL_ERROR;

	    }
	    switch (sortInfo.indexc) {
	    case 0:
		sortInfo.indexv = NULL;
		break;
	    case 1:
		sortInfo.indexv = &sortInfo.singleIndex;
		break;
	    default:
		sortInfo.indexv =
			TclStackAlloc(interp, sizeof(int) * sortInfo.indexc);


	    }

	    /*
	     * Fill the array by parsing each index. We don't know whether
	     * their scale is sensible yet, but we at least perform the
	     * syntactic check here.
	     */

	    for (j=0 ; j<sortInfo.indexc ; j++) {
		if (TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, indices[j], SORTIDX_END,

			&sortInfo.indexv[j]) != TCL_OK) {












		    Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "\n    (-index option item number %d)", j));
		    result = TCL_ERROR;
		    goto done;
		}

	    }
	    break;
	}
	}
    }

    /*
     * Subindices only make sense if asked for with -index option set.
     */

    if (returnSubindices && sortInfo.indexc==0) {
	if (startPtr != NULL) {
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"-subindices cannot be used without -index option", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LSEARCH",
		"BAD_OPTION_MIX", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;

    }

    if (bisect && (allMatches || negatedMatch)) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"-bisect is not compatible with -all or -not", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LSEARCH",
		"BAD_OPTION_MIX", NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;

    }

    if (mode == REGEXP) {
	/*
	 * We can shimmer regexp/list if listv[i] == pattern, so get the
	 * regexp rep before the list rep. First time round, omit the interp
	 * and hope that the compilation will succeed. If it fails, we'll
................................................................................
	     */

	    regexp = Tcl_GetRegExpFromObj(interp, objv[objc - 1],
		    TCL_REG_ADVANCED | (noCase ? TCL_REG_NOCASE : 0));
	}

	if (regexp == NULL) {
	    if (startPtr != NULL) {
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
	    }
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Make sure the list argument is a list object and get its length and a
     * pointer to its array of element pointers.
     */

    result = TclListObjGetElements(interp, objv[objc - 2], &listc, &listv);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	if (startPtr != NULL) {
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
	}














	goto done;
    }





























    /*
     * Get the user-specified start offset.
     */

    if (startPtr) {
	result = TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, startPtr, listc-1, &offset);
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    goto done;
	}
	if (offset < 0) {
	    offset = 0;
	}

	/*
	 * If the search started past the end of the list, we just return a
	 * "did not match anything at all" result straight away. [Bug 1374778]
	 */

	if (offset > listc-1) {
	    if (sortInfo.indexc > 1) {
		TclStackFree(interp, sortInfo.indexv);
	    }
	    if (allMatches || inlineReturn) {
		Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(-1));
	    }
	    return TCL_OK;








	}
    }

    patObj = objv[objc - 1];
    patternBytes = NULL;
    if (mode == EXACT || mode == SORTED) {
	switch ((enum datatypes) dataType) {
................................................................................
	/*
	 * If the data is sorted, we can do a more intelligent search. Note
	 * that there is no point in being smart when -all was specified; in
	 * that case, we have to look at all items anyway, and there is no
	 * sense in doing this when the match sense is inverted.
	 */





	lower = offset - 1;
	upper = listc;
	while (lower + 1 != upper && sortInfo.resultCode == TCL_OK) {
	    i = (lower + upper)/2;

	    if (sortInfo.indexc != 0) {
		itemPtr = SelectObjFromSublist(listv[i], &sortInfo);
		if (sortInfo.resultCode != TCL_OK) {
		    result = sortInfo.resultCode;
		    goto done;
		}
	    } else {
		itemPtr = listv[i];
	    }
	    switch ((enum datatypes) dataType) {
	    case ASCII:
		bytes = TclGetString(itemPtr);
		match = strCmpFn(patternBytes, bytes);
		break;
	    case DICTIONARY:
................................................................................
	 *   - our matching sense is negated
	 *   - we're building a list of all matched items
	 */

	if (allMatches) {
	    listPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
	}
	for (i = offset; i < listc; i++) {
	    match = 0;
	    if (sortInfo.indexc != 0) {
		itemPtr = SelectObjFromSublist(listv[i], &sortInfo);
		if (sortInfo.resultCode != TCL_OK) {
		    if (listPtr != NULL) {
			Tcl_DecrRefCount(listPtr);
		    }
		    result = sortInfo.resultCode;
		    goto done;
		}
	    } else {
		itemPtr = listv[i];
	    }

	    switch (mode) {
	    case SORTED:
	    case EXACT:
		switch ((enum datatypes) dataType) {
		case ASCII:
................................................................................
		break;
	    } else if (inlineReturn) {
		/*
		 * Note that these appends are not expected to fail.
		 */

		if (returnSubindices && (sortInfo.indexc != 0)) {
		    itemPtr = SelectObjFromSublist(listv[i], &sortInfo);





		} else {
		    itemPtr = listv[i];
		}
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr, itemPtr);

	    } else if (returnSubindices) {
		int j;

		itemPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(i);
		for (j=0 ; j<sortInfo.indexc ; j++) {
		    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, itemPtr,
			    Tcl_NewIntObj(sortInfo.indexv[j]));
		}
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr, itemPtr);
	    } else {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(i));
	    }
	}
    }
................................................................................

    if (allMatches) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listPtr);
    } else if (!inlineReturn) {
	if (returnSubindices) {
	    int j;

	    itemPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(index);
	    for (j=0 ; j<sortInfo.indexc ; j++) {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, itemPtr,
			Tcl_NewIntObj(sortInfo.indexv[j]));
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, itemPtr);
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
	}
    } else if (index < 0) {
	/*
	 * Is this superfluous? The result should be a blank object by
	 * default...
	 */

	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewObj());
    } else {






	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listv[index]);

    }
    result = TCL_OK;

    /*
     * Cleanup the index list array.
     */

  done:
    if (sortInfo.indexc > 1) {



	TclStackFree(interp, sortInfo.indexv);
    }
    return result;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
    cmdPtr = NULL;
    indices = 0;
    group = 0;
    groupSize = 1;
    groupOffset = 0;
    indexPtr = NULL;
    for (i = 1; i < objc-1; i++) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], switches,
		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    sortInfo.resultCode = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	switch ((enum Lsort_Switches) index) {
	case LSORT_ASCII:
	    sortInfo.sortMode = SORTMODE_ASCII;
	    break;
................................................................................
	case LSORT_DICTIONARY:
	    sortInfo.sortMode = SORTMODE_DICTIONARY;
	    break;
	case LSORT_INCREASING:
	    sortInfo.isIncreasing = 1;
	    break;
	case LSORT_INDEX: {
	    int indexc, dummy;
	    Tcl_Obj **indexv;

	    if (i == objc-2) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"\"-index\" option must be followed by list index",
			-1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ARGUMENT", "MISSING", NULL);
................................................................................
	     * we do not store the converted values here because we do not
	     * know if this is the only -index option yet and so we can't
	     * allocate any space; that happens after the scan through all the
	     * options is done.
	     */

	    for (j=0 ; j<indexc ; j++) {

		if (TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, indexv[j], SORTIDX_END,
			&dummy) != TCL_OK) {












		    Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "\n    (-index option item number %d)", j));
		    sortInfo.resultCode = TCL_ERROR;
		    goto done;
		}
	    }
	    indexPtr = objv[i+1];
................................................................................
	default:
	    sortInfo.indexv =
		    TclStackAlloc(interp, sizeof(int) * sortInfo.indexc);
	    allocatedIndexVector = 1;	/* Cannot use indexc field, as it
					 * might be decreased by 1 later. */
	}
	for (j=0 ; j<sortInfo.indexc ; j++) {
	    TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, indexv[j], SORTIDX_END,
		    &sortInfo.indexv[j]);
	}
    }

    listObj = objv[objc-1];

    if (sortInfo.sortMode == SORTMODE_COMMAND) {
	Tcl_Obj *newCommandPtr, *newObjPtr;
................................................................................
	length = length / groupSize;
	if (sortInfo.indexc > 0) {
	    /*
	     * Use the first value in the list supplied to -index as the
	     * offset of the element within each group by which to sort.
	     */

	    groupOffset = sortInfo.indexv[0];
	    if (groupOffset <= SORTIDX_END) {
		groupOffset = (groupOffset - SORTIDX_END) + groupSize - 1;
	    }
	    if (groupOffset < 0 || groupOffset >= groupSize) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"when used with \"-stride\", the leading \"-index\""
			" value must be within the group", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LSORT",
			"BADINDEX", NULL);
		sortInfo.resultCode = TCL_ERROR;
................................................................................
		sortInfo.indexv = NULL;
	    } else {
		sortInfo.indexc--;

		/*
		 * Do not shrink the actual memory block used; that doesn't
		 * work with TclStackAlloc-allocated memory. [Bug 2918962]



		 */

		for (i = 0; i < sortInfo.indexc; i++) {
		    sortInfo.indexv[i] = sortInfo.indexv[i+1];
		}
	    }
	}
................................................................................
				/* Values to be compared. */
    SortInfo *infoPtr)		/* Information passed from the top-level
				 * "lsort" command. */
{
    int order = 0;

    if (infoPtr->sortMode == SORTMODE_ASCII) {
	order = strcmp(elemPtr1->collationKey.strValuePtr,
		elemPtr2->collationKey.strValuePtr);
    } else if (infoPtr->sortMode == SORTMODE_ASCII_NC) {
	order = TclUtfCasecmp(elemPtr1->collationKey.strValuePtr,
		elemPtr2->collationKey.strValuePtr);
    } else if (infoPtr->sortMode == SORTMODE_DICTIONARY) {
	order = DictionaryCompare(elemPtr1->collationKey.strValuePtr,
		elemPtr2->collationKey.strValuePtr);
................................................................................
	int listLen, index;
	Tcl_Obj *currentObj;

	if (TclListObjLength(infoPtr->interp, objPtr, &listLen) != TCL_OK) {
	    infoPtr->resultCode = TCL_ERROR;
	    return NULL;
	}
	index = infoPtr->indexv[i];

	/*
	 * Adjust for end-based indexing.
	 */

	if (index < SORTIDX_NONE) {
	    index += listLen + 1;
	}


	if (Tcl_ListObjIndex(infoPtr->interp, objPtr, index,
		&currentObj) != TCL_OK) {
	    infoPtr->resultCode = TCL_ERROR;
	    return NULL;
	}
	if (currentObj == NULL) {

    int isIncreasing;		/* Nonzero means sort in increasing order. */
    int sortMode;		/* The sort mode. One of SORTMODE_* values
				 * defined below. */
    Tcl_Obj *compareCmdPtr;	/* The Tcl comparison command when sortMode is
				 * SORTMODE_COMMAND. Pre-initialized to hold
				 * base of command. */
    int *indexv;		/* If the -index option was specified, this
				 * holds an encoding of the indexes contained
				 * in the list supplied as an argument to
				 * that option.
				 * NULL if no indexes supplied, and points to
				 * singleIndex field when only one
				 * supplied. */
    int indexc;			/* Number of indexes in indexv array. */
    int singleIndex;		/* Static space for common index case. */
    int unique;
    int numElements;
................................................................................
#define SORTMODE_ASCII		0
#define SORTMODE_INTEGER	1
#define SORTMODE_REAL		2
#define SORTMODE_COMMAND	3
#define SORTMODE_DICTIONARY	4
#define SORTMODE_ASCII_NC	8









/*
 * Forward declarations for procedures defined in this file:
 */

static int		DictionaryCompare(const char *left, const char *right);
static Tcl_NRPostProc	IfConditionCallback;
static int		InfoArgsCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
................................................................................
int
Tcl_JoinObjCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* The argument objects. */
{
    int length, listLen;
    Tcl_Obj *resObjPtr = NULL, *joinObjPtr, **elemPtrs;

    if ((objc < 2) || (objc > 3)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "list ?joinString?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

................................................................................
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, elemPtrs[0]);
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    joinObjPtr = (objc == 2) ? Tcl_NewStringObj(" ", 1) : objv[2];
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(joinObjPtr);

    (void) Tcl_GetStringFromObj(joinObjPtr, &length);
    if (length == 0) {
	resObjPtr = TclStringCat(interp, listLen, elemPtrs, 0);
    } else {
	int i;

	resObjPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
	for (i = 0;  i < listLen;  i++) {
	    if (i > 0) {

................................................................................
    /*
     * Complain if the user asked for a start element that is greater than the
     * list length. This won't ever trigger for the "end-*" case as that will
     * be properly constrained by TclGetIntForIndex because we use listLen-1
     * (to allow for replacing the last elem).
     */

    if ((first >= listLen) && (listLen > 0)) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"list doesn't contain element %s", TclGetString(objv[2])));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LREPLACE", "BADIDX",
		NULL);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (last >= listLen) {
................................................................................
Tcl_LsearchObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,	/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument values. */
{
    const char *bytes, *patternBytes;
    int i, match, index, result=TCL_OK, listc, length, elemLen, bisect;
    int allocatedIndexVector = 0;
    int dataType, isIncreasing, lower, upper, start, groupSize, groupOffset;
    Tcl_WideInt patWide, objWide;
    int allMatches, inlineReturn, negatedMatch, returnSubindices, noCase;
    double patDouble, objDouble;
    SortInfo sortInfo;
    Tcl_Obj *patObj, **listv, *listPtr, *startPtr, *itemPtr;
    SortStrCmpFn_t strCmpFn = TclUtfCmp;
    Tcl_RegExp regexp = NULL;
    static const char *const options[] = {
	"-all",	    "-ascii",   "-bisect", "-decreasing", "-dictionary",
	"-exact",   "-glob",    "-increasing", "-index",
	"-inline",  "-integer", "-nocase",     "-not",
	"-real",    "-regexp",  "-sorted",     "-start", "-stride",
	"-subindices", NULL
    };
    enum options {
	LSEARCH_ALL, LSEARCH_ASCII, LSEARCH_BISECT, LSEARCH_DECREASING,
	LSEARCH_DICTIONARY, LSEARCH_EXACT, LSEARCH_GLOB, LSEARCH_INCREASING,
	LSEARCH_INDEX, LSEARCH_INLINE, LSEARCH_INTEGER, LSEARCH_NOCASE,
	LSEARCH_NOT, LSEARCH_REAL, LSEARCH_REGEXP, LSEARCH_SORTED,
	LSEARCH_START, LSEARCH_STRIDE, LSEARCH_SUBINDICES
    };
    enum datatypes {
	ASCII, DICTIONARY, INTEGER, REAL
    };
    enum modes {
	EXACT, GLOB, REGEXP, SORTED
    };
................................................................................
    allMatches = 0;
    inlineReturn = 0;
    returnSubindices = 0;
    negatedMatch = 0;
    bisect = 0;
    listPtr = NULL;
    startPtr = NULL;
    groupSize = 1;
    groupOffset = 0;
    start = 0;
    noCase = 0;
    sortInfo.compareCmdPtr = NULL;
    sortInfo.isIncreasing = 1;
    sortInfo.sortMode = 0;
    sortInfo.interp = interp;
    sortInfo.resultCode = TCL_OK;
    sortInfo.indexv = NULL;
................................................................................

    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-option value ...? list pattern");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    for (i = 1; i < objc-2; i++) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], options, "option", 0, &index)
		!= TCL_OK) {



	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	switch ((enum options) index) {
	case LSEARCH_ALL:		/* -all */
	    allMatches = 1;
	    break;
................................................................................
	    /*
	     * If there was a previous -start option, release its saved index
	     * because it will either be replaced or there will be an error.
	     */

	    if (startPtr != NULL) {
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
		startPtr = NULL;
	    }
	    if (i > objc-4) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"missing starting index", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ARGUMENT", "MISSING", NULL);
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
................................................................................
		 * being searched. We only need to copy where the list and the
		 * index are one-and-the-same.
		 */

		startPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(objv[i]);
	    } else {
		startPtr = objv[i];
	    }
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(startPtr);
	    break;
	case LSEARCH_STRIDE:		/* -stride */
	    if (i > objc-4) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"\"-stride\" option must be "
			"followed by stride length", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ARGUMENT", "MISSING", NULL);
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &groupSize) != TCL_OK) {
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    if (groupSize < 1) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"stride length must be at least 1", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LSORT",
			"BADSTRIDE", NULL);
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    i++;
	    break;
	case LSEARCH_INDEX: {		/* -index */
	    Tcl_Obj **indices;
	    int j;

	    if (allocatedIndexVector) {
		TclStackFree(interp, sortInfo.indexv);
		allocatedIndexVector = 0;
	    }
	    if (i > objc-4) {



		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"\"-index\" option must be followed by list index",
			-1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ARGUMENT", "MISSING", NULL);
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }

	    /*
	     * Store the extracted indices for processing by sublist
	     * extraction. Note that we don't do this using objects because
	     * that has shimmering problems.
	     */

	    i++;
	    if (TclListObjGetElements(interp, objv[i],
		    &sortInfo.indexc, &indices) != TCL_OK) {



		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    switch (sortInfo.indexc) {
	    case 0:
		sortInfo.indexv = NULL;
		break;
	    case 1:
		sortInfo.indexv = &sortInfo.singleIndex;
		break;
	    default:
		sortInfo.indexv =
			TclStackAlloc(interp, sizeof(int) * sortInfo.indexc);
		allocatedIndexVector = 1; /* Cannot use indexc field, as it
					   * might be decreased by 1 later. */
	    }

	    /*
	     * Fill the array by parsing each index. We don't know whether
	     * their scale is sensible yet, but we at least perform the
	     * syntactic check here.
	     */

	    for (j=0 ; j<sortInfo.indexc ; j++) {
		int encoded = 0;
		if (TclIndexEncode(interp, indices[j], TCL_INDEX_BEFORE,
			TCL_INDEX_AFTER, &encoded) != TCL_OK) {
		    result = TCL_ERROR;
		}
		if ((encoded == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE)
			|| (encoded == TCL_INDEX_AFTER)) {
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "index \"%s\" cannot select an element "
			    "from any list", Tcl_GetString(indices[j])));
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "VALUE", "INDEX"
			    "OUTOFRANGE", NULL);
		    result = TCL_ERROR;
		}
		if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
		    Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "\n    (-index option item number %d)", j));

		    goto done;
		}
		sortInfo.indexv[j] = encoded;
	    }
	    break;
	}
	}
    }

    /*
     * Subindices only make sense if asked for with -index option set.
     */

    if (returnSubindices && sortInfo.indexc==0) {



	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"-subindices cannot be used without -index option", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LSEARCH",
		"BAD_OPTION_MIX", NULL);
	result = TCL_ERROR;
	goto done;
    }

    if (bisect && (allMatches || negatedMatch)) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		"-bisect is not compatible with -all or -not", -1));
	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LSEARCH",
		"BAD_OPTION_MIX", NULL);
	result = TCL_ERROR;
	goto done;
    }

    if (mode == REGEXP) {
	/*
	 * We can shimmer regexp/list if listv[i] == pattern, so get the
	 * regexp rep before the list rep. First time round, omit the interp
	 * and hope that the compilation will succeed. If it fails, we'll
................................................................................
	     */

	    regexp = Tcl_GetRegExpFromObj(interp, objv[objc - 1],
		    TCL_REG_ADVANCED | (noCase ? TCL_REG_NOCASE : 0));
	}

	if (regexp == NULL) {



	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Make sure the list argument is a list object and get its length and a
     * pointer to its array of element pointers.
     */

    result = TclListObjGetElements(interp, objv[objc - 2], &listc, &listv);
    if (result != TCL_OK) {
	goto done;

    }

    /*
     * Check for sanity when grouping elements of the overall list together
     * because of the -stride option. [TIP #351]
     */

    if (groupSize > 1) {
	if (listc % groupSize) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "list size must be a multiple of the stride length",
		    -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LSEARCH", "BADSTRIDE",
		    NULL);
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	if (sortInfo.indexc > 0) {
	    /*
	     * Use the first value in the list supplied to -index as the
	     * offset of the element within each group by which to sort.
	     */

	    groupOffset = TclIndexDecode(sortInfo.indexv[0], groupSize - 1);
	    if (groupOffset < 0 || groupOffset >= groupSize) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"when used with \"-stride\", the leading \"-index\""
			" value must be within the group", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LSEARCH",
			"BADINDEX", NULL);
		result = TCL_ERROR;
		goto done;
	    }
	    if (sortInfo.indexc == 1) {
		sortInfo.indexc = 0;
		sortInfo.indexv = NULL;
	    } else {
		sortInfo.indexc--;

		for (i = 0; i < sortInfo.indexc; i++) {
		    sortInfo.indexv[i] = sortInfo.indexv[i+1];
		}
	    }
	}
    }

    /*
     * Get the user-specified start offset.
     */

    if (startPtr) {
	result = TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, startPtr, listc-1, &start);

	if (result != TCL_OK) {
	    goto done;
	}
	if (start < 0) {
	    start = 0;
	}

	/*
	 * If the search started past the end of the list, we just return a
	 * "did not match anything at all" result straight away. [Bug 1374778]
	 */

	if (start > listc-1) {



	    if (allMatches || inlineReturn) {
		Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
	    } else {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(-1));
	    }
	    goto done;
	}

	/*
	 * If start points within a group, it points to the start of the group.
	 */

	if (groupSize > 1) {
	    start -= (start % groupSize);
	}
    }

    patObj = objv[objc - 1];
    patternBytes = NULL;
    if (mode == EXACT || mode == SORTED) {
	switch ((enum datatypes) dataType) {
................................................................................
	/*
	 * If the data is sorted, we can do a more intelligent search. Note
	 * that there is no point in being smart when -all was specified; in
	 * that case, we have to look at all items anyway, and there is no
	 * sense in doing this when the match sense is inverted.
	 */

	/* 
	 * With -stride, lower, upper and i are kept as multiples of groupSize.
	 */

	lower = start - groupSize;
	upper = listc;
	while (lower + groupSize != upper && sortInfo.resultCode == TCL_OK) {
	    i = (lower + upper)/2;
	    i -= i % groupSize;
	    if (sortInfo.indexc != 0) {
		itemPtr = SelectObjFromSublist(listv[i+groupOffset], &sortInfo);
		if (sortInfo.resultCode != TCL_OK) {
		    result = sortInfo.resultCode;
		    goto done;
		}
	    } else {
		itemPtr = listv[i+groupOffset];
	    }
	    switch ((enum datatypes) dataType) {
	    case ASCII:
		bytes = TclGetString(itemPtr);
		match = strCmpFn(patternBytes, bytes);
		break;
	    case DICTIONARY:
................................................................................
	 *   - our matching sense is negated
	 *   - we're building a list of all matched items
	 */

	if (allMatches) {
	    listPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
	}
	for (i = start; i < listc; i += groupSize) {
	    match = 0;
	    if (sortInfo.indexc != 0) {
		itemPtr = SelectObjFromSublist(listv[i+groupOffset], &sortInfo);
		if (sortInfo.resultCode != TCL_OK) {
		    if (listPtr != NULL) {
			Tcl_DecrRefCount(listPtr);
		    }
		    result = sortInfo.resultCode;
		    goto done;
		}
	    } else {
		itemPtr = listv[i+groupOffset];
	    }

	    switch (mode) {
	    case SORTED:
	    case EXACT:
		switch ((enum datatypes) dataType) {
		case ASCII:
................................................................................
		break;
	    } else if (inlineReturn) {
		/*
		 * Note that these appends are not expected to fail.
		 */

		if (returnSubindices && (sortInfo.indexc != 0)) {
		    itemPtr = SelectObjFromSublist(listv[i+groupOffset],
			    &sortInfo);
		    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr, itemPtr);
		} else if (groupSize > 1) {
		    Tcl_ListObjReplace(interp, listPtr, LIST_MAX, 0,
			    groupSize, &listv[i]);
		} else {
		    itemPtr = listv[i];

		    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr, itemPtr);
		}
	    } else if (returnSubindices) {
		int j;

		itemPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(i+groupOffset);
		for (j=0 ; j<sortInfo.indexc ; j++) {
		    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, itemPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(
			    TclIndexDecode(sortInfo.indexv[j], listc)));
		}
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr, itemPtr);
	    } else {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(i));
	    }
	}
    }
................................................................................

    if (allMatches) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listPtr);
    } else if (!inlineReturn) {
	if (returnSubindices) {
	    int j;

	    itemPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(index+groupOffset);
	    for (j=0 ; j<sortInfo.indexc ; j++) {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, itemPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(
			TclIndexDecode(sortInfo.indexv[j], listc)));
	    }
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, itemPtr);
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
	}
    } else if (index < 0) {
	/*
	 * Is this superfluous? The result should be a blank object by
	 * default...
	 */

	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewObj());
    } else {
	if (returnSubindices) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, SelectObjFromSublist(listv[i+groupOffset],
		    &sortInfo));
	} else if (groupSize > 1) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(groupSize, &listv[index]));
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listv[index]);
	}
    }
    result = TCL_OK;

    /*
     * Cleanup the index list array.
     */

  done:
    if (startPtr != NULL) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(startPtr);
    }
    if (allocatedIndexVector) {
	TclStackFree(interp, sortInfo.indexv);
    }
    return result;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
    cmdPtr = NULL;
    indices = 0;
    group = 0;
    groupSize = 1;
    groupOffset = 0;
    indexPtr = NULL;
    for (i = 1; i < objc-1; i++) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], switches, "option", 0,
		&index) != TCL_OK) {
	    sortInfo.resultCode = TCL_ERROR;
	    goto done;
	}
	switch ((enum Lsort_Switches) index) {
	case LSORT_ASCII:
	    sortInfo.sortMode = SORTMODE_ASCII;
	    break;
................................................................................
	case LSORT_DICTIONARY:
	    sortInfo.sortMode = SORTMODE_DICTIONARY;
	    break;
	case LSORT_INCREASING:
	    sortInfo.isIncreasing = 1;
	    break;
	case LSORT_INDEX: {
	    int indexc;
	    Tcl_Obj **indexv;

	    if (i == objc-2) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"\"-index\" option must be followed by list index",
			-1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "ARGUMENT", "MISSING", NULL);
................................................................................
	     * we do not store the converted values here because we do not
	     * know if this is the only -index option yet and so we can't
	     * allocate any space; that happens after the scan through all the
	     * options is done.
	     */

	    for (j=0 ; j<indexc ; j++) {
		int encoded = 0;
		int result = TclIndexEncode(interp, indexv[j],

			TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_AFTER, &encoded);

		if ((result == TCL_OK) && ((encoded == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE)
			|| (encoded == TCL_INDEX_AFTER))) {
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "index \"%s\" cannot select an element "
			    "from any list", Tcl_GetString(indexv[j])));
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "VALUE", "INDEX"
			    "OUTOFRANGE", NULL);
		    result = TCL_ERROR;
		}
		if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
		    Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
			    "\n    (-index option item number %d)", j));
		    sortInfo.resultCode = TCL_ERROR;
		    goto done;
		}
	    }
	    indexPtr = objv[i+1];
................................................................................
	default:
	    sortInfo.indexv =
		    TclStackAlloc(interp, sizeof(int) * sortInfo.indexc);
	    allocatedIndexVector = 1;	/* Cannot use indexc field, as it
					 * might be decreased by 1 later. */
	}
	for (j=0 ; j<sortInfo.indexc ; j++) {
	    /* Prescreened values, no errors or out of range possible */
	    TclIndexEncode(NULL, indexv[j], 0, 0, &sortInfo.indexv[j]);
	}
    }

    listObj = objv[objc-1];

    if (sortInfo.sortMode == SORTMODE_COMMAND) {
	Tcl_Obj *newCommandPtr, *newObjPtr;
................................................................................
	length = length / groupSize;
	if (sortInfo.indexc > 0) {
	    /*
	     * Use the first value in the list supplied to -index as the
	     * offset of the element within each group by which to sort.
	     */

	    groupOffset = TclIndexDecode(sortInfo.indexv[0], groupSize - 1);



	    if (groupOffset < 0 || groupOffset >= groupSize) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"when used with \"-stride\", the leading \"-index\""
			" value must be within the group", -1));
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "OPERATION", "LSORT",
			"BADINDEX", NULL);
		sortInfo.resultCode = TCL_ERROR;
................................................................................
		sortInfo.indexv = NULL;
	    } else {
		sortInfo.indexc--;

		/*
		 * Do not shrink the actual memory block used; that doesn't
		 * work with TclStackAlloc-allocated memory. [Bug 2918962]
		 * 
		 * TODO: Consider a pointer increment to replace this
		 * array shift.
		 */

		for (i = 0; i < sortInfo.indexc; i++) {
		    sortInfo.indexv[i] = sortInfo.indexv[i+1];
		}
	    }
	}
................................................................................
				/* Values to be compared. */
    SortInfo *infoPtr)		/* Information passed from the top-level
				 * "lsort" command. */
{
    int order = 0;

    if (infoPtr->sortMode == SORTMODE_ASCII) {
	order = TclUtfCmp(elemPtr1->collationKey.strValuePtr,
		elemPtr2->collationKey.strValuePtr);
    } else if (infoPtr->sortMode == SORTMODE_ASCII_NC) {
	order = TclUtfCasecmp(elemPtr1->collationKey.strValuePtr,
		elemPtr2->collationKey.strValuePtr);
    } else if (infoPtr->sortMode == SORTMODE_DICTIONARY) {
	order = DictionaryCompare(elemPtr1->collationKey.strValuePtr,
		elemPtr2->collationKey.strValuePtr);
................................................................................
	int listLen, index;
	Tcl_Obj *currentObj;

	if (TclListObjLength(infoPtr->interp, objPtr, &listLen) != TCL_OK) {
	    infoPtr->resultCode = TCL_ERROR;
	    return NULL;
	}









	index = TclIndexDecode(infoPtr->indexv[i], listLen - 1);

	if (Tcl_ListObjIndex(infoPtr->interp, objPtr, index,
		&currentObj) != TCL_OK) {
	    infoPtr->resultCode = TCL_ERROR;
	    return NULL;
	}
	if (currentObj == NULL) {

	 * start of the string unless the previous character is a newline.
	 */

	if (offset == 0) {
	    eflags = 0;
	} else if (offset > stringLength) {
	    eflags = TCL_REG_NOTBOL;
	} else if (Tcl_GetUniChar(objPtr, offset-1) == (Tcl_UniChar)'\n') {
	    eflags = 0;
	} else {
	    eflags = TCL_REG_NOTBOL;
	}

	match = Tcl_RegExpExecObj(interp, regExpr, objPtr, offset,
		numMatchesSaved, eflags);
................................................................................
		/*
		 * If inlining, the interpreter's object result remains an
		 * empty list, otherwise set it to an integer object w/ value
		 * 0.
		 */

		if (!doinline) {
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(0));
		}
		return TCL_OK;
	    }
	    break;
	}

	/*
................................................................................
     * if -all wasn't specified, otherwise it's all-1 (the number of times
     * through the while - 1).
     */

    if (doinline) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
    } else {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(all ? all-1 : 1));
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
	    && (strpbrk(TclGetString(objv[0]), "*+?{}()[].\\|^$") == NULL)) {
	/*
	 * This is a simple one pair string map situation. We make use of a
	 * slightly modified version of the one pair STR_MAP code.
	 */

	int slen, nocase;
	int (*strCmpFn)(const Tcl_UniChar*,const Tcl_UniChar*,size_t);
	Tcl_UniChar *p, wsrclc;

	numMatches = 0;
	nocase = (cflags & TCL_REG_NOCASE);
	strCmpFn = nocase ? Tcl_UniCharNcasecmp : Tcl_UniCharNcmp;

	wsrc = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[0], &slen);
................................................................................
	    }
	} else {
	    wsrclc = Tcl_UniCharToLower(*wsrc);
	    for (p = wfirstChar = wstring; wstring < wend; wstring++) {
		if ((*wstring == *wsrc ||
			(nocase && Tcl_UniCharToLower(*wstring)==wsrclc)) &&
			(slen==1 || (strCmpFn(wstring, wsrc,
				(size_t)slen) == 0))) {
		    if (numMatches == 0) {
			resultPtr = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(wstring, 0);
			Tcl_IncrRefCount(resultPtr);
		    }
		    if (p != wstring) {
			Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(resultPtr, p, wstring - p);
			p = wstring + slen;
................................................................................
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Set the interpreter's object result to an integer object
	     * holding the number of matches.
	     */

	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(numMatches));
	}
    } else {
	/*
	 * No varname supplied, so just return the modified string.
	 */

	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
................................................................................

    if (objc == 4) {
	static const char *const options[] = {
	    "-encoding", NULL
	};
	int index;

	if (TCL_ERROR == Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], options,
		sizeof(char *), "option", TCL_EXACT, &index)) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	encodingName = TclGetString(objv[2]);
    } else if (objc == 3) {
	/* Handle undocumented -nopkg option. This should only be
	 * used by the internal ::tcl::Pkg::source utility function. */
	static const char *const nopkgoptions[] = {
................................................................................
	 * is a *major* win when splitting on a long string (especially in the
	 * megabyte range!) - DKF
	 */

	Tcl_InitHashTable(&charReuseTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);

	for ( ; stringPtr < end; stringPtr += len) {

	    len = TclUtfToUniChar(stringPtr, &ch);









	    /*
	     * Assume Tcl_UniChar is an integral type...
	     */

	    hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&charReuseTable, INT2PTR((int) ch),
		    &isNew);
	    if (isNew) {
		TclNewStringObj(objPtr, stringPtr, len);

		/*
		 * Don't need to fiddle with refcount...
		 */
................................................................................

    if (objc == 4) {
	int size = Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[2]);

	if (TCL_OK != TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[3], size - 1, &start)) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	if (start < 0) {
	    start = 0;
	}
	if (start >= size) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(-1));
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(TclStringFind(objv[1],
	    objv[2], start)));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................

    if (objc == 4) {
	int size = Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[2]);

	if (TCL_OK != TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[3], size - 1, &last)) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	if (last < 0) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(-1));
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	if (last >= size) {
	    last = size - 1;
	}
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(TclStringLast(objv[1],
	    objv[2], last)));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
................................................................................
    };

    if (objc < 3 || objc > 6) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
		"class ?-strict? ?-failindex var? str");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], isClasses,
	    sizeof(char *), "class", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (objc != 3) {
	for (i = 2; i < objc-1; i++) {
	    int idx2;

	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], isOptions,
		    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &idx2) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    switch ((enum isOptions) idx2) {
	    case OPT_STRICT:
		strict = 1;
		break;
	    case OPT_FAILIDX:
................................................................................
		&& (TCL_OK != TclSetBooleanFromAny(NULL, objPtr))) {
	    if (strict) {
		result = 0;
	    } else {
		string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length1);
		result = length1 == 0;
	    }
	} else if (((index == STR_IS_TRUE) &&
		objPtr->internalRep.longValue == 0)
	    || ((index == STR_IS_FALSE) &&
		objPtr->internalRep.longValue != 0)) {
	    result = 0;
	}
	break;
    case STR_IS_CONTROL:
	chcomp = Tcl_UniCharIsControl;
	break;
    case STR_IS_DIGIT:
	chcomp = Tcl_UniCharIsDigit;
	break;
    case STR_IS_DOUBLE: {
	/* TODO */
	if ((objPtr->typePtr == &tclDoubleType) ||
		(objPtr->typePtr == &tclIntType) ||
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
		(objPtr->typePtr == &tclWideIntType) ||
#endif
		(objPtr->typePtr == &tclBignumType)) {
	    break;
	}
	string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length1);
	if (length1 == 0) {
	    if (strict) {
		result = 0;
................................................................................
    case STR_IS_INT:
	if (TCL_OK == TclGetIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &i)) {
	    break;
	}
	goto failedIntParse;
    case STR_IS_ENTIER:
	if ((objPtr->typePtr == &tclIntType) ||
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
		(objPtr->typePtr == &tclWideIntType) ||
#endif
		(objPtr->typePtr == &tclBignumType)) {
	    break;
	}
	string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length1);
	if (length1 == 0) {
	    if (strict) {
		result = 0;
................................................................................
	    if (strict) {
		result = 0;
	    }
	    goto str_is_done;
	}
	end = string1 + length1;
	for (; string1 < end; string1 += length2, failat++) {

	    length2 = TclUtfToUniChar(string1, &ch);







	    if (!chcomp(ch)) {
		result = 0;
		break;
	    }
	}
    }

    /*
     * Only set the failVarObj when we will return 0 and we have indicated a
     * valid fail index (>= 0).
     */

 str_is_done:
    if ((result == 0) && (failVarObj != NULL) &&
	Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, failVarObj, NULL, Tcl_NewLongObj(failat),
		TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(result!=0));
    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
UniCharIsAscii(
    int character)
{
................................................................................
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    int length1, length2, mapElemc, index;
    int nocase = 0, mapWithDict = 0, copySource = 0;
    Tcl_Obj **mapElemv, *sourceObj, *resultPtr;
    Tcl_UniChar *ustring1, *ustring2, *p, *end;
    int (*strCmpFn)(const Tcl_UniChar*, const Tcl_UniChar*, size_t);

    if (objc < 3 || objc > 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-nocase? charMap string");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (objc == 4) {
................................................................................
	} else {
	    mapString = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(mapElemv[1], &mapLen);
	    u2lc = (nocase ? Tcl_UniCharToLower(*ustring2) : 0);
	    for (; ustring1 < end; ustring1++) {
		if (((*ustring1 == *ustring2) ||
			(nocase&&Tcl_UniCharToLower(*ustring1)==u2lc)) &&
			(length2==1 || strCmpFn(ustring1, ustring2,
				(size_t) length2) == 0)) {
		    if (p != ustring1) {
			Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(resultPtr, p, ustring1-p);
			p = ustring1 + length2;
		    } else {
			p += length2;
		    }
		    ustring1 = p - 1;
................................................................................

		ustring2 = mapStrings[index];
		length2 = mapLens[index];
		if ((length2 > 0) && ((*ustring1 == *ustring2) || (nocase &&
			(Tcl_UniCharToLower(*ustring1) == u2lc[index/2]))) &&
			/* Restrict max compare length. */
			(end-ustring1 >= length2) && ((length2 == 1) ||
			!strCmpFn(ustring2, ustring1, (size_t) length2))) {
		    if (p != ustring1) {
			/*
			 * Put the skipped chars onto the result first.
			 */

			Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(resultPtr, p, ustring1-p);
			p = ustring1 + length2;
................................................................................
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "bad option \"%s\": must be -nocase", string));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "INDEX", "option",
		    string, NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(
		TclStringMatchObj(objv[objc-1], objv[objc-2], nocase)!=0));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringRangeCmd --
................................................................................
    if (count == 1) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[1]);
	return TCL_OK;
    } else if (count < 1) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if (TCL_OK != TclStringRepeat(interp, objv[1], count, &resultPtr)) {


	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringRplcCmd --
 *
................................................................................
static int
StringRplcCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tcl_UniChar *ustring;
    int first, last, length;

    if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "string first last ?string?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    ustring = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[1], &length);
    length--;

    if (TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[2], length, &first) != TCL_OK ||
	    TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[3], length, &last) != TCL_OK){
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if ((last < first) || (last < 0) || (first > length)) {














	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[1]);
    } else {
	Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;

	ustring = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[1], &length);
	length--;

	if (first < 0) {
	    first = 0;
	}



	resultPtr = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(ustring, first);
	if (objc == 5) {
	    Tcl_AppendObjToObj(resultPtr, objv[4]);
	}

	if (last < length) {
	    Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(resultPtr, ustring + last + 1,
		    length - last);
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "string");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TclStringObjReverse(objv[1]));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringStartCmd --
................................................................................
	    }
	    p = Tcl_UtfPrev(p, string);
	}
	if (cur != index) {
	    cur += 1;
	}
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(cur));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringEndCmd --
................................................................................
	}
	if (cur == index) {
	    cur++;
	}
    } else {
	cur = numChars;
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(cur));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringEqualCmd --
................................................................................
     * Remember to keep code here in some sync with the byte-compiled versions
     * in tclExecute.c (INST_STR_EQ, INST_STR_NEQ and INST_STR_CMP as well as
     * the expr string comparison in INST_EQ/INST_NEQ/INST_LT/...).
     */

    const char *string1, *string2;
    int length1, length2, i, match, length, nocase = 0, reqlength = -1;
    typedef int (*strCmpFn_t)(const char *, const char *, size_t);
    strCmpFn_t strCmpFn;

    if (objc < 3 || objc > 6) {
    str_cmp_args:
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
		"?-nocase? ?-length int? string1 string2");
	return TCL_ERROR;
................................................................................
    objv += objc-2;

    if ((reqlength == 0) || (objv[0] == objv[1])) {
	/*
	 * Always match at 0 chars of if it is the same obj.
	 */

	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(1));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if (!nocase && TclIsPureByteArray(objv[0]) &&
	    TclIsPureByteArray(objv[1])) {
	/*
	 * Use binary versions of comparisons since that won't cause undue
................................................................................

	match = strCmpFn(string1, string2, (unsigned) length);
	if ((match == 0) && (reqlength > length)) {
	    match = length1 - length2;
	}
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(match==0));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringCmpCmd --
................................................................................
     * Remember to keep code here in some sync with the byte-compiled versions
     * in tclExecute.c (INST_STR_EQ, INST_STR_NEQ and INST_STR_CMP as well as
     * the expr string comparison in INST_EQ/INST_NEQ/INST_LT/...).
     */

    const char *string1, *string2;
    int length1, length2, i, match, length, nocase = 0, reqlength = -1;
    typedef int (*strCmpFn_t)(const char *, const char *, size_t);
    strCmpFn_t strCmpFn;

    if (objc < 3 || objc > 6) {
    str_cmp_args:
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
		"?-nocase? ?-length int? string1 string2");
	return TCL_ERROR;
................................................................................
    objv += objc-2;

    if ((reqlength == 0) || (objv[0] == objv[1])) {
	/*
	 * Always match at 0 chars of if it is the same obj.
	 */

	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(0));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if (!nocase && TclIsPureByteArray(objv[0]) &&
	    TclIsPureByteArray(objv[1])) {
	/*
	 * Use binary versions of comparisons since that won't cause undue
................................................................................
	 * utf rep). We can use the more efficient TclpUtfNcmp2 if we are
	 * case-sensitive and no specific length was requested.
	 */

	string1 = (char *) TclGetStringFromObj(objv[0], &length1);
	string2 = (char *) TclGetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length2);
	if ((reqlength < 0) && !nocase) {
	    strCmpFn = TclpUtfNcmp2;
	} else {
	    length1 = Tcl_NumUtfChars(string1, length1);
	    length2 = Tcl_NumUtfChars(string2, length2);
	    strCmpFn = nocase ? Tcl_UtfNcasecmp : Tcl_UtfNcmp;
	}
    }

    length = (length1 < length2) ? length1 : length2;
    if (reqlength > 0 && reqlength < length) {
	length = reqlength;
    } else if (reqlength < 0) {
................................................................................
	 * The requested length is negative, so we ignore it by setting it to
	 * length + 1 so we correct the match var.
	 */

	reqlength = length + 1;
    }

    match = strCmpFn(string1, string2, (size_t) length);
    if ((match == 0) && (reqlength > length)) {
	match = length1 - length2;
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
	    Tcl_NewLongObj((match > 0) ? 1 : (match < 0) ? -1 : 0));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringCatCmd --
................................................................................
static int
StringCatCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    int code;
    Tcl_Obj *objResultPtr;

    if (objc < 2) {
	/*
	 * If there are no args, the result is an empty object.
	 * Just leave the preset empty interp result.
	 */
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (objc == 2) {
	/*
	 * Other trivial case, single arg, just return it.
	 */
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[1]);
	return TCL_OK;
    }


    code = TclStringCatObjv(interp, /* inPlace */ 1, objc-1, objv+1,
	    &objResultPtr);

    if (code == TCL_OK) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objResultPtr);
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    return code;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringBytesCmd --
 *
................................................................................

    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "string");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    (void) TclGetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length);
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(length));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringLenCmd --
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "string");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[1])));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringLowerCmd --
................................................................................
	length2 = strlen(tclDefaultTrimSet);
    } else {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "string ?chars?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length1);

    triml = TclTrimLeft(string1, length1, string2, length2);
    trimr = TclTrimRight(string1 + triml, length1 - triml, string2, length2);

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(string1 + triml, length1 - triml - trimr));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
................................................................................
	"--", NULL
    };
    enum options {
	OPT_EXACT, OPT_GLOB, OPT_INDEXV, OPT_MATCHV, OPT_NOCASE, OPT_REGEXP,
	OPT_LAST
    };
    typedef int (*strCmpFn_t)(const char *, const char *);
    strCmpFn_t strCmpFn = strcmp;

    mode = OPT_EXACT;
    foundmode = 0;
    indexVarObj = NULL;
    matchVarObj = NULL;
    numMatchesSaved = 0;
    noCase = 0;
    for (i = 1; i < objc-2; i++) {
	if (TclGetString(objv[i])[0] != '-') {
	    break;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], options,
		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch ((enum options) index) {
	    /*
	     * General options.
	     */

................................................................................
	    if (indexVarObj != NULL) {
		Tcl_Obj *rangeObjAry[2];

		if (info.matches[j].end > 0) {
		    rangeObjAry[0] = Tcl_NewLongObj(info.matches[j].start);
		    rangeObjAry[1] = Tcl_NewLongObj(info.matches[j].end-1);
		} else {
		    rangeObjAry[0] = rangeObjAry[1] = Tcl_NewLongObj(-1);
		}

		/*
		 * Never fails; the object is always clean at this point.
		 */

		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, indicesObj,
................................................................................
#endif

    if (count <= 1) {
	/*
	 * Use int obj since we know time is not fractional. [Bug 1202178]
	 */

	objs[0] = Tcl_NewLongObj((count <= 0) ? 0 : (int) totalMicroSec);
    } else {
	objs[0] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(totalMicroSec/count);
    }

    /*
     * Construct the result as a list because many programs have always parsed
     * as such (extracting the first element, typically).
................................................................................
    handlersObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    bodyShared = 0;
    haveHandlers = 0;
    for (i=2 ; i<objc ; i++) {
	int type;
	Tcl_Obj *info[5];

	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], handlerNames,
		sizeof(char *), "handler type", 0, &type) != TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(handlersObj);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch ((enum Handlers) type) {
	case TryFinally:	/* finally script */
	    if (i < objc-2) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
................................................................................
	commonHandler:
	    if (Tcl_ListObjLength(interp, objv[i+2], &dummy) != TCL_OK) {
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(handlersObj);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    info[0] = objv[i];			/* type */
	    TclNewLongObj(info[1], code);	/* returnCode */
	    if (info[2] == NULL) {		/* errorCodePrefix */
		TclNewObj(info[2]);
	    }
	    info[3] = objv[i+2];		/* bindVariables */
	    info[4] = objv[i+3];		/* script */

	    bodyShared = !strcmp(TclGetString(objv[i+3]), "-");

	 * start of the string unless the previous character is a newline.
	 */

	if (offset == 0) {
	    eflags = 0;
	} else if (offset > stringLength) {
	    eflags = TCL_REG_NOTBOL;
	} else if (Tcl_GetUniChar(objPtr, offset-1) == '\n') {
	    eflags = 0;
	} else {
	    eflags = TCL_REG_NOTBOL;
	}

	match = Tcl_RegExpExecObj(interp, regExpr, objPtr, offset,
		numMatchesSaved, eflags);
................................................................................
		/*
		 * If inlining, the interpreter's object result remains an
		 * empty list, otherwise set it to an integer object w/ value
		 * 0.
		 */

		if (!doinline) {
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(0));
		}
		return TCL_OK;
	    }
	    break;
	}

	/*
................................................................................
     * if -all wasn't specified, otherwise it's all-1 (the number of times
     * through the while - 1).
     */

    if (doinline) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
    } else {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(all ? all-1 : 1));
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
	    && (strpbrk(TclGetString(objv[0]), "*+?{}()[].\\|^$") == NULL)) {
	/*
	 * This is a simple one pair string map situation. We make use of a
	 * slightly modified version of the one pair STR_MAP code.
	 */

	int slen, nocase;
	int (*strCmpFn)(const Tcl_UniChar*,const Tcl_UniChar*,unsigned long);
	Tcl_UniChar *p, wsrclc;

	numMatches = 0;
	nocase = (cflags & TCL_REG_NOCASE);
	strCmpFn = nocase ? Tcl_UniCharNcasecmp : Tcl_UniCharNcmp;

	wsrc = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[0], &slen);
................................................................................
	    }
	} else {
	    wsrclc = Tcl_UniCharToLower(*wsrc);
	    for (p = wfirstChar = wstring; wstring < wend; wstring++) {
		if ((*wstring == *wsrc ||
			(nocase && Tcl_UniCharToLower(*wstring)==wsrclc)) &&
			(slen==1 || (strCmpFn(wstring, wsrc,
				(unsigned long) slen) == 0))) {
		    if (numMatches == 0) {
			resultPtr = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(wstring, 0);
			Tcl_IncrRefCount(resultPtr);
		    }
		    if (p != wstring) {
			Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(resultPtr, p, wstring - p);
			p = wstring + slen;
................................................................................
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Set the interpreter's object result to an integer object
	     * holding the number of matches.
	     */

	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(numMatches));
	}
    } else {
	/*
	 * No varname supplied, so just return the modified string.
	 */

	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
................................................................................

    if (objc == 4) {
	static const char *const options[] = {
	    "-encoding", NULL
	};
	int index;

	if (TCL_ERROR == Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], options,
		"option", TCL_EXACT, &index)) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	encodingName = TclGetString(objv[2]);
    } else if (objc == 3) {
	/* Handle undocumented -nopkg option. This should only be
	 * used by the internal ::tcl::Pkg::source utility function. */
	static const char *const nopkgoptions[] = {
................................................................................
	 * is a *major* win when splitting on a long string (especially in the
	 * megabyte range!) - DKF
	 */

	Tcl_InitHashTable(&charReuseTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);

	for ( ; stringPtr < end; stringPtr += len) {
		int fullchar;
	    len = TclUtfToUniChar(stringPtr, &ch);
	    fullchar = ch;

#if TCL_UTF_MAX == 4
	    if (!len) {
		len += TclUtfToUniChar(stringPtr, &ch);
		fullchar = (((fullchar & 0x3ff) << 10) | (ch & 0x3ff)) + 0x10000;
	    }
#endif

	    /*
	     * Assume Tcl_UniChar is an integral type...
	     */

	    hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&charReuseTable, INT2PTR(fullchar),
		    &isNew);
	    if (isNew) {
		TclNewStringObj(objPtr, stringPtr, len);

		/*
		 * Don't need to fiddle with refcount...
		 */
................................................................................

    if (objc == 4) {
	int size = Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[2]);

	if (TCL_OK != TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[3], size - 1, &start)) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }








    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(TclStringFirst(objv[1],
	    objv[2], start)));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................

    if (objc == 4) {
	int size = Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[2]);

	if (TCL_OK != TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[3], size - 1, &last)) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}








    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(TclStringLast(objv[1],
	    objv[2], last)));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
................................................................................
    };

    if (objc < 3 || objc > 6) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
		"class ?-strict? ?-failindex var? str");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], isClasses, "class", 0,
	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (objc != 3) {
	for (i = 2; i < objc-1; i++) {
	    int idx2;

	    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], isOptions, "option", 0,
		    &idx2) != TCL_OK) {
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    switch ((enum isOptions) idx2) {
	    case OPT_STRICT:
		strict = 1;
		break;
	    case OPT_FAILIDX:
................................................................................
		&& (TCL_OK != TclSetBooleanFromAny(NULL, objPtr))) {
	    if (strict) {
		result = 0;
	    } else {
		string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length1);
		result = length1 == 0;
	    }

	} else if ((objPtr->internalRep.wideValue != 0)
		? (index == STR_IS_FALSE) : (index == STR_IS_TRUE)) {

	    result = 0;
	}
	break;
    case STR_IS_CONTROL:
	chcomp = Tcl_UniCharIsControl;
	break;
    case STR_IS_DIGIT:
	chcomp = Tcl_UniCharIsDigit;
	break;
    case STR_IS_DOUBLE: {
	/* TODO */
	if ((objPtr->typePtr == &tclDoubleType) ||
		(objPtr->typePtr == &tclIntType) ||



		(objPtr->typePtr == &tclBignumType)) {
	    break;
	}
	string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length1);
	if (length1 == 0) {
	    if (strict) {
		result = 0;
................................................................................
    case STR_IS_INT:
	if (TCL_OK == TclGetIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &i)) {
	    break;
	}
	goto failedIntParse;
    case STR_IS_ENTIER:
	if ((objPtr->typePtr == &tclIntType) ||



		(objPtr->typePtr == &tclBignumType)) {
	    break;
	}
	string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length1);
	if (length1 == 0) {
	    if (strict) {
		result = 0;
................................................................................
	    if (strict) {
		result = 0;
	    }
	    goto str_is_done;
	}
	end = string1 + length1;
	for (; string1 < end; string1 += length2, failat++) {
	    int fullchar;
	    length2 = TclUtfToUniChar(string1, &ch);
	    fullchar = ch;
#if TCL_UTF_MAX == 4
	    if (!length2) {
	    	length2 = TclUtfToUniChar(string1, &ch);
	    	fullchar = (((fullchar & 0x3ff) << 10) | (ch & 0x3ff)) + 0x10000;
	    }
#endif
	    if (!chcomp(fullchar)) {
		result = 0;
		break;
	    }
	}
    }

    /*
     * Only set the failVarObj when we will return 0 and we have indicated a
     * valid fail index (>= 0).
     */

 str_is_done:
    if ((result == 0) && (failVarObj != NULL) &&
	Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, failVarObj, NULL, Tcl_NewIntObj(failat),
		TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(result));
    return TCL_OK;
}

static int
UniCharIsAscii(
    int character)
{
................................................................................
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    int length1, length2, mapElemc, index;
    int nocase = 0, mapWithDict = 0, copySource = 0;
    Tcl_Obj **mapElemv, *sourceObj, *resultPtr;
    Tcl_UniChar *ustring1, *ustring2, *p, *end;
    int (*strCmpFn)(const Tcl_UniChar*, const Tcl_UniChar*, unsigned long);

    if (objc < 3 || objc > 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-nocase? charMap string");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (objc == 4) {
................................................................................
	} else {
	    mapString = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(mapElemv[1], &mapLen);
	    u2lc = (nocase ? Tcl_UniCharToLower(*ustring2) : 0);
	    for (; ustring1 < end; ustring1++) {
		if (((*ustring1 == *ustring2) ||
			(nocase&&Tcl_UniCharToLower(*ustring1)==u2lc)) &&
			(length2==1 || strCmpFn(ustring1, ustring2,
				(unsigned long) length2) == 0)) {
		    if (p != ustring1) {
			Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(resultPtr, p, ustring1-p);
			p = ustring1 + length2;
		    } else {
			p += length2;
		    }
		    ustring1 = p - 1;
................................................................................

		ustring2 = mapStrings[index];
		length2 = mapLens[index];
		if ((length2 > 0) && ((*ustring1 == *ustring2) || (nocase &&
			(Tcl_UniCharToLower(*ustring1) == u2lc[index/2]))) &&
			/* Restrict max compare length. */
			(end-ustring1 >= length2) && ((length2 == 1) ||
			!strCmpFn(ustring2, ustring1, (unsigned) length2))) {
		    if (p != ustring1) {
			/*
			 * Put the skipped chars onto the result first.
			 */

			Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(resultPtr, p, ustring1-p);
			p = ustring1 + length2;
................................................................................
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "bad option \"%s\": must be -nocase", string));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TCL", "LOOKUP", "INDEX", "option",
		    string, NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
		TclStringMatchObj(objv[objc-1], objv[objc-2], nocase)));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringRangeCmd --
................................................................................
    if (count == 1) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[1]);
	return TCL_OK;
    } else if (count < 1) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    resultPtr = TclStringRepeat(interp, objv[1], count, TCL_STRING_IN_PLACE);
    if (resultPtr) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    return TCL_ERROR;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringRplcCmd --
 *
................................................................................
static int
StringRplcCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{

    int first, last, length, end;

    if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "string first last ?string?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    length = Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[1]);
    end = length - 1;

    if (TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[2], end, &first) != TCL_OK ||
	    TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, objv[3], end, &last) != TCL_OK){
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }


    /*
     * The following test screens out most empty substrings as
     * candidates for replacement. When they are detected, no
     * replacement is done, and the result is the original string,
     */
    if ((last < 0) ||		/* Range ends before start of string */
	    (first > end) ||	/* Range begins after end of string */
	    (last < first)) {	/* Range begins after it starts */

	/*
	 * BUT!!! when (end < 0) -- an empty original string -- we can
	 * have (first <= end < 0 <= last) and an empty string is permitted
	 * to be replaced.
	 */
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[1]);
    } else {
	Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;




	if (first < 0) {
	    first = 0;
	}
	if (last > end) {
	    last = end;
	}




	resultPtr = TclStringReplace(interp, objv[1], first,
		last + 1 - first, (objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL,
		TCL_STRING_IN_PLACE);


	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "string");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TclStringReverse(objv[1], TCL_STRING_IN_PLACE));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringStartCmd --
................................................................................
	    }
	    p = Tcl_UtfPrev(p, string);
	}
	if (cur != index) {
	    cur += 1;
	}
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(cur));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringEndCmd --
................................................................................
	}
	if (cur == index) {
	    cur++;
	}
    } else {
	cur = numChars;
    }
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(cur));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringEqualCmd --
................................................................................
     * Remember to keep code here in some sync with the byte-compiled versions
     * in tclExecute.c (INST_STR_EQ, INST_STR_NEQ and INST_STR_CMP as well as
     * the expr string comparison in INST_EQ/INST_NEQ/INST_LT/...).
     */

    const char *string1, *string2;
    int length1, length2, i, match, length, nocase = 0, reqlength = -1;
    typedef int (*strCmpFn_t)(const char *, const char *, unsigned int);
    strCmpFn_t strCmpFn;

    if (objc < 3 || objc > 6) {
    str_cmp_args:
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
		"?-nocase? ?-length int? string1 string2");
	return TCL_ERROR;
................................................................................
    objv += objc-2;

    if ((reqlength == 0) || (objv[0] == objv[1])) {
	/*
	 * Always match at 0 chars of if it is the same obj.
	 */

	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(1));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if (!nocase && TclIsPureByteArray(objv[0]) &&
	    TclIsPureByteArray(objv[1])) {
	/*
	 * Use binary versions of comparisons since that won't cause undue
................................................................................

	match = strCmpFn(string1, string2, (unsigned) length);
	if ((match == 0) && (reqlength > length)) {
	    match = length1 - length2;
	}
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(match ? 0 : 1));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringCmpCmd --
................................................................................
     * Remember to keep code here in some sync with the byte-compiled versions
     * in tclExecute.c (INST_STR_EQ, INST_STR_NEQ and INST_STR_CMP as well as
     * the expr string comparison in INST_EQ/INST_NEQ/INST_LT/...).
     */

    const char *string1, *string2;
    int length1, length2, i, match, length, nocase = 0, reqlength = -1;
    typedef int (*strCmpFn_t)(const char *, const char *, unsigned int);
    strCmpFn_t strCmpFn;

    if (objc < 3 || objc > 6) {
    str_cmp_args:
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv,
		"?-nocase? ?-length int? string1 string2");
	return TCL_ERROR;
................................................................................
    objv += objc-2;

    if ((reqlength == 0) || (objv[0] == objv[1])) {
	/*
	 * Always match at 0 chars of if it is the same obj.
	 */

	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(0));
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if (!nocase && TclIsPureByteArray(objv[0]) &&
	    TclIsPureByteArray(objv[1])) {
	/*
	 * Use binary versions of comparisons since that won't cause undue
................................................................................
	 * utf rep). We can use the more efficient TclpUtfNcmp2 if we are
	 * case-sensitive and no specific length was requested.
	 */

	string1 = (char *) TclGetStringFromObj(objv[0], &length1);
	string2 = (char *) TclGetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length2);
	if ((reqlength < 0) && !nocase) {
	    strCmpFn = (strCmpFn_t) TclpUtfNcmp2;
	} else {
	    length1 = Tcl_NumUtfChars(string1, length1);
	    length2 = Tcl_NumUtfChars(string2, length2);
	    strCmpFn = (strCmpFn_t) (nocase ? Tcl_UtfNcasecmp : Tcl_UtfNcmp);
	}
    }

    length = (length1 < length2) ? length1 : length2;
    if (reqlength > 0 && reqlength < length) {
	length = reqlength;
    } else if (reqlength < 0) {
................................................................................
	 * The requested length is negative, so we ignore it by setting it to
	 * length + 1 so we correct the match var.
	 */

	reqlength = length + 1;
    }

    match = strCmpFn(string1, string2, (unsigned) length);
    if ((match == 0) && (reqlength > length)) {
	match = length1 - length2;
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
	    Tcl_NewIntObj((match > 0) ? 1 : (match < 0) ? -1 : 0));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringCatCmd --
................................................................................
static int
StringCatCmd(
    ClientData dummy,		/* Not used. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{

    Tcl_Obj *objResultPtr;

    if (objc < 2) {
	/*
	 * If there are no args, the result is an empty object.
	 * Just leave the preset empty interp result.
	 */
	return TCL_OK;
    }







    objResultPtr = TclStringCat(interp, objc-1, objv+1, TCL_STRING_IN_PLACE);


    if (objResultPtr) {


	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objResultPtr);
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    return TCL_ERROR;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringBytesCmd --
 *
................................................................................

    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "string");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    (void) TclGetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length);
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(length));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringLenCmd --
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "string");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[1])));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * StringLowerCmd --
................................................................................
	length2 = strlen(tclDefaultTrimSet);
    } else {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "string ?chars?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length1);

    triml = TclTrim(string1, length1, string2, length2, &trimr);


    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(string1 + triml, length1 - triml - trimr));
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
................................................................................
	"--", NULL
    };
    enum options {
	OPT_EXACT, OPT_GLOB, OPT_INDEXV, OPT_MATCHV, OPT_NOCASE, OPT_REGEXP,
	OPT_LAST
    };
    typedef int (*strCmpFn_t)(const char *, const char *);
    strCmpFn_t strCmpFn = TclUtfCmp;

    mode = OPT_EXACT;
    foundmode = 0;
    indexVarObj = NULL;
    matchVarObj = NULL;
    numMatchesSaved = 0;
    noCase = 0;
    for (i = 1; i < objc-2; i++) {
	if (TclGetString(objv[i])[0] != '-') {
	    break;
	}
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], options, "option", 0,
		&index) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch ((enum options) index) {
	    /*
	     * General options.
	     */

................................................................................
	    if (indexVarObj != NULL) {
		Tcl_Obj *rangeObjAry[2];

		if (info.matches[j].end > 0) {
		    rangeObjAry[0] = Tcl_NewLongObj(info.matches[j].start);
		    rangeObjAry[1] = Tcl_NewLongObj(info.matches[j].end-1);
		} else {
		    rangeObjAry[0] = rangeObjAry[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(-1);
		}

		/*
		 * Never fails; the object is always clean at this point.
		 */

		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, indicesObj,
................................................................................
#endif

    if (count <= 1) {
	/*
	 * Use int obj since we know time is not fractional. [Bug 1202178]
	 */

	objs[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj((count <= 0) ? 0 : (int) totalMicroSec);
    } else {
	objs[0] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(totalMicroSec/count);
    }

    /*
     * Construct the result as a list because many programs have always parsed
     * as such (extracting the first element, typically).
................................................................................
    handlersObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    bodyShared = 0;
    haveHandlers = 0;
    for (i=2 ; i<objc ; i++) {
	int type;
	Tcl_Obj *info[5];

	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], handlerNames, "handler type",
		0, &type) != TCL_OK) {
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(handlersObj);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch ((enum Handlers) type) {
	case TryFinally:	/* finally script */
	    if (i < objc-2) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
................................................................................
	commonHandler:
	    if (Tcl_ListObjLength(interp, objv[i+2], &dummy) != TCL_OK) {
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(handlersObj);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	    info[0] = objv[i];			/* type */
	    TclNewIntObj(info[1], code);	/* returnCode */
	    if (info[2] == NULL) {		/* errorCodePrefix */
		TclNewObj(info[2]);
	    }
	    info[3] = objv[i+2];		/* bindVariables */
	    info[4] = objv[i+3];		/* script */

	    bodyShared = !strcmp(TclGetString(objv[i+3]), "-");

static void		CompileReturnInternal(CompileEnv *envPtr,
			    unsigned char op, int code, int level,
			    Tcl_Obj *returnOpts);
static int		IndexTailVarIfKnown(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Token *varTokenPtr, CompileEnv *envPtr);

#define INDEX_END	(-2)
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetIndexFromToken --
 *
 *	Parse a token and get the encoded version of the index (as understood
 *	by TEBC), assuming it is at all knowable at compile time. Only handles
 *	indices that are integers or 'end' or 'end-integer'.
 *
 * Returns:
 *	TCL_OK if parsing succeeded, and TCL_ERROR if it failed.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Sets *index to the index value if successful.

 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static inline int
GetIndexFromToken(
    Tcl_Token *tokenPtr,


    int *index)
{
    Tcl_Obj *tmpObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    int result, idx;

    if (!TclWordKnownAtCompileTime(tokenPtr, tmpObj)) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(tmpObj);
	return TCL_ERROR;

    }

    result = TclGetIntFromObj(NULL, tmpObj, &idx);
    if (result == TCL_OK) {
	if (idx < 0) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	}
    } else {
	result = TclGetIntForIndexM(NULL, tmpObj, INDEX_END, &idx);
	if (result == TCL_OK && idx > INDEX_END) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(tmpObj);

    if (result == TCL_OK) {
	*index = idx;
    }

    return result;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclCompileGlobalCmd --
................................................................................
    for (i=1; i<numWords; varTokenPtr = TokenAfter(varTokenPtr),i++) {
	localIndex = IndexTailVarIfKnown(interp, varTokenPtr, envPtr);

	if (localIndex < 0) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	/* TODO: Consider what value can pass throug the
	 * IndexTailVarIfKnown() screen.  Full CompileWord()
	 * likely does not apply here.  Push known value instead. */
	CompileWord(envPtr, varTokenPtr, interp, i);
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_NSUPVAR, localIndex,	envPtr);
    }

    /*
................................................................................
    }

    /*
     * Generate code to leave the rest of the list on the stack.
     */

    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, idx,	envPtr);
    TclEmitInt4(			INDEX_END,		envPtr);

    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................

    valTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr);
    if (numWords != 3) {
	goto emitComplexLindex;
    }

    idxTokenPtr = TokenAfter(valTokenPtr);

    if (GetIndexFromToken(idxTokenPtr, &idx) == TCL_OK) {
	/*
	 * All checks have been completed, and we have exactly one of these
	 * constructs:
	 *	 lindex <arbitraryValue> <posInt>
	 *	 lindex <arbitraryValue> end-<posInt>

	 * This is best compiled as a push of the arbitrary value followed by
	 * an "immediate lindex" which is the most efficient variety.
	 */

	CompileWord(envPtr, valTokenPtr, interp, 1);
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST_INDEX_IMM, idx,	envPtr);
	return TCL_OK;
    }

................................................................................
     * at this point. We use an [lrange ... 0 end] for this (instead of
     * [llength], as with literals) as we must drop any string representation
     * that might be hanging around.
     */

    if (concat && numWords == 2) {
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, 0,	envPtr);
	TclEmitInt4(			INDEX_END,	envPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
    int idx1, idx2;

    if (parsePtr->numWords != 4) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    listTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr);

    /*
     * Parse the indices. Will only compile if both are constants and not an
     * _integer_ less than zero (since we reserve negative indices here for
     * end-relative indexing) or an end-based index greater than 'end' itself.
     */

    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(listTokenPtr);

    if (GetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, &idx1) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }





    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);

    if (GetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, &idx2) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }





    /*
     * Issue instructions. It's not safe to skip doing the LIST_RANGE, as
     * we've not proved that the 'list' argument is really a list. Not that it
     * is worth trying to do that given current knowledge.
     */

................................................................................
    /*
     * Parse the index. Will only compile if it is constant and not an
     * _integer_ less than zero (since we reserve negative indices here for
     * end-relative indexing) or an end-based index greater than 'end' itself.
     */

    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(listTokenPtr);









    if (GetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, &idx) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * There are four main cases. If there are no values to insert, this is
     * just a confirm-listiness check. If the index is '0', this is a prepend.
     * If the index is 'end' (== INDEX_END), this is an append. Otherwise,
     * this is a splice (== split, insert values as list, concat-3).
     */

    CompileWord(envPtr, listTokenPtr, interp, 1);
    if (parsePtr->numWords == 3) {
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, 0,		envPtr);
	TclEmitInt4(			INDEX_END,		envPtr);
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    for (i=3 ; i<parsePtr->numWords ; i++) {
	tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
	CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, i);
    }
    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST, i-3,			envPtr);

    if (idx == 0 /*start*/) {
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_REVERSE, 2,		envPtr);
	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
    } else if (idx == INDEX_END /*end*/) {
	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
    } else {












	if (idx < 0) {
	    idx++;
	}
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_OVER, 1,			envPtr);
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, 0,		envPtr);
	TclEmitInt4(			idx-1,			envPtr);
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_REVERSE, 3,		envPtr);
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, idx,	envPtr);
	TclEmitInt4(			INDEX_END,		envPtr);
	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}
 
................................................................................
				 * command. */
    Command *cmdPtr,		/* Points to defintion of command being
				 * compiled. */
    CompileEnv *envPtr)		/* Holds the resulting instructions. */
{
    Tcl_Token *tokenPtr, *listTokenPtr;
    DefineLineInformation;	/* TIP #280 */
    Tcl_Obj *tmpObj;
    int idx1, idx2, i, offset, offset2;


    if (parsePtr->numWords < 4) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    listTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr);

    /*
     * Parse the indices. Will only compile if both are constants and not an
     * _integer_ less than zero (since we reserve negative indices here for
     * end-relative indexing) or an end-based index greater than 'end' itself.
     */

    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(listTokenPtr);

    if (GetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, &idx1) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);

    if (GetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, &idx2) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * idx1, idx2 are now in canonical form:
     *
     *  - integer:	[0,len+1]
     *  - end index:    INDEX_END
     *  - -ive offset:  INDEX_END-[len-1,0]
     *  - +ive offset:  INDEX_END+1
     */


    /*
     * Compilation fails when one index is end-based but the other isn't.
     * Fixing this will require more bytecodes, but this is a workaround for
     * now. [Bug 47ac84309b]
     */

    if ((idx1 <= INDEX_END) != (idx2 <= INDEX_END)) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }



    if (idx2 != INDEX_END && idx2 >= 0 && idx2 < idx1) {
	idx2 = idx1 - 1;
    }


    /*
     * Work out what this [lreplace] is actually doing.

     */

    tmpObj = NULL;
    CompileWord(envPtr, listTokenPtr, interp, 1);
    if (parsePtr->numWords == 4) {
	if (idx1 == 0) {
	    if (idx2 == INDEX_END) {
		goto dropAll;
	    }
	    idx1 = idx2 + 1;
	    idx2 = INDEX_END;
	    goto dropEnd;

	} else if (idx2 == INDEX_END) {
	    idx2 = idx1 - 1;
	    idx1 = 0;
	    goto dropEnd;




	} else {
	    if (idx2 < idx1) {
		idx2 = idx1 - 1;

	    }
	    if (idx1 > 0) {
		tmpObj = Tcl_NewIntObj(idx1);
		Tcl_IncrRefCount(tmpObj);
	    }
	    goto dropRange;


	}
    }







    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
    for (i=4 ; i<parsePtr->numWords ; i++) {
	CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, i);
	tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
    }


    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST, i - 4,		envPtr);
    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_REVERSE, 2,		envPtr);
    if (idx1 == 0) {
	if (idx2 == INDEX_END) {
	    goto replaceAll;
	}
	idx1 = idx2 + 1;
	idx2 = INDEX_END;
	goto replaceHead;
    } else if (idx2 == INDEX_END) {
	idx2 = idx1 - 1;
	idx1 = 0;
	goto replaceTail;
    } else {
	if (idx2 < idx1) {
	    idx2 = idx1 - 1;
	}
	if (idx1 > 0) {
	    tmpObj = Tcl_NewIntObj(idx1);
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(tmpObj);
	}
	goto replaceRange;
    }

    /*
     * Issue instructions to perform the operations relating to configurations
     * that just drop. The only argument pushed on the stack is the list to
     * operate on.
     */



  dropAll:			/* This just ensures the arg is a list. */
    TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_LENGTH,		envPtr);
    TclEmitOpcode(		INST_POP,			envPtr);
    PushStringLiteral(envPtr,	"");
    goto done;

  dropEnd:
    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, idx1,	envPtr);
    TclEmitInt4(			idx2,			envPtr);
    goto done;

  dropRange:
    if (tmpObj != NULL) {
	/*
	 * Emit bytecode to check the list length.

	 */






	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_DUP,			envPtr);
	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_LENGTH,		envPtr);
	TclEmitPush(TclAddLiteralObj(envPtr, tmpObj, NULL),	envPtr);
	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_GE,			envPtr);
	offset = CurrentOffset(envPtr);
	TclEmitInstInt1(	INST_JUMP_TRUE1, 0,		envPtr);

	/*
	 * Emit an error if we've been given an empty list.
	 */




	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_DUP,			envPtr);
	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_LENGTH,		envPtr);
	offset2 = CurrentOffset(envPtr);
	TclEmitInstInt1(	INST_JUMP_FALSE1, 0,		envPtr);


	TclEmitPush(TclAddLiteralObj(envPtr, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"list doesn't contain element %d", idx1), NULL), envPtr);
	CompileReturnInternal(envPtr, INST_RETURN_IMM, TCL_ERROR, 0,
		Tcl_ObjPrintf("-errorcode {TCL OPERATION LREPLACE BADIDX}"));
	TclStoreInt1AtPtr(CurrentOffset(envPtr) - offset,
		envPtr->codeStart + offset + 1);

	TclStoreInt1AtPtr(CurrentOffset(envPtr) - offset2,
		envPtr->codeStart + offset2 + 1);
	TclAdjustStackDepth(-1, envPtr);
    }
    TclEmitOpcode(		INST_DUP,			envPtr);
    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, 0,		envPtr);
    TclEmitInt4(			idx1 - 1,		envPtr);
    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_REVERSE, 2,		envPtr);
    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, idx2 + 1,	envPtr);
    TclEmitInt4(			INDEX_END,		envPtr);
    TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
    goto done;


    /*
     * Issue instructions to perform the operations relating to configurations
     * that do real replacement. All arguments are pushed and assembled into a
     * pair: the list of values to replace with, and the list to do the
     * surgery on.



     */




  replaceAll:
    TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_LENGTH,		envPtr);
    TclEmitOpcode(		INST_POP,			envPtr);
    goto done;

  replaceHead:
    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, idx1,	envPtr);
    TclEmitInt4(			idx2,			envPtr);



    TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
    goto done;



  replaceTail:
    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, idx1,	envPtr);
    TclEmitInt4(			idx2,			envPtr);

    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_REVERSE, 2,		envPtr);
    TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
    goto done;

  replaceRange:
    if (tmpObj != NULL) {
	/*
	 * Emit bytecode to check the list length.
	 */


	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_DUP,			envPtr);
	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_LENGTH,		envPtr);

	/*
	 * Check the list length vs idx1.
	 */



	TclEmitPush(TclAddLiteralObj(envPtr, tmpObj, NULL),	envPtr);
	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_GE,			envPtr);
	offset = CurrentOffset(envPtr);
	TclEmitInstInt1(	INST_JUMP_TRUE1, 0,		envPtr);

	/*
	 * Emit an error if we've been given an empty list.
	 */


	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_DUP,			envPtr);
	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_LENGTH,		envPtr);
	offset2 = CurrentOffset(envPtr);
	TclEmitInstInt1(	INST_JUMP_FALSE1, 0,		envPtr);
	TclEmitPush(TclAddLiteralObj(envPtr, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"list doesn't contain element %d", idx1), NULL), envPtr);
	CompileReturnInternal(envPtr, INST_RETURN_IMM, TCL_ERROR, 0,
		Tcl_ObjPrintf("-errorcode {TCL OPERATION LREPLACE BADIDX}"));
	TclStoreInt1AtPtr(CurrentOffset(envPtr) - offset,
		envPtr->codeStart + offset + 1);
	TclStoreInt1AtPtr(CurrentOffset(envPtr) - offset2,
		envPtr->codeStart + offset2 + 1);
	TclAdjustStackDepth(-1, envPtr);


    }
    TclEmitOpcode(		INST_DUP,			envPtr);


    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, 0,		envPtr);
    TclEmitInt4(			idx1 - 1,		envPtr);
    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_REVERSE, 2,		envPtr);
    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, idx2 + 1,	envPtr);
    TclEmitInt4(			INDEX_END,		envPtr);
    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_REVERSE, 3,		envPtr);

    TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_REVERSE, 2,		envPtr);
    TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
    goto done;

    /*
     * Clean up the allocated memory.
     */

  done:
    if (tmpObj != NULL) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(tmpObj);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclCompileLsetCmd --
................................................................................

	localIndex = IndexTailVarIfKnown(interp, varTokenPtr, envPtr);

	if (localIndex < 0) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	/* TODO: Consider what value can pass throug the
	 * IndexTailVarIfKnown() screen.  Full CompileWord()
	 * likely does not apply here.  Push known value instead. */
	CompileWord(envPtr, varTokenPtr, interp, i);
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_VARIABLE, localIndex,	envPtr);

	if (i+1 < numWords) {
	    /*

static void		CompileReturnInternal(CompileEnv *envPtr,
			    unsigned char op, int code, int level,
			    Tcl_Obj *returnOpts);
static int		IndexTailVarIfKnown(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    Tcl_Token *varTokenPtr, CompileEnv *envPtr);


 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclGetIndexFromToken --
 *
 *	Parse a token to determine if an index value is known at
 *	compile time. 

 *
 * Returns:
 *	TCL_OK if parsing succeeded, and TCL_ERROR if it failed.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	When TCL_OK is returned, the encoded index value is written
 *	to *index.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TclGetIndexFromToken(
    Tcl_Token *tokenPtr,
    int before,
    int after,
    int *indexPtr)
{
    Tcl_Obj *tmpObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    int result = TCL_ERROR;

    if (TclWordKnownAtCompileTime(tokenPtr, tmpObj)) {


	result = TclIndexEncode(NULL, tmpObj, before, after, indexPtr);
    }












    Tcl_DecrRefCount(tmpObj);





    return result;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclCompileGlobalCmd --
................................................................................
    for (i=1; i<numWords; varTokenPtr = TokenAfter(varTokenPtr),i++) {
	localIndex = IndexTailVarIfKnown(interp, varTokenPtr, envPtr);

	if (localIndex < 0) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	/* TODO: Consider what value can pass through the
	 * IndexTailVarIfKnown() screen.  Full CompileWord()
	 * likely does not apply here.  Push known value instead. */
	CompileWord(envPtr, varTokenPtr, interp, i);
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_NSUPVAR, localIndex,	envPtr);
    }

    /*
................................................................................
    }

    /*
     * Generate code to leave the rest of the list on the stack.
     */

    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, idx,	envPtr);
    TclEmitInt4(			TCL_INDEX_END,		envPtr);

    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................

    valTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr);
    if (numWords != 3) {
	goto emitComplexLindex;
    }

    idxTokenPtr = TokenAfter(valTokenPtr);
    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(idxTokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_BEFORE,
	    &idx) == TCL_OK) {
	/*

	 * The idxTokenPtr parsed as a valid index value and was
	 * encoded as expected by INST_LIST_INDEX_IMM.

	 *
	 * NOTE: that we rely on indexing before a list producing the
	 * same result as indexing after a list.
	 */

	CompileWord(envPtr, valTokenPtr, interp, 1);
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST_INDEX_IMM, idx,	envPtr);
	return TCL_OK;
    }

................................................................................
     * at this point. We use an [lrange ... 0 end] for this (instead of
     * [llength], as with literals) as we must drop any string representation
     * that might be hanging around.
     */

    if (concat && numWords == 2) {
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, 0,	envPtr);
	TclEmitInt4(			TCL_INDEX_END,	envPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
    int idx1, idx2;

    if (parsePtr->numWords != 4) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    listTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr);







    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(listTokenPtr);
    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_START, TCL_INDEX_AFTER,
	    &idx1) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    /*
     * Token was an index value, and we treat all "first" indices
     * before the list same as the start of the list.
     */

    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_END,
	    &idx2) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    /*
     * Token was an index value, and we treat all "last" indices
     * after the list same as the end of the list.
     */

    /*
     * Issue instructions. It's not safe to skip doing the LIST_RANGE, as
     * we've not proved that the 'list' argument is really a list. Not that it
     * is worth trying to do that given current knowledge.
     */

................................................................................
    /*
     * Parse the index. Will only compile if it is constant and not an
     * _integer_ less than zero (since we reserve negative indices here for
     * end-relative indexing) or an end-based index greater than 'end' itself.
     */

    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(listTokenPtr);

    /*
     * NOTE: This command treats all inserts at indices before the list
     * the same as inserts at the start of the list, and all inserts
     * after the list the same as inserts at the end of the list. We
     * make that transformation here so we can use the optimized bytecode
     * as much as possible.
     */
    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_START, TCL_INDEX_END,
	    &idx) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * There are four main cases. If there are no values to insert, this is
     * just a confirm-listiness check. If the index is '0', this is a prepend.
     * If the index is 'end' (== TCL_INDEX_END), this is an append. Otherwise,
     * this is a splice (== split, insert values as list, concat-3).
     */

    CompileWord(envPtr, listTokenPtr, interp, 1);
    if (parsePtr->numWords == 3) {
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, 0,		envPtr);
	TclEmitInt4(			TCL_INDEX_END,		envPtr);
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    for (i=3 ; i<parsePtr->numWords ; i++) {
	tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
	CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, i);
    }
    TclEmitInstInt4(		INST_LIST, i-3,			envPtr);

    if (idx == TCL_INDEX_START) {
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_REVERSE, 2,		envPtr);
	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
    } else if (idx == TCL_INDEX_END) {
	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
    } else {
	/*
	 * Here we handle two ranges for idx. First when idx > 0, we
	 * want the first half of the split to end at index idx-1 and
	 * the second half to start at index idx.
	 * Second when idx < TCL_INDEX_END, indicating "end-N" indexing,
	 * we want the first half of the split to end at index end-N and
	 * the second half to start at index end-N+1. We accomplish this
	 * with a pre-adjustment of the end-N value.
	 * The root of this is that the commands [lrange] and [linsert]
	 * differ in their interpretation of the "end" index.
	 */

	if (idx < TCL_INDEX_END) {
	    idx++;
	}
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_OVER, 1,			envPtr);
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, 0,		envPtr);
	TclEmitInt4(			idx-1,			envPtr);
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_REVERSE, 3,		envPtr);
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, idx,	envPtr);
	TclEmitInt4(			TCL_INDEX_END,		envPtr);
	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}
 
................................................................................
				 * command. */
    Command *cmdPtr,		/* Points to defintion of command being
				 * compiled. */
    CompileEnv *envPtr)		/* Holds the resulting instructions. */
{
    Tcl_Token *tokenPtr, *listTokenPtr;
    DefineLineInformation;	/* TIP #280 */

    int idx1, idx2, i, offset, offset2;
    int emptyPrefix=1, suffixStart = 0;

    if (parsePtr->numWords < 4) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    listTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr);







    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(listTokenPtr);
    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_START, TCL_INDEX_AFTER,
	    &idx1) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_END,
	    &idx2) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * idx1, idx2 are the conventional encoded forms of the tokens parsed
     * as all forms of index values.  Values of idx1 that come before the
     * list are treated the same as if they were the start of the list.
     * Values of idx2 that come after the list are treated the same as if
     * they were the end of the list.

     */

    if (idx1 == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) {
	/*
	 * [lreplace] treats idx1 value end+1 differently from end+2, etc.
	 * The operand encoding cannot distinguish them, so we must bail
	 * out to direct evaluation.
	 */


	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * General structure of the [lreplace] result is
     *		prefix replacement suffix
     * In a few cases we can predict various parts will be empty and

     * take advantage.
     *
     * The proper suffix begins with the greater of indices idx1 or
     * idx2 + 1. If we cannot tell at compile time which is greater,
     * we must defer to direct evaluation.
     */





    if (idx2 == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) {





	suffixStart = idx1;
    } else if (idx2 == TCL_INDEX_END) {



	suffixStart = TCL_INDEX_AFTER;
    } else if (((idx2 < TCL_INDEX_END) && (idx1 <= TCL_INDEX_END))
	    || ((idx2 >= TCL_INDEX_START) && (idx1 >= TCL_INDEX_START))) {
	suffixStart = (idx1 > idx2 + 1) ? idx1 : idx2 + 1;
    } else {


	return TCL_ERROR;
    }





    /* All paths start with computing/pushing the original value. */
    CompileWord(envPtr, listTokenPtr, interp, 1);



    /*
     * Push all the replacement values next so any errors raised in
     * creating them get raised first.
     */
    if (parsePtr->numWords > 4) {
	/* Push the replacement arguments */
	tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
	for (i=4 ; i<parsePtr->numWords ; i++) {
	    CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, i);
	    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
	}

	/* Make a list of them... */
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST, i - 4,		envPtr);










	emptyPrefix = 0;




    }



     



    /*




     * [lreplace] raises an error when idx1 points after the list, but
     * only when the list is not empty. This is maximum stupidity.
     *















     * TODO: TIP this nonsense away!
     */
    if (idx1 >= TCL_INDEX_START) {
	if (emptyPrefix) {
	    TclEmitOpcode(	INST_DUP,			envPtr);
	} else {
	    TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_OVER, 1,			envPtr);
	}

	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_LIST_LENGTH,		envPtr);

	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_DUP,			envPtr);
	offset = CurrentOffset(envPtr);
	TclEmitInstInt1(	INST_JUMP_FALSE1, 0,		envPtr);





	/* List is not empty */
	TclEmitPush(TclAddLiteralObj(envPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(idx1),
							NULL),	envPtr);
	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_GT,			envPtr);

	offset2 = CurrentOffset(envPtr);
	TclEmitInstInt1(	INST_JUMP_TRUE1, 0,		envPtr);

	/* Idx1 >= list length ===> raise an error */
	TclEmitPush(TclAddLiteralObj(envPtr, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		"list doesn't contain element %d", idx1), NULL), envPtr);
	CompileReturnInternal(envPtr, INST_RETURN_IMM, TCL_ERROR, 0,
		Tcl_ObjPrintf("-errorcode {TCL OPERATION LREPLACE BADIDX}"));
	TclStoreInt1AtPtr(CurrentOffset(envPtr) - offset,
		envPtr->codeStart + offset + 1);
	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_POP,			envPtr);
	TclStoreInt1AtPtr(CurrentOffset(envPtr) - offset2,
		envPtr->codeStart + offset2 + 1);

    }









    if ((idx1 == suffixStart) && (parsePtr->numWords == 4)) {
	/*




	 * This is a "no-op". Example: [lreplace {a b c} 2 0]
	 * We still do a list operation to get list-verification
	 * and canonicalization side effects.
	 */
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, 0,		envPtr);
	TclEmitInt4(			TCL_INDEX_END,		envPtr);
	return TCL_OK;
    }








    if (idx1 != TCL_INDEX_START) {
	/* Prefix may not be empty; generate bytecode to push it */
	if (emptyPrefix) {
	    TclEmitOpcode(	INST_DUP,			envPtr);

	} else {
	    TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_OVER, 1,			envPtr);
	}

	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, 0,		envPtr);
	TclEmitInt4(			idx1 - 1,		envPtr);
	if (!emptyPrefix) {
	    TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_REVERSE, 2,		envPtr);
	    TclEmitOpcode(	INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);

	}





	emptyPrefix = 0;
    }






    if (!emptyPrefix) {
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_REVERSE, 2,		envPtr);
    }









    if (suffixStart == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) {
	TclEmitOpcode(		INST_POP,			envPtr);












	if (emptyPrefix) {
	    PushStringLiteral(envPtr, "");
	}

    } else {
	/* Suffix may not be empty; generate bytecode to push it */
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, suffixStart, envPtr);



	TclEmitInt4(			TCL_INDEX_END,		envPtr);

	if (!emptyPrefix) {
	    TclEmitOpcode(	INST_LIST_CONCAT,		envPtr);



	}



    }




    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclCompileLsetCmd --
................................................................................

	localIndex = IndexTailVarIfKnown(interp, varTokenPtr, envPtr);

	if (localIndex < 0) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	/* TODO: Consider what value can pass through the
	 * IndexTailVarIfKnown() screen.  Full CompileWord()
	 * likely does not apply here.  Push known value instead. */
	CompileWord(envPtr, varTokenPtr, interp, i);
	TclEmitInstInt4(	INST_VARIABLE, localIndex,	envPtr);

	if (i+1 < numWords) {
	    /*

#define LOAD(idx) \
    if ((idx)<256) {OP1(LOAD_SCALAR1,(idx));} else {OP4(LOAD_SCALAR4,(idx));}
#define STORE(idx) \
    if ((idx)<256) {OP1(STORE_SCALAR1,(idx));} else {OP4(STORE_SCALAR4,(idx));}
#define INVOKE(name) \
    TclEmitInvoke(envPtr,INST_##name)

#define INDEX_END	(-2)
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * GetIndexFromToken --
 *
 *	Parse a token and get the encoded version of the index (as understood
 *	by TEBC), assuming it is at all knowable at compile time. Only handles
 *	indices that are integers or 'end' or 'end-integer'.
 *
 * Returns:
 *	TCL_OK if parsing succeeded, and TCL_ERROR if it failed.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Sets *index to the index value if successful.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static inline int
GetIndexFromToken(
    Tcl_Token *tokenPtr,
    int *index)
{
    Tcl_Obj *tmpObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    int result, idx;

    if (!TclWordKnownAtCompileTime(tokenPtr, tmpObj)) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(tmpObj);
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    result = TclGetIntFromObj(NULL, tmpObj, &idx);
    if (result == TCL_OK) {
	if (idx < 0) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	}
    } else {
	result = TclGetIntForIndexM(NULL, tmpObj, INDEX_END, &idx);
	if (result == TCL_OK && idx > INDEX_END) {
	    result = TCL_ERROR;
	}
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(tmpObj);

    if (result == TCL_OK) {
	*index = idx;
    }

    return result;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclCompileSetCmd --
 *
 *	Procedure called to compile the "set" command.
................................................................................
    if (parsePtr->numWords != 4) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    stringTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr);
    fromTokenPtr = TokenAfter(stringTokenPtr);
    toTokenPtr = TokenAfter(fromTokenPtr);




    /*
     * Parse the two indices.
     */


    if (GetIndexFromToken(fromTokenPtr, &idx1) != TCL_OK) {
	goto nonConstantIndices;
    }













    if (GetIndexFromToken(toTokenPtr, &idx2) != TCL_OK) {
	goto nonConstantIndices;










    }

    /*
     * Push the operand onto the stack and then the substring operation.
     */

    CompileWord(envPtr, stringTokenPtr,			interp, 1);
    OP44(		STR_RANGE_IMM, idx1, idx2);
    return TCL_OK;

    /*
     * Push the operands onto the stack and then the substring operation.
     */

  nonConstantIndices:
    CompileWord(envPtr, stringTokenPtr,			interp, 1);
    CompileWord(envPtr, fromTokenPtr,			interp, 2);
    CompileWord(envPtr, toTokenPtr,			interp, 3);
    OP(			STR_RANGE);
    return TCL_OK;
}

int
................................................................................
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Tcl interpreter for context. */
    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr,	/* Points to a parse structure for the
				 * command. */
    Command *cmdPtr,		/* Points to defintion of command being
				 * compiled. */
    CompileEnv *envPtr)		/* Holds the resulting instructions. */
{
    Tcl_Token *tokenPtr, *valueTokenPtr, *replacementTokenPtr = NULL;
    DefineLineInformation;	/* TIP #280 */
    int idx1, idx2;

    if (parsePtr->numWords < 4 || parsePtr->numWords > 5) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }


    valueTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr);
    if (parsePtr->numWords == 5) {
	tokenPtr = TokenAfter(valueTokenPtr);
	tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
	replacementTokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
    }

    /*
     * Parse the indices. Will only compile special cases if both are
     * constants and not an _integer_ less than zero (since we reserve
     * negative indices here for end-relative indexing) or an end-based index
     * greater than 'end' itself.

     */

    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(valueTokenPtr);
    if (GetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, &idx1) != TCL_OK) {

	goto genericReplace;
    }




    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
    if (GetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, &idx2) != TCL_OK) {

	goto genericReplace;
    }

    /*
     * We handle these replacements specially: first character (where
     * idx1=idx2=0) and last character (where idx1=idx2=INDEX_END). Anything
     * else and the semantics get rather screwy.











     */

    if (idx1 == 0 && idx2 == 0) {
	int notEq, end;



	/*
	 * Just working with the first character.








	 */

















	CompileWord(envPtr, valueTokenPtr, interp, 1);
	if (replacementTokenPtr == NULL) {
	    /* Drop first */
	    OP44(	STR_RANGE_IMM, 1, INDEX_END);



	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	/* Replace first */












































	CompileWord(envPtr, replacementTokenPtr, interp, 4);
	OP4(		OVER, 1);
	PUSH(		"");
	OP(		STR_EQ);
	JUMP1(		JUMP_FALSE, notEq);
	OP(		POP);
	JUMP1(		JUMP, end);
	FIXJUMP1(notEq);
	TclAdjustStackDepth(1, envPtr);
	OP4(		REVERSE, 2);










	OP44(		STR_RANGE_IMM, 1, INDEX_END);


	OP1(		STR_CONCAT1, 2);
	FIXJUMP1(end);
	return TCL_OK;

    } else if (idx1 == INDEX_END && idx2 == INDEX_END) {
	int notEq, end;




	/*
	 * Just working with the last character.



	 */

	CompileWord(envPtr, valueTokenPtr, interp, 1);
	if (replacementTokenPtr == NULL) {
	    /* Drop last */














	    OP44(	STR_RANGE_IMM, 0, INDEX_END-1);
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
	/* Replace last */
	CompileWord(envPtr, replacementTokenPtr, interp, 4);
	OP4(		OVER, 1);
	PUSH(		"");
	OP(		STR_EQ);
	JUMP1(		JUMP_FALSE, notEq);
	OP(		POP);
	JUMP1(		JUMP, end);
	FIXJUMP1(notEq);
	TclAdjustStackDepth(1, envPtr);
	OP4(		REVERSE, 2);
	OP44(		STR_RANGE_IMM, 0, INDEX_END-1);
	OP4(		REVERSE, 2);

	OP1(		STR_CONCAT1, 2);
	FIXJUMP1(end);
	return TCL_OK;

    } else {
	/*
	 * Need to process indices at runtime. This could be because the
	 * indices are not constants, or because we need to resolve them to
	 * absolute indices to work out if a replacement is going to happen.
	 * In any case, to runtime it is.
	 */


    genericReplace:
	CompileWord(envPtr, valueTokenPtr, interp, 1);
	tokenPtr = TokenAfter(valueTokenPtr);
	CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 2);
	tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
	CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 3);
	if (replacementTokenPtr != NULL) {

	    CompileWord(envPtr, replacementTokenPtr, interp, 4);
	} else {
	    PUSH(	"");
	}
	OP(		STR_REPLACE);
	return TCL_OK;
    }
}

int
TclCompileStringTrimLCmd(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr,	/* Points to a parse structure for the command
				 * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */

#define LOAD(idx) \
    if ((idx)<256) {OP1(LOAD_SCALAR1,(idx));} else {OP4(LOAD_SCALAR4,(idx));}
#define STORE(idx) \
    if ((idx)<256) {OP1(STORE_SCALAR1,(idx));} else {OP4(STORE_SCALAR4,(idx));}
#define INVOKE(name) \
    TclEmitInvoke(envPtr,INST_##name)





















































 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclCompileSetCmd --
 *
 *	Procedure called to compile the "set" command.
................................................................................
    if (parsePtr->numWords != 4) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    stringTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr);
    fromTokenPtr = TokenAfter(stringTokenPtr);
    toTokenPtr = TokenAfter(fromTokenPtr);

    /* Every path must push the string argument */
    CompileWord(envPtr, stringTokenPtr,			interp, 1);

    /*
     * Parse the two indices.
     */

    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(fromTokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_START, TCL_INDEX_AFTER,
	    &idx1) != TCL_OK) {
	goto nonConstantIndices;
    }
    /*
     * Token parsed as an index expression. We treat all indices before
     * the string the same as the start of the string.
     */

    if (idx1 == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) {
	/* [string range $s end+1 $last] must be empty string */
	OP(		POP);
	PUSH(		"");
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(toTokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_END,
	    &idx2) != TCL_OK) {
	goto nonConstantIndices;
    }
    /*
     * Token parsed as an index expression. We treat all indices after
     * the string the same as the end of the string.
     */
    if (idx2 == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) {
	/* [string range $s $first -1] must be empty string */
	OP(		POP);
	PUSH(		"");
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Push the operand onto the stack and then the substring operation.
     */


    OP44(		STR_RANGE_IMM, idx1, idx2);
    return TCL_OK;

    /*
     * Push the operands onto the stack and then the substring operation.
     */

  nonConstantIndices:

    CompileWord(envPtr, fromTokenPtr,			interp, 2);
    CompileWord(envPtr, toTokenPtr,			interp, 3);
    OP(			STR_RANGE);
    return TCL_OK;
}

int
................................................................................
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Tcl interpreter for context. */
    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr,	/* Points to a parse structure for the
				 * command. */
    Command *cmdPtr,		/* Points to defintion of command being
				 * compiled. */
    CompileEnv *envPtr)		/* Holds the resulting instructions. */
{
    Tcl_Token *tokenPtr, *valueTokenPtr;
    DefineLineInformation;	/* TIP #280 */
    int first, last;

    if (parsePtr->numWords < 4 || parsePtr->numWords > 5) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
 
    /* Bytecode to compute/push string argument being replaced */
    valueTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr);


    CompileWord(envPtr, valueTokenPtr, interp, 1);



    /*




     * Check for first index known and useful at compile time. 
     */

    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(valueTokenPtr);
    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_AFTER,
	    &first) != TCL_OK) {
	goto genericReplace;
    }

    /*
     * Check for last index known and useful at compile time. 
     */
    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
    if (TclGetIndexFromToken(tokenPtr, TCL_INDEX_BEFORE, TCL_INDEX_AFTER,
	    &last) != TCL_OK) {
	goto genericReplace;
    }

    /* 



     * [string replace] is an odd bird.  For many arguments it is
     * a conventional substring replacer.  However it also goes out
     * of its way to become a no-op for many cases where it would be
     * replacing an empty substring.  Precisely, it is a no-op when
     *
     *		(last < first)		OR
     *		(last < 0)		OR
     *		(end < first)
     *
     * For some compile-time values we can detect these cases, and
     * compile direct to bytecode implementing the no-op.
     */



    if ((last == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE)		/* Know (last < 0) */
	    || (first == TCL_INDEX_AFTER)	/* Know (first > end) */

	/*

	 * Tricky to determine when runtime (last < first) can be
	 * certainly known based on the encoded values. Consider the
	 * cases...
	 *
	 * (first <= TCL_INDEX_END) &&
	 *	(last == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) => cannot tell REJECT
	 *	(last <= TCL_INDEX END) && (last < first) => ACCEPT
	 *	else => cannot tell REJECT
	 */
	    || ((first <= TCL_INDEX_END) && (last <= TCL_INDEX_END)
		&& (last < first))		/* Know (last < first) */
	/*
	 * (first == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) &&
	 *	(last == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) => (first < last) REJECT
	 *	(last <= TCL_INDEX_END) => cannot tell REJECT
	 *	else		=> (first < last) REJECT
	 *
	 * else [[first >= TCL_INDEX_START]] &&
	 *	(last == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) => cannot tell REJECT
	 *	(last <= TCL_INDEX_END) => cannot tell REJECT
	 *	else [[last >= TCL_INDEX START]] && (last < first) => ACCEPT
	 */
	    || ((first >= TCL_INDEX_START) && (last >= TCL_INDEX_START)
		&& (last < first))) {		/* Know (last < first) */
	if (parsePtr->numWords == 5) {
	    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
	    CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 4);



	    OP(		POP);		/* Pop newString */
	}
	/* Original string argument now on TOS as result */
	return TCL_OK;
    }


    if (parsePtr->numWords == 5) {
    /*
     * When we have a string replacement, we have to take care about
     * not replacing empty substrings that [string replace] promises
     * not to replace
     *
     * The remaining index values might be suitable for conventional
     * string replacement, but only if they cannot possibly meet the
     * conditions described above at runtime. If there's a chance they
     * might, we would have to emit bytecode to check and at that point
     * we're paying more in bytecode execution time than would make
     * things worthwhile. Trouble is we are very limited in
     * how much we can detect that at compile time. After decoding,
     * we need, first:
     *
     *		(first <= end)
     *
     * The encoded indices (first <= TCL_INDEX END) and
     * (first == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) always meets this condition, but
     * any other encoded first index has some list for which it fails.
     *
     * We also need, second:
     *
     *		(last >= 0)
     *
     * The encoded indices (last >= TCL_INDEX_START) and
     * (last == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) always meet this condition but any
     * other encoded last index has some list for which it fails.
     *
     * Finally we need, third:
     *
     *		(first <= last)
     * 
     * Considered in combination with the constraints we already have,
     * we see that we can proceed when (first == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE)
     * or (last == TCL_INDEX_AFTER). These also permit simplification
     * of the prefix|replace|suffix construction. The other constraints,
     * though, interfere with getting a guarantee that first <= last. 
     */

    if ((first == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) && (last >= TCL_INDEX_START)) {
	/* empty prefix */
	tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
	CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 4);








	OP4(		REVERSE, 2);
	if (last == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) {
	    OP(		POP);		/* Pop  original */
	} else {
	    OP44(	STR_RANGE_IMM, last + 1, TCL_INDEX_END);
	    OP1(	STR_CONCAT1, 2);
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    if ((last == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) && (first <= TCL_INDEX_END)) {
	OP44(		STR_RANGE_IMM, 0, first-1);
	tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
	CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 4);
	OP1(		STR_CONCAT1, 2);

	return TCL_OK;
    }



	/* FLOW THROUGH TO genericReplace */

    } else {
	/* 

	 * When we have no replacement string to worry about, we may
	 * have more luck, because the forbidden empty string replacements
	 * are harmless when they are replaced by another empty string.
	 */




	if ((first == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) || (first == TCL_INDEX_START)) {
	    /* empty prefix - build suffix only */

	    if ((last == TCL_INDEX_END) || (last == TCL_INDEX_AFTER)) {
		/* empty suffix too => empty result */
		OP(	POP);		/* Pop  original */
		PUSH	(	"");
		return TCL_OK;
	    }
	    OP44(	STR_RANGE_IMM, last + 1, TCL_INDEX_END);
	    return TCL_OK;
	} else {
	    if ((last == TCL_INDEX_END) || (last == TCL_INDEX_AFTER)) {
		/* empty suffix - build prefix only */
		OP44(	STR_RANGE_IMM, 0, first-1);
		return TCL_OK;
	    }






	    OP(		DUP);




	    OP44(	STR_RANGE_IMM, 0, first-1);
	    OP4(	REVERSE, 2);
	    OP44(	STR_RANGE_IMM, last + 1, TCL_INDEX_END);
	    OP1(	STR_CONCAT1, 2);

	    return TCL_OK;
	}







    }

    genericReplace:

	tokenPtr = TokenAfter(valueTokenPtr);
	CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 2);
	tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
	CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 3);
	if (parsePtr->numWords == 5) {
	    tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr);
	    CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 4);
	} else {
	    PUSH(	"");
	}
	OP(		STR_REPLACE);
	return TCL_OK;

}

int
TclCompileStringTrimLCmd(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
    Tcl_Parse *parsePtr,	/* Points to a parse structure for the command
				 * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */

    {"jumpTrue4",	  5,   -1,         1,	{OPERAND_OFFSET4}},
	/* Jump relative to (pc + op4) if stktop expr object is true */
    {"jumpFalse1",	  2,   -1,         1,	{OPERAND_OFFSET1}},
	/* Jump relative to (pc + op1) if stktop expr object is false */
    {"jumpFalse4",	  5,   -1,         1,	{OPERAND_OFFSET4}},
	/* Jump relative to (pc + op4) if stktop expr object is false */

    {"lor",		  1,   -1,         0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* Logical or:	push (stknext || stktop) */
    {"land",		  1,   -1,         0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* Logical and:	push (stknext && stktop) */
    {"bitor",		  1,   -1,         0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* Bitwise or:	push (stknext | stktop) */
    {"bitxor",		  1,   -1,         0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* Bitwise xor	push (stknext ^ stktop) */
    {"bitand",		  1,   -1,         0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* Bitwise and:	push (stknext & stktop) */
    {"eq",		  1,   -1,         0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
................................................................................
	/* Unary plus:	push +stktop */
    {"uminus",		  1,   0,          0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* Unary minus:	push -stktop */
    {"bitnot",		  1,   0,          0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* Bitwise not:	push ~stktop */
    {"not",		  1,   0,          0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* Logical not:	push !stktop */
    {"callBuiltinFunc1",  2,   1,          1,	{OPERAND_UINT1}},
	/* Call builtin math function with index op1; any args are on stk */
    {"callFunc1",	  2,   INT_MIN,    1,	{OPERAND_UINT1}},
	/* Call non-builtin func objv[0]; <objc,objv>=<op1,top op1> */
    {"tryCvtToNumeric",	  1,   0,          0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* Try converting stktop to first int then double if possible. */

    {"break",		  1,   0,          0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* Abort closest enclosing loop; if none, return TCL_BREAK code. */
    {"continue",	  1,   0,          0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* Skip to next iteration of closest enclosing loop; if none, return
	 * TCL_CONTINUE code. */

    {"foreach_start4",	  5,   0,          1,	{OPERAND_AUX4}},
	/* Initialize execution of a foreach loop. Operand is aux data index
	 * of the ForeachInfo structure for the foreach command. */
    {"foreach_step4",	  5,   +1,         1,	{OPERAND_AUX4}},
	/* "Step" or begin next iteration of foreach loop. Push 0 if to
	 * terminate loop, else push 1. */

    {"beginCatch4",	  5,   0,          1,	{OPERAND_UINT4}},
	/* Record start of catch with the operand's exception index. Push the
	 * current stack depth onto a special catch stack. */
    {"endCatch",	  1,   0,          0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* End of last catch. Pop the bytecode interpreter's catch stack. */
    {"pushResult",	  1,   +1,         0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* Push the interpreter's object result onto the stack. */
................................................................................
	 * indicated by op4 to hold the iterator state. The local scalar
	 * should not refer to a named variable as the value is not wholly
	 * managed correctly.
	 * Stack:  ... dict => ... value key doneBool */
    {"dictNext",	  5,	+3,	   1,	{OPERAND_LVT4}},
	/* Get the next iteration from the iterator in op4's local scalar.
	 * Stack:  ... => ... value key doneBool */
    {"dictDone",	  5,	0,	   1,	{OPERAND_LVT4}},
	/* Terminate the iterator in op4's local scalar. Use unsetScalar
	 * instead (with 0 for flags). */
    {"dictUpdateStart",   9,    0,	   2,	{OPERAND_LVT4, OPERAND_AUX4}},
	/* Create the variables (described in the aux data referred to by the
	 * second immediate argument) to mirror the state of the dictionary in
	 * the variable referred to by the first immediate argument. The list
	 * of keys (top of the stack, not popped) must be the same length as
	 * the list of variables.
	 * Stack:  ... keyList => ... keyList */
................................................................................

	if (hePtr) {
	    ReleaseCmdWordData(Tcl_GetHashValue(hePtr));
	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hePtr);
	}
    }

    if (codePtr->localCachePtr && (--codePtr->localCachePtr->refCount == 0)) {
	TclFreeLocalCache(interp, codePtr->localCachePtr);
    }

    TclHandleRelease(codePtr->interpHandle);
    ckfree(codePtr);
}
 
................................................................................
    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in source string. */
    const CmdFrame *invoker,	/* Location context invoking the bcc */
    int word)			/* Index of the word in that context getting
				 * compiled */
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;

    assert(tclInstructionTable[LAST_INST_OPCODE+1].name == NULL);

    envPtr->iPtr = iPtr;
    envPtr->source = stringPtr;
    envPtr->numSrcBytes = numBytes;
    envPtr->procPtr = iPtr->compiledProcPtr;
    iPtr->compiledProcPtr = NULL;
    envPtr->numCommands = 0;

    {"jumpTrue4",	  5,   -1,         1,	{OPERAND_OFFSET4}},
	/* Jump relative to (pc + op4) if stktop expr object is true */
    {"jumpFalse1",	  2,   -1,         1,	{OPERAND_OFFSET1}},
	/* Jump relative to (pc + op1) if stktop expr object is false */
    {"jumpFalse4",	  5,   -1,         1,	{OPERAND_OFFSET4}},
	/* Jump relative to (pc + op4) if stktop expr object is false */





    {"bitor",		  1,   -1,         0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* Bitwise or:	push (stknext | stktop) */
    {"bitxor",		  1,   -1,         0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* Bitwise xor	push (stknext ^ stktop) */
    {"bitand",		  1,   -1,         0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* Bitwise and:	push (stknext & stktop) */
    {"eq",		  1,   -1,         0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
................................................................................
	/* Unary plus:	push +stktop */
    {"uminus",		  1,   0,          0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* Unary minus:	push -stktop */
    {"bitnot",		  1,   0,          0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* Bitwise not:	push ~stktop */
    {"not",		  1,   0,          0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* Logical not:	push !stktop */




    {"tryCvtToNumeric",	  1,   0,          0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* Try converting stktop to first int then double if possible. */

    {"break",		  1,   0,          0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* Abort closest enclosing loop; if none, return TCL_BREAK code. */
    {"continue",	  1,   0,          0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* Skip to next iteration of closest enclosing loop; if none, return
	 * TCL_CONTINUE code. */








    {"beginCatch4",	  5,   0,          1,	{OPERAND_UINT4}},
	/* Record start of catch with the operand's exception index. Push the
	 * current stack depth onto a special catch stack. */
    {"endCatch",	  1,   0,          0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* End of last catch. Pop the bytecode interpreter's catch stack. */
    {"pushResult",	  1,   +1,         0,	{OPERAND_NONE}},
	/* Push the interpreter's object result onto the stack. */
................................................................................
	 * indicated by op4 to hold the iterator state. The local scalar
	 * should not refer to a named variable as the value is not wholly
	 * managed correctly.
	 * Stack:  ... dict => ... value key doneBool */
    {"dictNext",	  5,	+3,	   1,	{OPERAND_LVT4}},
	/* Get the next iteration from the iterator in op4's local scalar.
	 * Stack:  ... => ... value key doneBool */



    {"dictUpdateStart",   9,    0,	   2,	{OPERAND_LVT4, OPERAND_AUX4}},
	/* Create the variables (described in the aux data referred to by the
	 * second immediate argument) to mirror the state of the dictionary in
	 * the variable referred to by the first immediate argument. The list
	 * of keys (top of the stack, not popped) must be the same length as
	 * the list of variables.
	 * Stack:  ... keyList => ... keyList */
................................................................................

	if (hePtr) {
	    ReleaseCmdWordData(Tcl_GetHashValue(hePtr));
	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hePtr);
	}
    }

    if (codePtr->localCachePtr && (codePtr->localCachePtr->refCount-- <= 1)) {
	TclFreeLocalCache(interp, codePtr->localCachePtr);
    }

    TclHandleRelease(codePtr->interpHandle);
    ckfree(codePtr);
}
 
................................................................................
    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in source string. */
    const CmdFrame *invoker,	/* Location context invoking the bcc */
    int word)			/* Index of the word in that context getting
				 * compiled */
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;

    assert(tclInstructionTable[LAST_INST_OPCODE].name == NULL);

    envPtr->iPtr = iPtr;
    envPtr->source = stringPtr;
    envPtr->numSrcBytes = numBytes;
    envPtr->procPtr = iPtr->compiledProcPtr;
    iPtr->compiledProcPtr = NULL;
    envPtr->numCommands = 0;

#endif /* TCL_COMPILE_STATS */
} ByteCode;
 
/*
 * Opcodes for the Tcl bytecode instructions. These must correspond to the
 * entries in the table of instruction descriptions, tclInstructionTable, in
 * tclCompile.c. Also, the order and number of the expression opcodes (e.g.,
 * INST_LOR) must match the entries in the array operatorStrings in
 * tclExecute.c.
 */



/* Opcodes 0 to 9 */
#define INST_DONE			0
#define INST_PUSH1			1
#define INST_PUSH4			2
#define INST_POP			3
#define INST_DUP			4
#define INST_STR_CONCAT1		5
#define INST_INVOKE_STK1		6
#define INST_INVOKE_STK4		7
#define INST_EVAL_STK			8
#define INST_EXPR_STK			9

/* Opcodes 10 to 23 */
#define INST_LOAD_SCALAR1		10
#define INST_LOAD_SCALAR4		11
#define INST_LOAD_SCALAR_STK		12
#define INST_LOAD_ARRAY1		13
#define INST_LOAD_ARRAY4		14
#define INST_LOAD_ARRAY_STK		15
#define INST_LOAD_STK			16
#define INST_STORE_SCALAR1		17
#define INST_STORE_SCALAR4		18
#define INST_STORE_SCALAR_STK		19
#define INST_STORE_ARRAY1		20
#define INST_STORE_ARRAY4		21
#define INST_STORE_ARRAY_STK		22
#define INST_STORE_STK			23

/* Opcodes 24 to 33 */
#define INST_INCR_SCALAR1		24
#define INST_INCR_SCALAR_STK		25
#define INST_INCR_ARRAY1		26
#define INST_INCR_ARRAY_STK		27
#define INST_INCR_STK			28
#define INST_INCR_SCALAR1_IMM		29
#define INST_INCR_SCALAR_STK_IMM	30
#define INST_INCR_ARRAY1_IMM		31
#define INST_INCR_ARRAY_STK_IMM		32
#define INST_INCR_STK_IMM		33

/* Opcodes 34 to 39 */
#define INST_JUMP1			34
#define INST_JUMP4			35
#define INST_JUMP_TRUE1			36
#define INST_JUMP_TRUE4			37
#define INST_JUMP_FALSE1		38
#define INST_JUMP_FALSE4		39

/* Opcodes 40 to 64 */
#define INST_LOR			40
#define INST_LAND			41
#define INST_BITOR			42
#define INST_BITXOR			43
#define INST_BITAND			44
#define INST_EQ				45
#define INST_NEQ			46
#define INST_LT				47
#define INST_GT				48
#define INST_LE				49
#define INST_GE				50
#define INST_LSHIFT			51
#define INST_RSHIFT			52
#define INST_ADD			53
#define INST_SUB			54
#define INST_MULT			55
#define INST_DIV			56
#define INST_MOD			57
#define INST_UPLUS			58
#define INST_UMINUS			59
#define INST_BITNOT			60
#define INST_LNOT			61
#define INST_CALL_BUILTIN_FUNC1		62
#define INST_CALL_FUNC1			63
#define INST_TRY_CVT_TO_NUMERIC		64

/* Opcodes 65 to 66 */
#define INST_BREAK			65
#define INST_CONTINUE			66

/* Opcodes 67 to 68 */
#define INST_FOREACH_START4		67 /* DEPRECATED */
#define INST_FOREACH_STEP4		68 /* DEPRECATED */

/* Opcodes 69 to 72 */
#define INST_BEGIN_CATCH4		69
#define INST_END_CATCH			70
#define INST_PUSH_RESULT		71
#define INST_PUSH_RETURN_CODE		72

/* Opcodes 73 to 78 */
#define INST_STR_EQ			73
#define INST_STR_NEQ			74
#define INST_STR_CMP			75
#define INST_STR_LEN			76
#define INST_STR_INDEX			77
#define INST_STR_MATCH			78

/* Opcodes 78 to 81 */
#define INST_LIST			79
#define INST_LIST_INDEX			80
#define INST_LIST_LENGTH		81

/* Opcodes 82 to 87 */
#define INST_APPEND_SCALAR1		82
#define INST_APPEND_SCALAR4		83
#define INST_APPEND_ARRAY1		84
#define INST_APPEND_ARRAY4		85
#define INST_APPEND_ARRAY_STK		86
#define INST_APPEND_STK			87

/* Opcodes 88 to 93 */
#define INST_LAPPEND_SCALAR1		88
#define INST_LAPPEND_SCALAR4		89
#define INST_LAPPEND_ARRAY1		90
#define INST_LAPPEND_ARRAY4		91
#define INST_LAPPEND_ARRAY_STK		92
#define INST_LAPPEND_STK		93

/* TIP #22 - LINDEX operator with flat arg list */

#define INST_LIST_INDEX_MULTI		94

/*
 * TIP #33 - 'lset' command. Code gen also required a Forth-like
 *	     OVER operation.
 */

#define INST_OVER			95
#define INST_LSET_LIST			96
#define INST_LSET_FLAT			97

/* TIP#90 - 'return' command. */

#define INST_RETURN_IMM			98

/* TIP#123 - exponentiation operator. */

#define INST_EXPON			99

/* TIP #157 - {*}... (word expansion) language syntax support. */

#define INST_EXPAND_START		100
#define INST_EXPAND_STKTOP		101
#define INST_INVOKE_EXPANDED		102

/*
 * TIP #57 - 'lassign' command. Code generation requires immediate
 *	     LINDEX and LRANGE operators.
 */

#define INST_LIST_INDEX_IMM		103
#define INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM		104

#define INST_START_CMD			105

#define INST_LIST_IN			106
#define INST_LIST_NOT_IN		107

#define INST_PUSH_RETURN_OPTIONS	108
#define INST_RETURN_STK			109

/*
 * Dictionary (TIP#111) related commands.
 */

#define INST_DICT_GET			110
#define INST_DICT_SET			111
#define INST_DICT_UNSET			112
#define INST_DICT_INCR_IMM		113
#define INST_DICT_APPEND		114
#define INST_DICT_LAPPEND		115
#define INST_DICT_FIRST			116
#define INST_DICT_NEXT			117
#define INST_DICT_DONE			118
#define INST_DICT_UPDATE_START		119
#define INST_DICT_UPDATE_END		120

/*
 * Instruction to support jumps defined by tables (instead of the classic
 * [switch] technique of chained comparisons).
 */

#define INST_JUMP_TABLE			121

/*
 * Instructions to support compilation of global, variable, upvar and
 * [namespace upvar].
 */

#define INST_UPVAR			122
#define INST_NSUPVAR			123
#define INST_VARIABLE			124

/* Instruction to support compiling syntax error to bytecode */

#define INST_SYNTAX			125

/* Instruction to reverse N items on top of stack */

#define INST_REVERSE			126

/* regexp instruction */

#define INST_REGEXP			127

/* For [info exists] compilation */
#define INST_EXIST_SCALAR		128
#define INST_EXIST_ARRAY		129
#define INST_EXIST_ARRAY_STK		130
#define INST_EXIST_STK			131

/* For [subst] compilation */
#define INST_NOP			132
#define INST_RETURN_CODE_BRANCH		133

/* For [unset] compilation */
#define INST_UNSET_SCALAR		134
#define INST_UNSET_ARRAY		135
#define INST_UNSET_ARRAY_STK		136
#define INST_UNSET_STK			137

/* For [dict with], [dict exists], [dict create] and [dict merge] */
#define INST_DICT_EXPAND		138
#define INST_DICT_RECOMBINE_STK		139
#define INST_DICT_RECOMBINE_IMM		140
#define INST_DICT_EXISTS		141
#define INST_DICT_VERIFY		142

/* For [string map] and [regsub] compilation */
#define INST_STR_MAP			143
#define INST_STR_FIND			144
#define INST_STR_FIND_LAST		145
#define INST_STR_RANGE_IMM		146
#define INST_STR_RANGE			147

/* For operations to do with coroutines and other NRE-manipulators */
#define INST_YIELD			148
#define INST_COROUTINE_NAME		149
#define INST_TAILCALL			150

/* For compilation of basic information operations */
#define INST_NS_CURRENT			151
#define INST_INFO_LEVEL_NUM		152
#define INST_INFO_LEVEL_ARGS		153
#define INST_RESOLVE_COMMAND		154

/* For compilation relating to TclOO */
#define INST_TCLOO_SELF			155
#define INST_TCLOO_CLASS		156
#define INST_TCLOO_NS			157
#define INST_TCLOO_IS_OBJECT		158

/* For compilation of [array] subcommands */
#define INST_ARRAY_EXISTS_STK		159
#define INST_ARRAY_EXISTS_IMM		160
#define INST_ARRAY_MAKE_STK		161
#define INST_ARRAY_MAKE_IMM		162

#define INST_INVOKE_REPLACE		163

#define INST_LIST_CONCAT		164

#define INST_EXPAND_DROP		165

/* New foreach implementation */
#define INST_FOREACH_START              166
#define INST_FOREACH_STEP               167
#define INST_FOREACH_END                168
#define INST_LMAP_COLLECT               169

/* For compilation of [string trim] and related */
#define INST_STR_TRIM			170
#define INST_STR_TRIM_LEFT		171
#define INST_STR_TRIM_RIGHT		172

#define INST_CONCAT_STK			173

#define INST_STR_UPPER			174
#define INST_STR_LOWER			175
#define INST_STR_TITLE			176
#define INST_STR_REPLACE		177

#define INST_ORIGIN_COMMAND		178

#define INST_TCLOO_NEXT			179
#define INST_TCLOO_NEXT_CLASS		180

#define INST_YIELD_TO_INVOKE		181

#define INST_NUM_TYPE			182
#define INST_TRY_CVT_TO_BOOLEAN		183
#define INST_STR_CLASS			184

#define INST_LAPPEND_LIST		185
#define INST_LAPPEND_LIST_ARRAY		186
#define INST_LAPPEND_LIST_ARRAY_STK	187
#define INST_LAPPEND_LIST_STK		188

#define INST_CLOCK_READ			189

/* The last opcode */
#define LAST_INST_OPCODE		189


 
/*
 * Table describing the Tcl bytecode instructions: their name (for displaying
 * code), total number of code bytes required (including operand bytes), and a
 * description of the type of each operand. These operand types include signed
 * and unsigned integers of length one and four bytes. The unsigned integers
 * are used for indexes or for, e.g., the count of objects to push in a "push"
................................................................................
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclFindCompiledLocal(const char *name, int nameChars,
			    int create, CompileEnv *envPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclFixupForwardJump(CompileEnv *envPtr,
			    JumpFixup *jumpFixupPtr, int jumpDist,
			    int distThreshold);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclFreeCompileEnv(CompileEnv *envPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclFreeJumpFixupArray(JumpFixupArray *fixupArrayPtr);


MODULE_SCOPE ByteCode *	TclInitByteCode(CompileEnv *envPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE ByteCode *	TclInitByteCodeObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
			    const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr, CompileEnv *envPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclInitCompileEnv(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    CompileEnv *envPtr, const char *string,
			    int numBytes, const CmdFrame *invoker, int word);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclInitJumpFixupArray(JumpFixupArray *fixupArrayPtr);

#endif /* TCL_COMPILE_STATS */
} ByteCode;
 
/*
 * Opcodes for the Tcl bytecode instructions. These must correspond to the
 * entries in the table of instruction descriptions, tclInstructionTable, in
 * tclCompile.c. Also, the order and number of the expression opcodes (e.g.,
 * INST_BITOR) must match the entries in the array operatorStrings in
 * tclExecute.c.
 */

enum TclInstruction {

    /* Opcodes 0 to 9 */
    INST_DONE = 0,
    INST_PUSH1,
    INST_PUSH4,
    INST_POP,
    INST_DUP,
    INST_STR_CONCAT1,
    INST_INVOKE_STK1,
    INST_INVOKE_STK4,
    INST_EVAL_STK,
    INST_EXPR_STK,

    /* Opcodes 10 to 23 */
    INST_LOAD_SCALAR1,
    INST_LOAD_SCALAR4,
    INST_LOAD_SCALAR_STK,
    INST_LOAD_ARRAY1,
    INST_LOAD_ARRAY4,
    INST_LOAD_ARRAY_STK,
    INST_LOAD_STK,
    INST_STORE_SCALAR1,
    INST_STORE_SCALAR4,
    INST_STORE_SCALAR_STK,
    INST_STORE_ARRAY1,
    INST_STORE_ARRAY4,
    INST_STORE_ARRAY_STK,
    INST_STORE_STK,

    /* Opcodes 24 to 33 */
    INST_INCR_SCALAR1,
    INST_INCR_SCALAR_STK,
    INST_INCR_ARRAY1,
    INST_INCR_ARRAY_STK,
    INST_INCR_STK,
    INST_INCR_SCALAR1_IMM,
    INST_INCR_SCALAR_STK_IMM,
    INST_INCR_ARRAY1_IMM,
    INST_INCR_ARRAY_STK_IMM,
    INST_INCR_STK_IMM,

    /* Opcodes 34 to 39 */
    INST_JUMP1,
    INST_JUMP4,
    INST_JUMP_TRUE1,
    INST_JUMP_TRUE4,
    INST_JUMP_FALSE1,
    INST_JUMP_FALSE4,

    /* Opcodes 42 to 64 */


    INST_BITOR,
    INST_BITXOR,
    INST_BITAND,
    INST_EQ,
    INST_NEQ,
    INST_LT,
    INST_GT,
    INST_LE,
    INST_GE,
    INST_LSHIFT,
    INST_RSHIFT,
    INST_ADD,
    INST_SUB,
    INST_MULT,
    INST_DIV,
    INST_MOD,
    INST_UPLUS,
    INST_UMINUS,
    INST_BITNOT,
    INST_LNOT,


    INST_TRY_CVT_TO_NUMERIC,

    /* Opcodes 65 to 66 */
    INST_BREAK,
    INST_CONTINUE,





    /* Opcodes 69 to 72 */
    INST_BEGIN_CATCH4,
    INST_END_CATCH,
    INST_PUSH_RESULT,
    INST_PUSH_RETURN_CODE,

    /* Opcodes 73 to 78 */
    INST_STR_EQ,
    INST_STR_NEQ,
    INST_STR_CMP,
    INST_STR_LEN,
    INST_STR_INDEX,
    INST_STR_MATCH,

    /* Opcodes 79 to 81 */
    INST_LIST,
    INST_LIST_INDEX,
    INST_LIST_LENGTH,

    /* Opcodes 82 to 87 */
    INST_APPEND_SCALAR1,
    INST_APPEND_SCALAR4,
    INST_APPEND_ARRAY1,
    INST_APPEND_ARRAY4,
    INST_APPEND_ARRAY_STK,
    INST_APPEND_STK,

    /* Opcodes 88 to 93 */
    INST_LAPPEND_SCALAR1,
    INST_LAPPEND_SCALAR4,
    INST_LAPPEND_ARRAY1,
    INST_LAPPEND_ARRAY4,
    INST_LAPPEND_ARRAY_STK,
    INST_LAPPEND_STK,

    /* TIP #22 - LINDEX operator with flat arg list */

    INST_LIST_INDEX_MULTI,

    /*
     * TIP #33 - 'lset' command. Code gen also required a Forth-like
     *	     OVER operation.
     */

    INST_OVER,
    INST_LSET_LIST,
    INST_LSET_FLAT,

    /* TIP#90 - 'return' command. */

    INST_RETURN_IMM,

    /* TIP#123 - exponentiation operator. */

    INST_EXPON,

    /* TIP #157 - {*}... (word expansion) language syntax support. */

    INST_EXPAND_START,
    INST_EXPAND_STKTOP,
    INST_INVOKE_EXPANDED,

    /*
     * TIP #57 - 'lassign' command. Code generation requires immediate
     *	     LINDEX and LRANGE operators.
     */

    INST_LIST_INDEX_IMM,
    INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM,

    INST_START_CMD,

    INST_LIST_IN,
    INST_LIST_NOT_IN,

    INST_PUSH_RETURN_OPTIONS,
    INST_RETURN_STK,

    /*
     * Dictionary (TIP#111) related commands.
     */

    INST_DICT_GET,
    INST_DICT_SET,
    INST_DICT_UNSET,
    INST_DICT_INCR_IMM,
    INST_DICT_APPEND,
    INST_DICT_LAPPEND,
    INST_DICT_FIRST,
    INST_DICT_NEXT,

    INST_DICT_UPDATE_START,
    INST_DICT_UPDATE_END,

    /*
     * Instruction to support jumps defined by tables (instead of the classic
     * [switch] technique of chained comparisons).
     */

    INST_JUMP_TABLE,

    /*
     * Instructions to support compilation of global, variable, upvar and
     * [namespace upvar].
     */

    INST_UPVAR,
    INST_NSUPVAR,
    INST_VARIABLE,

    /* Instruction to support compiling syntax error to bytecode */

    INST_SYNTAX,

    /* Instruction to reverse N items on top of stack */

    INST_REVERSE,

    /* regexp instruction */

    INST_REGEXP,

    /* For [info exists] compilation */
    INST_EXIST_SCALAR,
    INST_EXIST_ARRAY,
    INST_EXIST_ARRAY_STK,
    INST_EXIST_STK,

    /* For [subst] compilation */
    INST_NOP,
    INST_RETURN_CODE_BRANCH,

    /* For [unset] compilation */
    INST_UNSET_SCALAR,
    INST_UNSET_ARRAY,
    INST_UNSET_ARRAY_STK,
    INST_UNSET_STK,

    /* For [dict with], [dict exists], [dict create] and [dict merge] */
    INST_DICT_EXPAND,
    INST_DICT_RECOMBINE_STK,
    INST_DICT_RECOMBINE_IMM,
    INST_DICT_EXISTS,
    INST_DICT_VERIFY,

    /* For [string map] and [regsub] compilation */
    INST_STR_MAP,
    INST_STR_FIND,
    INST_STR_FIND_LAST,
    INST_STR_RANGE_IMM,
    INST_STR_RANGE,

    /* For operations to do with coroutines and other NRE-manipulators */
    INST_YIELD,
    INST_COROUTINE_NAME,
    INST_TAILCALL,

    /* For compilation of basic information operations */
    INST_NS_CURRENT,
    INST_INFO_LEVEL_NUM,
    INST_INFO_LEVEL_ARGS,
    INST_RESOLVE_COMMAND,

    /* For compilation relating to TclOO */
    INST_TCLOO_SELF,
    INST_TCLOO_CLASS,
    INST_TCLOO_NS,
    INST_TCLOO_IS_OBJECT,

    /* For compilation of [array] subcommands */
    INST_ARRAY_EXISTS_STK,
    INST_ARRAY_EXISTS_IMM,
    INST_ARRAY_MAKE_STK,
    INST_ARRAY_MAKE_IMM,

    INST_INVOKE_REPLACE,

    INST_LIST_CONCAT,

    INST_EXPAND_DROP,

    /* New foreach implementation */
    INST_FOREACH_START,
    INST_FOREACH_STEP,
    INST_FOREACH_END,
    INST_LMAP_COLLECT,

    /* For compilation of [string trim] and related */
    INST_STR_TRIM,
    INST_STR_TRIM_LEFT,
    INST_STR_TRIM_RIGHT,

    INST_CONCAT_STK,

    INST_STR_UPPER,
    INST_STR_LOWER,
    INST_STR_TITLE,
    INST_STR_REPLACE,

    INST_ORIGIN_COMMAND,

    INST_TCLOO_NEXT,
    INST_TCLOO_NEXT_CLASS,

    INST_YIELD_TO_INVOKE,

    INST_NUM_TYPE,
    INST_TRY_CVT_TO_BOOLEAN,
    INST_STR_CLASS,

    INST_LAPPEND_LIST,
    INST_LAPPEND_LIST_ARRAY,
    INST_LAPPEND_LIST_ARRAY_STK,
    INST_LAPPEND_LIST_STK,

    INST_CLOCK_READ,

    /* The last opcode */
    LAST_INST_OPCODE
};

 
/*
 * Table describing the Tcl bytecode instructions: their name (for displaying
 * code), total number of code bytes required (including operand bytes), and a
 * description of the type of each operand. These operand types include signed
 * and unsigned integers of length one and four bytes. The unsigned integers
 * are used for indexes or for, e.g., the count of objects to push in a "push"
................................................................................
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclFindCompiledLocal(const char *name, int nameChars,
			    int create, CompileEnv *envPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclFixupForwardJump(CompileEnv *envPtr,
			    JumpFixup *jumpFixupPtr, int jumpDist,
			    int distThreshold);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclFreeCompileEnv(CompileEnv *envPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclFreeJumpFixupArray(JumpFixupArray *fixupArrayPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclGetIndexFromToken(Tcl_Token *tokenPtr,
			    int before, int after, int *indexPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE ByteCode *	TclInitByteCode(CompileEnv *envPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE ByteCode *	TclInitByteCodeObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
			    const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr, CompileEnv *envPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclInitCompileEnv(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    CompileEnv *envPtr, const char *string,
			    int numBytes, const CmdFrame *invoker, int word);
MODULE_SCOPE void	TclInitJumpFixupArray(JumpFixupArray *fixupArrayPtr);

    Tcl_Encoding venc = NULL;
    const char *value;

    if ((objc < 2) || (objc > 3)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "subcommand ?arg?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], subcmdStrings,
	    sizeof(char *), "subcommand", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    pDB = GetConfigDict(interp);
    if (Tcl_DictObjGet(interp, pDB, pkgName, &pkgDict) != TCL_OK
	    || pkgDict == NULL) {
	/*

    Tcl_Encoding venc = NULL;
    const char *value;

    if ((objc < 2) || (objc > 3)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "subcommand ?arg?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], subcmdStrings, "subcommand", 0,
	    &index) != TCL_OK) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    pDB = GetConfigDict(interp);
    if (Tcl_DictObjGet(interp, pDB, pkgName, &pkgDict) != TCL_OK
	    || pkgDict == NULL) {
	/*

				int length, const char *file, int line);
/* 24 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewDoubleObj(double doubleValue,
				const char *file, int line);
/* 25 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv,
				const char *file, int line);
/* 26 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewLongObj(long longValue, const char *file,
				int line);
/* 27 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewObj(const char *file, int line);
/* 28 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length,
				const char *file, int line);
/* 29 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DuplicateObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
................................................................................
				int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
/* Slot 49 is reserved */
/* 50 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes,
				int length);
/* 51 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewDoubleObj(double doubleValue);
/* 52 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewIntObj(int intValue);
/* 53 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
/* 54 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewLongObj(long longValue);

/* 55 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewObj(void);
/* 56 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length);
/* Slot 57 is reserved */
/* 58 */
TCLAPI unsigned char *	Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length);
/* 59 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_SetByteArrayObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
				const unsigned char *bytes, int length);
/* 60 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_SetDoubleObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double doubleValue);
/* 61 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int intValue);
/* 62 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_SetListObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int objc,
				Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
/* 63 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_SetLongObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long longValue);
/* 64 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_SetObjLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length);
/* 65 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *bytes,
				int length);
/* Slot 66 is reserved */
/* Slot 67 is reserved */
................................................................................
/* 126 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_Eof(Tcl_Channel chan);
/* 127 */
TCLAPI const char *	Tcl_ErrnoId(void);
/* 128 */
TCLAPI const char *	Tcl_ErrnoMsg(int err);
/* Slot 129 is reserved */
/* Slot 130 is reserved */


/* Slot 131 is reserved */
/* 132 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_EventuallyFree(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc);
/* 133 */
TCLAPI TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_Exit(int status);
/* 134 */
................................................................................
/* 264 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
				Tcl_Obj *const objv[], const char *message);
/* 265 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_DumpActiveMemory(const char *fileName);
/* 266 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_ValidateAllMemory(const char *file, int line);
/* 267 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_AppendResultVA(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				va_list argList);
/* 268 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA(Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
				va_list argList);
/* 269 */
TCLAPI char *		Tcl_HashStats(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr);
/* 270 */
TCLAPI const char *	Tcl_ParseVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start,
				const char **termPtr);
/* Slot 271 is reserved */
/* 272 */
................................................................................
TCLAPI const char *	Tcl_PkgPresentEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *name, const char *version,
				int exact, void *clientDataPtr);
/* 273 */
TCLAPI int		TclPkgProvide(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
				const char *version);
/* Slot 274 is reserved */
/* 275 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				va_list argList);
/* Slot 276 is reserved */
/* 277 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Pid		Tcl_WaitPid(Tcl_Pid pid, int *statPtr, int options);
/* 278 */
TCLAPI TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_PanicVA(const char *format, va_list argList);
/* 279 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_GetVersion(int *major, int *minor,
				int *patchLevel, int *type);
/* 280 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_InitMemory(Tcl_Interp *interp);
/* 281 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Channel	Tcl_StackChannel(Tcl_Interp *interp,
................................................................................
TCLAPI int		Tcl_UniCharIsUpper(int ch);
/* 351 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_UniCharIsWordChar(int ch);
/* 352 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_UniCharLen(const Tcl_UniChar *uniStr);
/* 353 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_UniCharNcmp(const Tcl_UniChar *ucs,
				const Tcl_UniChar *uct, size_t numChars);

/* 354 */
TCLAPI char *		Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString(const Tcl_UniChar *uniStr,
				int uniLength, Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
/* 355 */
TCLAPI Tcl_UniChar *	Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString(const char *src, int length,
				Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
/* 356 */
................................................................................
/* 366 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_Chdir(const char *dirName);
/* 367 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_Access(const char *path, int mode);
/* 368 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_Stat(const char *path, struct stat *bufPtr);
/* 369 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_UtfNcmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n);

/* 370 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_UtfNcasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2,
				size_t n);

/* 371 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_StringCaseMatch(const char *str,
				const char *pattern, int nocase);
/* 372 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_UniCharIsControl(int ch);
/* 373 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_UniCharIsGraph(int ch);
................................................................................
TCLAPI void		Tcl_SpliceChannel(Tcl_Channel channel);
/* 417 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_ClearChannelHandlers(Tcl_Channel channel);
/* 418 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_IsChannelExisting(const char *channelName);
/* 419 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_UniCharNcasecmp(const Tcl_UniChar *ucs,
				const Tcl_UniChar *uct, size_t numChars);

/* 420 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_UniCharCaseMatch(const Tcl_UniChar *uniStr,
				const Tcl_UniChar *uniPattern, int nocase);
/* Slot 421 is reserved */
/* Slot 422 is reserved */
/* 423 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_InitCustomHashTable(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr,
................................................................................
/* 517 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_GetCommandFullName(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Command command, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 518 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_FSEvalFileEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *fileName, const char *encodingName);
/* 519 */
TCLAPI Tcl_ExitProc *	Tcl_SetExitProc(TCL_NORETURN1 Tcl_ExitProc *proc);
/* 520 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_LimitAddHandler(Tcl_Interp *interp, int type,
				Tcl_LimitHandlerProc *handlerProc,
				ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_LimitHandlerDeleteProc *deleteProc);
/* 521 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_LimitRemoveHandler(Tcl_Interp *interp, int type,
................................................................................

typedef struct TclStubs {
    int magic;
    const TclStubHooks *hooks;

    int (*tcl_PkgProvideEx) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const char *version, const void *clientData); /* 0 */
    const char * (*tcl_PkgRequireEx) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const char *version, int exact, void *clientDataPtr); /* 1 */
    TCL_NORETURN1 void (*tcl_Panic) (const char *format, ...) TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(1, 2); /* 2 */
    char * (*tcl_Alloc) (unsigned int size); /* 3 */
    void (*tcl_Free) (char *ptr); /* 4 */
    char * (*tcl_Realloc) (char *ptr, unsigned int size); /* 5 */
    char * (*tcl_DbCkalloc) (unsigned int size, const char *file, int line); /* 6 */
    void (*tcl_DbCkfree) (char *ptr, const char *file, int line); /* 7 */
    char * (*tcl_DbCkrealloc) (char *ptr, unsigned int size, const char *file, int line); /* 8 */
#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TCL) /* UNIX */
................................................................................
    void (*tcl_DbDecrRefCount) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line); /* 19 */
    void (*tcl_DbIncrRefCount) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line); /* 20 */
    int (*tcl_DbIsShared) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line); /* 21 */
    void (*reserved22)(void);
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj) (const unsigned char *bytes, int length, const char *file, int line); /* 23 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewDoubleObj) (double doubleValue, const char *file, int line); /* 24 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewListObj) (int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv, const char *file, int line); /* 25 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewLongObj) (long longValue, const char *file, int line); /* 26 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewObj) (const char *file, int line); /* 27 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewStringObj) (const char *bytes, int length, const char *file, int line); /* 28 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DuplicateObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 29 */
    void (*tclFreeObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 30 */
    int (*tcl_GetBoolean) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src, int *boolPtr); /* 31 */
    int (*tcl_GetBooleanFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *boolPtr); /* 32 */
    unsigned char * (*tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *lengthPtr); /* 33 */
................................................................................
    int (*tcl_ListObjGetElements) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int *objcPtr, Tcl_Obj ***objvPtr); /* 45 */
    int (*tcl_ListObjIndex) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int index, Tcl_Obj **objPtrPtr); /* 46 */
    int (*tcl_ListObjLength) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int *lengthPtr); /* 47 */
    int (*tcl_ListObjReplace) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int first, int count, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 48 */
    void (*reserved49)(void);
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewByteArrayObj) (const unsigned char *bytes, int length); /* 50 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewDoubleObj) (double doubleValue); /* 51 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewIntObj) (int intValue); /* 52 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewListObj) (int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 53 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewLongObj) (long longValue); /* 54 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewObj) (void); /* 55 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewStringObj) (const char *bytes, int length); /* 56 */
    void (*reserved57)(void);
    unsigned char * (*tcl_SetByteArrayLength) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length); /* 58 */
    void (*tcl_SetByteArrayObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const unsigned char *bytes, int length); /* 59 */
    void (*tcl_SetDoubleObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double doubleValue); /* 60 */
    void (*tcl_SetIntObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int intValue); /* 61 */
    void (*tcl_SetListObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 62 */
    void (*tcl_SetLongObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long longValue); /* 63 */
    void (*tcl_SetObjLength) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length); /* 64 */
    void (*tcl_SetStringObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *bytes, int length); /* 65 */
    void (*reserved66)(void);
    void (*reserved67)(void);
    void (*tcl_AllowExceptions) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 68 */
    void (*tcl_AppendElement) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *element); /* 69 */
    void (*tcl_AppendResult) (Tcl_Interp *interp, ...); /* 70 */
................................................................................
    void (*tcl_DStringResult) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 123 */
    void (*tcl_DStringSetLength) (Tcl_DString *dsPtr, int length); /* 124 */
    void (*tcl_DStringStartSublist) (Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 125 */
    int (*tcl_Eof) (Tcl_Channel chan); /* 126 */
    const char * (*tcl_ErrnoId) (void); /* 127 */
    const char * (*tcl_ErrnoMsg) (int err); /* 128 */
    void (*reserved129)(void);
    void (*reserved130)(void);
    void (*reserved131)(void);
    void (*tcl_EventuallyFree) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc); /* 132 */
    TCL_NORETURN1 void (*tcl_Exit) (int status); /* 133 */
    int (*tcl_ExposeCommand) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *hiddenCmdToken, const char *cmdName); /* 134 */
    int (*tcl_ExprBoolean) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *expr, int *ptr); /* 135 */
    int (*tcl_ExprBooleanObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *ptr); /* 136 */
    int (*tcl_ExprDouble) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *expr, double *ptr); /* 137 */
    int (*tcl_ExprDoubleObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *ptr); /* 138 */
    int (*tcl_ExprLong) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *expr, long *ptr); /* 139 */
    int (*tcl_ExprLongObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long *ptr); /* 140 */
................................................................................
    void (*reserved260)(void);
    void (*reserved261)(void);
    ClientData (*tcl_VarTraceInfo2) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr, ClientData prevClientData); /* 262 */
    int (*tcl_Write) (Tcl_Channel chan, const char *s, int slen); /* 263 */
    void (*tcl_WrongNumArgs) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], const char *message); /* 264 */
    int (*tcl_DumpActiveMemory) (const char *fileName); /* 265 */
    void (*tcl_ValidateAllMemory) (const char *file, int line); /* 266 */
    void (*tcl_AppendResultVA) (Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList); /* 267 */
    void (*tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, va_list argList); /* 268 */
    char * (*tcl_HashStats) (Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr); /* 269 */
    const char * (*tcl_ParseVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, const char **termPtr); /* 270 */
    void (*reserved271)(void);
    const char * (*tcl_PkgPresentEx) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const char *version, int exact, void *clientDataPtr); /* 272 */
    int (*tclPkgProvide) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const char *version); /* 273 */
    void (*reserved274)(void);
    void (*tcl_SetErrorCodeVA) (Tcl_Interp *interp, va_list argList); /* 275 */
    void (*reserved276)(void);
    Tcl_Pid (*tcl_WaitPid) (Tcl_Pid pid, int *statPtr, int options); /* 277 */
    TCL_NORETURN1 void (*tcl_PanicVA) (const char *format, va_list argList); /* 278 */
    void (*tcl_GetVersion) (int *major, int *minor, int *patchLevel, int *type); /* 279 */
    void (*tcl_InitMemory) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 280 */
    Tcl_Channel (*tcl_StackChannel) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const Tcl_ChannelType *typePtr, ClientData instanceData, int mask, Tcl_Channel prevChan); /* 281 */
    int (*tcl_UnstackChannel) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan); /* 282 */
    Tcl_Channel (*tcl_GetStackedChannel) (Tcl_Channel chan); /* 283 */
    void (*tcl_SetMainLoop) (Tcl_MainLoopProc *proc); /* 284 */
    void (*reserved285)(void);
................................................................................
    Tcl_Encoding (*tcl_CreateEncoding) (const Tcl_EncodingType *typePtr); /* 287 */
    void (*tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler) (Tcl_ExitProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 288 */
    void (*tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler) (Tcl_ExitProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 289 */
    void (*reserved290)(void);
    int (*tcl_EvalEx) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *script, int numBytes, int flags); /* 291 */
    int (*tcl_EvalObjv) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags); /* 292 */
    int (*tcl_EvalObjEx) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int flags); /* 293 */
    TCL_NORETURN1 void (*tcl_ExitThread) (int status); /* 294 */
    int (*tcl_ExternalToUtf) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Encoding encoding, const char *src, int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr, char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr, int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr); /* 295 */
    char * (*tcl_ExternalToUtfDString) (Tcl_Encoding encoding, const char *src, int srcLen, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 296 */
    void (*tcl_FinalizeThread) (void); /* 297 */
    void (*tcl_FinalizeNotifier) (ClientData clientData); /* 298 */
    void (*tcl_FreeEncoding) (Tcl_Encoding encoding); /* 299 */
    Tcl_ThreadId (*tcl_GetCurrentThread) (void); /* 300 */
    Tcl_Encoding (*tcl_GetEncoding) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name); /* 301 */
................................................................................
    int (*tcl_UniCharIsAlpha) (int ch); /* 346 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharIsDigit) (int ch); /* 347 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharIsLower) (int ch); /* 348 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharIsSpace) (int ch); /* 349 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharIsUpper) (int ch); /* 350 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharIsWordChar) (int ch); /* 351 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharLen) (const Tcl_UniChar *uniStr); /* 352 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharNcmp) (const Tcl_UniChar *ucs, const Tcl_UniChar *uct, size_t numChars); /* 353 */
    char * (*tcl_UniCharToUtfDString) (const Tcl_UniChar *uniStr, int uniLength, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 354 */
    Tcl_UniChar * (*tcl_UtfToUniCharDString) (const char *src, int length, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 355 */
    Tcl_RegExp (*tcl_GetRegExpFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *patObj, int flags); /* 356 */
    void (*reserved357)(void);
    void (*tcl_FreeParse) (Tcl_Parse *parsePtr); /* 358 */
    void (*tcl_LogCommandInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *script, const char *command, int length); /* 359 */
    int (*tcl_ParseBraces) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, int numBytes, Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, int append, const char **termPtr); /* 360 */
................................................................................
    int (*tcl_ParseExpr) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, int numBytes, Tcl_Parse *parsePtr); /* 362 */
    int (*tcl_ParseQuotedString) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, int numBytes, Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, int append, const char **termPtr); /* 363 */
    int (*tcl_ParseVarName) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, int numBytes, Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, int append); /* 364 */
    char * (*tcl_GetCwd) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_DString *cwdPtr); /* 365 */
    int (*tcl_Chdir) (const char *dirName); /* 366 */
    int (*tcl_Access) (const char *path, int mode); /* 367 */
    int (*tcl_Stat) (const char *path, struct stat *bufPtr); /* 368 */
    int (*tcl_UtfNcmp) (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n); /* 369 */
    int (*tcl_UtfNcasecmp) (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n); /* 370 */
    int (*tcl_StringCaseMatch) (const char *str, const char *pattern, int nocase); /* 371 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharIsControl) (int ch); /* 372 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharIsGraph) (int ch); /* 373 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharIsPrint) (int ch); /* 374 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharIsPunct) (int ch); /* 375 */
    int (*tcl_RegExpExecObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_RegExp regexp, Tcl_Obj *textObj, int offset, int nmatches, int flags); /* 376 */
    void (*tcl_RegExpGetInfo) (Tcl_RegExp regexp, Tcl_RegExpInfo *infoPtr); /* 377 */
................................................................................
    int (*tcl_JoinThread) (Tcl_ThreadId threadId, int *result); /* 412 */
    int (*tcl_IsChannelShared) (Tcl_Channel channel); /* 413 */
    int (*tcl_IsChannelRegistered) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel channel); /* 414 */
    void (*tcl_CutChannel) (Tcl_Channel channel); /* 415 */
    void (*tcl_SpliceChannel) (Tcl_Channel channel); /* 416 */
    void (*tcl_ClearChannelHandlers) (Tcl_Channel channel); /* 417 */
    int (*tcl_IsChannelExisting) (const char *channelName); /* 418 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharNcasecmp) (const Tcl_UniChar *ucs, const Tcl_UniChar *uct, size_t numChars); /* 419 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharCaseMatch) (const Tcl_UniChar *uniStr, const Tcl_UniChar *uniPattern, int nocase); /* 420 */
    void (*reserved421)(void);
    void (*reserved422)(void);
    void (*tcl_InitCustomHashTable) (Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr, int keyType, const Tcl_HashKeyType *typePtr); /* 423 */
    void (*tcl_InitObjHashTable) (Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr); /* 424 */
    ClientData (*tcl_CommandTraceInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags, Tcl_CommandTraceProc *procPtr, ClientData prevClientData); /* 425 */
    int (*tcl_TraceCommand) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags, Tcl_CommandTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 426 */
................................................................................
    Tcl_Namespace * (*tcl_GetCurrentNamespace) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 512 */
    Tcl_Namespace * (*tcl_GetGlobalNamespace) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 513 */
    Tcl_Namespace * (*tcl_FindNamespace) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, Tcl_Namespace *contextNsPtr, int flags); /* 514 */
    Tcl_Command (*tcl_FindCommand) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, Tcl_Namespace *contextNsPtr, int flags); /* 515 */
    Tcl_Command (*tcl_GetCommandFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 516 */
    void (*tcl_GetCommandFullName) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Command command, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 517 */
    int (*tcl_FSEvalFileEx) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fileName, const char *encodingName); /* 518 */
    Tcl_ExitProc * (*tcl_SetExitProc) (TCL_NORETURN1 Tcl_ExitProc *proc); /* 519 */
    void (*tcl_LimitAddHandler) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int type, Tcl_LimitHandlerProc *handlerProc, ClientData clientData, Tcl_LimitHandlerDeleteProc *deleteProc); /* 520 */
    void (*tcl_LimitRemoveHandler) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int type, Tcl_LimitHandlerProc *handlerProc, ClientData clientData); /* 521 */
    int (*tcl_LimitReady) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 522 */
    int (*tcl_LimitCheck) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 523 */
    int (*tcl_LimitExceeded) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 524 */
    void (*tcl_LimitSetCommands) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int commandLimit); /* 525 */
    void (*tcl_LimitSetTime) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Time *timeLimitPtr); /* 526 */
................................................................................
/* Slot 22 is reserved */
#define Tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj) /* 23 */
#define Tcl_DbNewDoubleObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_DbNewDoubleObj) /* 24 */
#define Tcl_DbNewListObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_DbNewListObj) /* 25 */
#define Tcl_DbNewLongObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_DbNewLongObj) /* 26 */
#define Tcl_DbNewObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_DbNewObj) /* 27 */
#define Tcl_DbNewStringObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_DbNewStringObj) /* 28 */
#define Tcl_DuplicateObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_DuplicateObj) /* 29 */
#define TclFreeObj \
................................................................................
#define Tcl_ListObjReplace \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_ListObjReplace) /* 48 */
/* Slot 49 is reserved */
#define Tcl_NewByteArrayObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_NewByteArrayObj) /* 50 */
#define Tcl_NewDoubleObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_NewDoubleObj) /* 51 */
#define Tcl_NewIntObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_NewIntObj) /* 52 */
#define Tcl_NewListObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_NewListObj) /* 53 */
#define Tcl_NewLongObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_NewLongObj) /* 54 */

#define Tcl_NewObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_NewObj) /* 55 */
#define Tcl_NewStringObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_NewStringObj) /* 56 */
/* Slot 57 is reserved */
#define Tcl_SetByteArrayLength \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_SetByteArrayLength) /* 58 */
#define Tcl_SetByteArrayObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_SetByteArrayObj) /* 59 */
#define Tcl_SetDoubleObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_SetDoubleObj) /* 60 */
#define Tcl_SetIntObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_SetIntObj) /* 61 */
#define Tcl_SetListObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_SetListObj) /* 62 */
#define Tcl_SetLongObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_SetLongObj) /* 63 */

#define Tcl_SetObjLength \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_SetObjLength) /* 64 */
#define Tcl_SetStringObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_SetStringObj) /* 65 */
/* Slot 66 is reserved */
/* Slot 67 is reserved */
#define Tcl_AllowExceptions \
................................................................................
#define Tcl_Eof \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_Eof) /* 126 */
#define Tcl_ErrnoId \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_ErrnoId) /* 127 */
#define Tcl_ErrnoMsg \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_ErrnoMsg) /* 128 */
/* Slot 129 is reserved */
/* Slot 130 is reserved */

/* Slot 131 is reserved */
#define Tcl_EventuallyFree \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_EventuallyFree) /* 132 */
#define Tcl_Exit \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_Exit) /* 133 */
#define Tcl_ExposeCommand \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_ExposeCommand) /* 134 */
................................................................................
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_Write) /* 263 */
#define Tcl_WrongNumArgs \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_WrongNumArgs) /* 264 */
#define Tcl_DumpActiveMemory \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_DumpActiveMemory) /* 265 */
#define Tcl_ValidateAllMemory \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_ValidateAllMemory) /* 266 */
#define Tcl_AppendResultVA \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_AppendResultVA) /* 267 */
#define Tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA) /* 268 */
#define Tcl_HashStats \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_HashStats) /* 269 */
#define Tcl_ParseVar \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_ParseVar) /* 270 */
/* Slot 271 is reserved */
#define Tcl_PkgPresentEx \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_PkgPresentEx) /* 272 */
#define TclPkgProvide \
	(tclStubsPtr->tclPkgProvide) /* 273 */
/* Slot 274 is reserved */
#define Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_SetErrorCodeVA) /* 275 */
/* Slot 276 is reserved */
#define Tcl_WaitPid \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_WaitPid) /* 277 */
#define Tcl_PanicVA \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_PanicVA) /* 278 */
#define Tcl_GetVersion \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_GetVersion) /* 279 */
#define Tcl_InitMemory \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_InitMemory) /* 280 */
#define Tcl_StackChannel \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_StackChannel) /* 281 */
#define Tcl_UnstackChannel \
................................................................................
#define Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, name, version) \
	Tcl_PkgProvideEx(interp, name, version, NULL)
#define Tcl_PkgRequire(interp, name, version, exact) \
	Tcl_PkgRequireEx(interp, name, version, exact, NULL)
#define Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objPtr, tablePtr, msg, flags, indexPtr) \
	Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objPtr, tablePtr, \
	sizeof(char *), msg, flags, indexPtr)
#undef Tcl_NewBooleanObj
#define Tcl_NewBooleanObj(boolValue) \
	Tcl_NewLongObj((boolValue)!=0)
#define Tcl_DbNewBooleanObj(boolValue, file, line) \
	Tcl_DbNewLongObj((boolValue)!=0, file, line)
#undef Tcl_SetBooleanObj
#define Tcl_SetBooleanObj(objPtr, boolValue) \
	Tcl_SetLongObj(objPtr, (boolValue)!=0)
#define Tcl_SetVar(interp, varName, newValue, flags) \
	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, varName, NULL, newValue, flags)
#define Tcl_UnsetVar(interp, varName, flags) \
	Tcl_UnsetVar2(interp, varName, NULL, flags)
#define Tcl_GetVar(interp, varName, flags) \
	Tcl_GetVar2(interp, varName, NULL, flags)
#define Tcl_TraceVar(interp, varName, flags, proc, clientData) \
................................................................................
	do { \
	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp); \
   	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, *(statePtr)); \
   	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(*(statePtr)); \
	} while(0)
#define Tcl_DiscardResult(statePtr) \
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(*(statePtr))

#define Tcl_SetResult(interp, result, freeProc) \
	do { \
	    char *__result = result; \
	    Tcl_FreeProc *__freeProc = freeProc; \
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(__result, -1)); \
	    if (__result != NULL && __freeProc != NULL && __freeProc != TCL_VOLATILE) { \
		if (__freeProc == TCL_DYNAMIC) { \
................................................................................
/* On Cygwin64, long is 64-bit while on Win64 long is 32-bit. Therefore
 * we have to make sure that all stub entries on Cygwin64 follow the
 * Win64 signature. Cygwin64 stubbed extensions cannot use those stub
 * entries any more, they should use the 64-bit alternatives where
 * possible. Tcl 9 must find a better solution, but that cannot be done
 * without introducing a binary incompatibility.
 */
#	undef Tcl_DbNewLongObj
#	undef Tcl_GetLongFromObj
#	undef Tcl_NewLongObj
#	undef Tcl_SetLongObj
#	undef Tcl_ExprLong
#	undef Tcl_ExprLongObj
#	define Tcl_DbNewLongObj ((Tcl_Obj*(*)(long,const char*,int))Tcl_DbNewWideIntObj)
#	define Tcl_GetLongFromObj ((int(*)(Tcl_Interp*,Tcl_Obj*,long*))Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj)
#	define Tcl_NewLongObj ((Tcl_Obj*(*)(long))Tcl_NewWideIntObj)
#	define Tcl_SetLongObj ((void(*)(Tcl_Obj*,long))Tcl_SetWideIntObj)
#	define Tcl_ExprLong TclExprLong
	static inline int TclExprLong(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *string, long *ptr){
	    int intValue;
	    int result = tclStubsPtr->tcl_ExprLong(interp, string, (long *)&intValue);
	    if (result == TCL_OK) *ptr = (long)intValue;
	    return result;
	}
................................................................................
	    int result = tclStubsPtr->tcl_ExprLongObj(interp, obj, (long *)&intValue);
	    if (result == TCL_OK) *ptr = (long)intValue;
	    return result;
	}
#   endif
#endif







/*
 * Deprecated Tcl procedures:
 */

#ifndef TCL_NO_DEPRECATED
#   define Tcl_EvalObj(interp, objPtr) \
	    Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, objPtr, 0)
#   define Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(interp, objPtr) \
	    Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, objPtr, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL)
#endif /* !TCL_NO_DEPRECATED */

#endif /* _TCLDECLS */

				int length, const char *file, int line);
/* 24 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewDoubleObj(double doubleValue,
				const char *file, int line);
/* 25 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv,
				const char *file, int line);
/* Slot 26 is reserved */


/* 27 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewObj(const char *file, int line);
/* 28 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DbNewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length,
				const char *file, int line);
/* 29 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_DuplicateObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
................................................................................
				int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
/* Slot 49 is reserved */
/* 50 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(const unsigned char *bytes,
				int length);
/* 51 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewDoubleObj(double doubleValue);
/* Slot 52 is reserved */

/* 53 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewListObj(int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);


/* Slot 54 is reserved */
/* 55 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewObj(void);
/* 56 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Obj *	Tcl_NewStringObj(const char *bytes, int length);
/* Slot 57 is reserved */
/* 58 */
TCLAPI unsigned char *	Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length);
/* 59 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_SetByteArrayObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
				const unsigned char *bytes, int length);
/* 60 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_SetDoubleObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double doubleValue);
/* Slot 61 is reserved */

/* 62 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_SetListObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int objc,
				Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
/* Slot 63 is reserved */

/* 64 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_SetObjLength(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length);
/* 65 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *bytes,
				int length);
/* Slot 66 is reserved */
/* Slot 67 is reserved */
................................................................................
/* 126 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_Eof(Tcl_Channel chan);
/* 127 */
TCLAPI const char *	Tcl_ErrnoId(void);
/* 128 */
TCLAPI const char *	Tcl_ErrnoMsg(int err);
/* Slot 129 is reserved */
/* 130 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_EvalFile(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *fileName);
/* Slot 131 is reserved */
/* 132 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_EventuallyFree(ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc);
/* 133 */
TCLAPI TCL_NORETURN void Tcl_Exit(int status);
/* 134 */
................................................................................
/* 264 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
				Tcl_Obj *const objv[], const char *message);
/* 265 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_DumpActiveMemory(const char *fileName);
/* 266 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_ValidateAllMemory(const char *file, int line);
/* Slot 267 is reserved */
/* Slot 268 is reserved */




/* 269 */
TCLAPI char *		Tcl_HashStats(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr);
/* 270 */
TCLAPI const char *	Tcl_ParseVar(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start,
				const char **termPtr);
/* Slot 271 is reserved */
/* 272 */
................................................................................
TCLAPI const char *	Tcl_PkgPresentEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				const char *name, const char *version,
				int exact, void *clientDataPtr);
/* 273 */
TCLAPI int		TclPkgProvide(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
				const char *version);
/* Slot 274 is reserved */
/* Slot 275 is reserved */


/* Slot 276 is reserved */
/* 277 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Pid		Tcl_WaitPid(Tcl_Pid pid, int *statPtr, int options);
/* Slot 278 is reserved */

/* 279 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_GetVersion(int *major, int *minor,
				int *patchLevel, int *type);
/* 280 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_InitMemory(Tcl_Interp *interp);
/* 281 */
TCLAPI Tcl_Channel	Tcl_StackChannel(Tcl_Interp *interp,
................................................................................
TCLAPI int		Tcl_UniCharIsUpper(int ch);
/* 351 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_UniCharIsWordChar(int ch);
/* 352 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_UniCharLen(const Tcl_UniChar *uniStr);
/* 353 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_UniCharNcmp(const Tcl_UniChar *ucs,
				const Tcl_UniChar *uct,
				unsigned long numChars);
/* 354 */
TCLAPI char *		Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString(const Tcl_UniChar *uniStr,
				int uniLength, Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
/* 355 */
TCLAPI Tcl_UniChar *	Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString(const char *src, int length,
				Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
/* 356 */
................................................................................
/* 366 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_Chdir(const char *dirName);
/* 367 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_Access(const char *path, int mode);
/* 368 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_Stat(const char *path, struct stat *bufPtr);
/* 369 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_UtfNcmp(const char *s1, const char *s2,
				unsigned long n);
/* 370 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_UtfNcasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2,

				unsigned long n);
/* 371 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_StringCaseMatch(const char *str,
				const char *pattern, int nocase);
/* 372 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_UniCharIsControl(int ch);
/* 373 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_UniCharIsGraph(int ch);
................................................................................
TCLAPI void		Tcl_SpliceChannel(Tcl_Channel channel);
/* 417 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_ClearChannelHandlers(Tcl_Channel channel);
/* 418 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_IsChannelExisting(const char *channelName);
/* 419 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_UniCharNcasecmp(const Tcl_UniChar *ucs,
				const Tcl_UniChar *uct,
				unsigned long numChars);
/* 420 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_UniCharCaseMatch(const Tcl_UniChar *uniStr,
				const Tcl_UniChar *uniPattern, int nocase);
/* Slot 421 is reserved */
/* Slot 422 is reserved */
/* 423 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_InitCustomHashTable(Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr,
................................................................................
/* 517 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_GetCommandFullName(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Command command, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 518 */
TCLAPI int		Tcl_FSEvalFileEx(Tcl_Interp *interp,
				Tcl_Obj *fileName, const char *encodingName);
/* 519 */
TCLAPI Tcl_ExitProc *	Tcl_SetExitProc(TCL_NORETURN Tcl_ExitProc *proc);
/* 520 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_LimitAddHandler(Tcl_Interp *interp, int type,
				Tcl_LimitHandlerProc *handlerProc,
				ClientData clientData,
				Tcl_LimitHandlerDeleteProc *deleteProc);
/* 521 */
TCLAPI void		Tcl_LimitRemoveHandler(Tcl_Interp *interp, int type,
................................................................................

typedef struct TclStubs {
    int magic;
    const TclStubHooks *hooks;

    int (*tcl_PkgProvideEx) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const char *version, const void *clientData); /* 0 */
    const char * (*tcl_PkgRequireEx) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const char *version, int exact, void *clientDataPtr); /* 1 */
    TCL_NORETURN void (*tcl_Panic) (const char *format, ...) TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(1, 2); /* 2 */
    char * (*tcl_Alloc) (unsigned int size); /* 3 */
    void (*tcl_Free) (char *ptr); /* 4 */
    char * (*tcl_Realloc) (char *ptr, unsigned int size); /* 5 */
    char * (*tcl_DbCkalloc) (unsigned int size, const char *file, int line); /* 6 */
    void (*tcl_DbCkfree) (char *ptr, const char *file, int line); /* 7 */
    char * (*tcl_DbCkrealloc) (char *ptr, unsigned int size, const char *file, int line); /* 8 */
#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TCL) /* UNIX */
................................................................................
    void (*tcl_DbDecrRefCount) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line); /* 19 */
    void (*tcl_DbIncrRefCount) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line); /* 20 */
    int (*tcl_DbIsShared) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *file, int line); /* 21 */
    void (*reserved22)(void);
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj) (const unsigned char *bytes, int length, const char *file, int line); /* 23 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewDoubleObj) (double doubleValue, const char *file, int line); /* 24 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewListObj) (int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv, const char *file, int line); /* 25 */
    void (*reserved26)(void);
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewObj) (const char *file, int line); /* 27 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DbNewStringObj) (const char *bytes, int length, const char *file, int line); /* 28 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_DuplicateObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 29 */
    void (*tclFreeObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 30 */
    int (*tcl_GetBoolean) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *src, int *boolPtr); /* 31 */
    int (*tcl_GetBooleanFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *boolPtr); /* 32 */
    unsigned char * (*tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *lengthPtr); /* 33 */
................................................................................
    int (*tcl_ListObjGetElements) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int *objcPtr, Tcl_Obj ***objvPtr); /* 45 */
    int (*tcl_ListObjIndex) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int index, Tcl_Obj **objPtrPtr); /* 46 */
    int (*tcl_ListObjLength) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int *lengthPtr); /* 47 */
    int (*tcl_ListObjReplace) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *listPtr, int first, int count, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 48 */
    void (*reserved49)(void);
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewByteArrayObj) (const unsigned char *bytes, int length); /* 50 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewDoubleObj) (double doubleValue); /* 51 */
    void (*reserved52)(void);
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewListObj) (int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 53 */
    void (*reserved54)(void);
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewObj) (void); /* 55 */
    Tcl_Obj * (*tcl_NewStringObj) (const char *bytes, int length); /* 56 */
    void (*reserved57)(void);
    unsigned char * (*tcl_SetByteArrayLength) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length); /* 58 */
    void (*tcl_SetByteArrayObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const unsigned char *bytes, int length); /* 59 */
    void (*tcl_SetDoubleObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double doubleValue); /* 60 */
    void (*reserved61)(void);
    void (*tcl_SetListObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* 62 */
    void (*reserved63)(void);
    void (*tcl_SetObjLength) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int length); /* 64 */
    void (*tcl_SetStringObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr, const char *bytes, int length); /* 65 */
    void (*reserved66)(void);
    void (*reserved67)(void);
    void (*tcl_AllowExceptions) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 68 */
    void (*tcl_AppendElement) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *element); /* 69 */
    void (*tcl_AppendResult) (Tcl_Interp *interp, ...); /* 70 */
................................................................................
    void (*tcl_DStringResult) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 123 */
    void (*tcl_DStringSetLength) (Tcl_DString *dsPtr, int length); /* 124 */
    void (*tcl_DStringStartSublist) (Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 125 */
    int (*tcl_Eof) (Tcl_Channel chan); /* 126 */
    const char * (*tcl_ErrnoId) (void); /* 127 */
    const char * (*tcl_ErrnoMsg) (int err); /* 128 */
    void (*reserved129)(void);
    int (*tcl_EvalFile) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *fileName); /* 130 */
    void (*reserved131)(void);
    void (*tcl_EventuallyFree) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc); /* 132 */
    TCL_NORETURN void (*tcl_Exit) (int status); /* 133 */
    int (*tcl_ExposeCommand) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *hiddenCmdToken, const char *cmdName); /* 134 */
    int (*tcl_ExprBoolean) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *expr, int *ptr); /* 135 */
    int (*tcl_ExprBooleanObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *ptr); /* 136 */
    int (*tcl_ExprDouble) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *expr, double *ptr); /* 137 */
    int (*tcl_ExprDoubleObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *ptr); /* 138 */
    int (*tcl_ExprLong) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *expr, long *ptr); /* 139 */
    int (*tcl_ExprLongObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, long *ptr); /* 140 */
................................................................................
    void (*reserved260)(void);
    void (*reserved261)(void);
    ClientData (*tcl_VarTraceInfo2) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *part1, const char *part2, int flags, Tcl_VarTraceProc *procPtr, ClientData prevClientData); /* 262 */
    int (*tcl_Write) (Tcl_Channel chan, const char *s, int slen); /* 263 */
    void (*tcl_WrongNumArgs) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], const char *message); /* 264 */
    int (*tcl_DumpActiveMemory) (const char *fileName); /* 265 */
    void (*tcl_ValidateAllMemory) (const char *file, int line); /* 266 */
    void (*reserved267)(void);
    void (*reserved268)(void);
    char * (*tcl_HashStats) (Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr); /* 269 */
    const char * (*tcl_ParseVar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, const char **termPtr); /* 270 */
    void (*reserved271)(void);
    const char * (*tcl_PkgPresentEx) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const char *version, int exact, void *clientDataPtr); /* 272 */
    int (*tclPkgProvide) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, const char *version); /* 273 */
    void (*reserved274)(void);
    void (*reserved275)(void);
    void (*reserved276)(void);
    Tcl_Pid (*tcl_WaitPid) (Tcl_Pid pid, int *statPtr, int options); /* 277 */
    void (*reserved278)(void);
    void (*tcl_GetVersion) (int *major, int *minor, int *patchLevel, int *type); /* 279 */
    void (*tcl_InitMemory) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 280 */
    Tcl_Channel (*tcl_StackChannel) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const Tcl_ChannelType *typePtr, ClientData instanceData, int mask, Tcl_Channel prevChan); /* 281 */
    int (*tcl_UnstackChannel) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan); /* 282 */
    Tcl_Channel (*tcl_GetStackedChannel) (Tcl_Channel chan); /* 283 */
    void (*tcl_SetMainLoop) (Tcl_MainLoopProc *proc); /* 284 */
    void (*reserved285)(void);
................................................................................
    Tcl_Encoding (*tcl_CreateEncoding) (const Tcl_EncodingType *typePtr); /* 287 */
    void (*tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler) (Tcl_ExitProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 288 */
    void (*tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler) (Tcl_ExitProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 289 */
    void (*reserved290)(void);
    int (*tcl_EvalEx) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *script, int numBytes, int flags); /* 291 */
    int (*tcl_EvalObjv) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags); /* 292 */
    int (*tcl_EvalObjEx) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int flags); /* 293 */
    TCL_NORETURN void (*tcl_ExitThread) (int status); /* 294 */
    int (*tcl_ExternalToUtf) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Encoding encoding, const char *src, int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr, char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr, int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr); /* 295 */
    char * (*tcl_ExternalToUtfDString) (Tcl_Encoding encoding, const char *src, int srcLen, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 296 */
    void (*tcl_FinalizeThread) (void); /* 297 */
    void (*tcl_FinalizeNotifier) (ClientData clientData); /* 298 */
    void (*tcl_FreeEncoding) (Tcl_Encoding encoding); /* 299 */
    Tcl_ThreadId (*tcl_GetCurrentThread) (void); /* 300 */
    Tcl_Encoding (*tcl_GetEncoding) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name); /* 301 */
................................................................................
    int (*tcl_UniCharIsAlpha) (int ch); /* 346 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharIsDigit) (int ch); /* 347 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharIsLower) (int ch); /* 348 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharIsSpace) (int ch); /* 349 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharIsUpper) (int ch); /* 350 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharIsWordChar) (int ch); /* 351 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharLen) (const Tcl_UniChar *uniStr); /* 352 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharNcmp) (const Tcl_UniChar *ucs, const Tcl_UniChar *uct, unsigned long numChars); /* 353 */
    char * (*tcl_UniCharToUtfDString) (const Tcl_UniChar *uniStr, int uniLength, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 354 */
    Tcl_UniChar * (*tcl_UtfToUniCharDString) (const char *src, int length, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 355 */
    Tcl_RegExp (*tcl_GetRegExpFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *patObj, int flags); /* 356 */
    void (*reserved357)(void);
    void (*tcl_FreeParse) (Tcl_Parse *parsePtr); /* 358 */
    void (*tcl_LogCommandInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *script, const char *command, int length); /* 359 */
    int (*tcl_ParseBraces) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, int numBytes, Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, int append, const char **termPtr); /* 360 */
................................................................................
    int (*tcl_ParseExpr) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, int numBytes, Tcl_Parse *parsePtr); /* 362 */
    int (*tcl_ParseQuotedString) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, int numBytes, Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, int append, const char **termPtr); /* 363 */
    int (*tcl_ParseVarName) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *start, int numBytes, Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, int append); /* 364 */
    char * (*tcl_GetCwd) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_DString *cwdPtr); /* 365 */
    int (*tcl_Chdir) (const char *dirName); /* 366 */
    int (*tcl_Access) (const char *path, int mode); /* 367 */
    int (*tcl_Stat) (const char *path, struct stat *bufPtr); /* 368 */
    int (*tcl_UtfNcmp) (const char *s1, const char *s2, unsigned long n); /* 369 */
    int (*tcl_UtfNcasecmp) (const char *s1, const char *s2, unsigned long n); /* 370 */
    int (*tcl_StringCaseMatch) (const char *str, const char *pattern, int nocase); /* 371 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharIsControl) (int ch); /* 372 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharIsGraph) (int ch); /* 373 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharIsPrint) (int ch); /* 374 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharIsPunct) (int ch); /* 375 */
    int (*tcl_RegExpExecObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_RegExp regexp, Tcl_Obj *textObj, int offset, int nmatches, int flags); /* 376 */
    void (*tcl_RegExpGetInfo) (Tcl_RegExp regexp, Tcl_RegExpInfo *infoPtr); /* 377 */
................................................................................
    int (*tcl_JoinThread) (Tcl_ThreadId threadId, int *result); /* 412 */
    int (*tcl_IsChannelShared) (Tcl_Channel channel); /* 413 */
    int (*tcl_IsChannelRegistered) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel channel); /* 414 */
    void (*tcl_CutChannel) (Tcl_Channel channel); /* 415 */
    void (*tcl_SpliceChannel) (Tcl_Channel channel); /* 416 */
    void (*tcl_ClearChannelHandlers) (Tcl_Channel channel); /* 417 */
    int (*tcl_IsChannelExisting) (const char *channelName); /* 418 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharNcasecmp) (const Tcl_UniChar *ucs, const Tcl_UniChar *uct, unsigned long numChars); /* 419 */
    int (*tcl_UniCharCaseMatch) (const Tcl_UniChar *uniStr, const Tcl_UniChar *uniPattern, int nocase); /* 420 */
    void (*reserved421)(void);
    void (*reserved422)(void);
    void (*tcl_InitCustomHashTable) (Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr, int keyType, const Tcl_HashKeyType *typePtr); /* 423 */
    void (*tcl_InitObjHashTable) (Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr); /* 424 */
    ClientData (*tcl_CommandTraceInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags, Tcl_CommandTraceProc *procPtr, ClientData prevClientData); /* 425 */
    int (*tcl_TraceCommand) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *varName, int flags, Tcl_CommandTraceProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 426 */
................................................................................
    Tcl_Namespace * (*tcl_GetCurrentNamespace) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 512 */
    Tcl_Namespace * (*tcl_GetGlobalNamespace) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 513 */
    Tcl_Namespace * (*tcl_FindNamespace) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, Tcl_Namespace *contextNsPtr, int flags); /* 514 */
    Tcl_Command (*tcl_FindCommand) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, Tcl_Namespace *contextNsPtr, int flags); /* 515 */
    Tcl_Command (*tcl_GetCommandFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 516 */
    void (*tcl_GetCommandFullName) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Command command, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 517 */
    int (*tcl_FSEvalFileEx) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fileName, const char *encodingName); /* 518 */
    Tcl_ExitProc * (*tcl_SetExitProc) (TCL_NORETURN Tcl_ExitProc *proc); /* 519 */
    void (*tcl_LimitAddHandler) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int type, Tcl_LimitHandlerProc *handlerProc, ClientData clientData, Tcl_LimitHandlerDeleteProc *deleteProc); /* 520 */
    void (*tcl_LimitRemoveHandler) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int type, Tcl_LimitHandlerProc *handlerProc, ClientData clientData); /* 521 */
    int (*tcl_LimitReady) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 522 */
    int (*tcl_LimitCheck) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 523 */
    int (*tcl_LimitExceeded) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 524 */
    void (*tcl_LimitSetCommands) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int commandLimit); /* 525 */
    void (*tcl_LimitSetTime) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Time *timeLimitPtr); /* 526 */
................................................................................
/* Slot 22 is reserved */
#define Tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_DbNewByteArrayObj) /* 23 */
#define Tcl_DbNewDoubleObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_DbNewDoubleObj) /* 24 */
#define Tcl_DbNewListObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_DbNewListObj) /* 25 */
/* Slot 26 is reserved */

#define Tcl_DbNewObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_DbNewObj) /* 27 */
#define Tcl_DbNewStringObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_DbNewStringObj) /* 28 */
#define Tcl_DuplicateObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_DuplicateObj) /* 29 */
#define TclFreeObj \
................................................................................
#define Tcl_ListObjReplace \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_ListObjReplace) /* 48 */
/* Slot 49 is reserved */
#define Tcl_NewByteArrayObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_NewByteArrayObj) /* 50 */
#define Tcl_NewDoubleObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_NewDoubleObj) /* 51 */
/* Slot 52 is reserved */

#define Tcl_NewListObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_NewListObj) /* 53 */


/* Slot 54 is reserved */
#define Tcl_NewObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_NewObj) /* 55 */
#define Tcl_NewStringObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_NewStringObj) /* 56 */
/* Slot 57 is reserved */
#define Tcl_SetByteArrayLength \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_SetByteArrayLength) /* 58 */
#define Tcl_SetByteArrayObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_SetByteArrayObj) /* 59 */
#define Tcl_SetDoubleObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_SetDoubleObj) /* 60 */
/* Slot 61 is reserved */

#define Tcl_SetListObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_SetListObj) /* 62 */


/* Slot 63 is reserved */
#define Tcl_SetObjLength \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_SetObjLength) /* 64 */
#define Tcl_SetStringObj \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_SetStringObj) /* 65 */
/* Slot 66 is reserved */
/* Slot 67 is reserved */
#define Tcl_AllowExceptions \
................................................................................
#define Tcl_Eof \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_Eof) /* 126 */
#define Tcl_ErrnoId \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_ErrnoId) /* 127 */
#define Tcl_ErrnoMsg \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_ErrnoMsg) /* 128 */
/* Slot 129 is reserved */
#define Tcl_EvalFile \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_EvalFile) /* 130 */
/* Slot 131 is reserved */
#define Tcl_EventuallyFree \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_EventuallyFree) /* 132 */
#define Tcl_Exit \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_Exit) /* 133 */
#define Tcl_ExposeCommand \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_ExposeCommand) /* 134 */
................................................................................
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_Write) /* 263 */
#define Tcl_WrongNumArgs \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_WrongNumArgs) /* 264 */
#define Tcl_DumpActiveMemory \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_DumpActiveMemory) /* 265 */
#define Tcl_ValidateAllMemory \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_ValidateAllMemory) /* 266 */
/* Slot 267 is reserved */
/* Slot 268 is reserved */


#define Tcl_HashStats \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_HashStats) /* 269 */
#define Tcl_ParseVar \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_ParseVar) /* 270 */
/* Slot 271 is reserved */
#define Tcl_PkgPresentEx \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_PkgPresentEx) /* 272 */
#define TclPkgProvide \
	(tclStubsPtr->tclPkgProvide) /* 273 */
/* Slot 274 is reserved */
/* Slot 275 is reserved */

/* Slot 276 is reserved */
#define Tcl_WaitPid \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_WaitPid) /* 277 */
/* Slot 278 is reserved */

#define Tcl_GetVersion \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_GetVersion) /* 279 */
#define Tcl_InitMemory \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_InitMemory) /* 280 */
#define Tcl_StackChannel \
	(tclStubsPtr->tcl_StackChannel) /* 281 */
#define Tcl_UnstackChannel \
................................................................................
#define Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, name, version) \
	Tcl_PkgProvideEx(interp, name, version, NULL)
#define Tcl_PkgRequire(interp, name, version, exact) \
	Tcl_PkgRequireEx(interp, name, version, exact, NULL)
#define Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objPtr, tablePtr, msg, flags, indexPtr) \
	Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objPtr, tablePtr, \
	sizeof(char *), msg, flags, indexPtr)

#define Tcl_NewBooleanObj(boolValue) \
	Tcl_NewWideIntObj((boolValue)!=0)
#define Tcl_DbNewBooleanObj(boolValue, file, line) \
	Tcl_DbNewWideIntObj((boolValue)!=0, file, line)

#define Tcl_SetBooleanObj(objPtr, boolValue) \
	Tcl_SetWideIntObj(objPtr, (boolValue)!=0)
#define Tcl_SetVar(interp, varName, newValue, flags) \
	Tcl_SetVar2(interp, varName, NULL, newValue, flags)
#define Tcl_UnsetVar(interp, varName, flags) \
	Tcl_UnsetVar2(interp, varName, NULL, flags)
#define Tcl_GetVar(interp, varName, flags) \
	Tcl_GetVar2(interp, varName, NULL, flags)
#define Tcl_TraceVar(interp, varName, flags, proc, clientData) \
................................................................................
	do { \
	    Tcl_ResetResult(interp); \
   	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, *(statePtr)); \
   	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(*(statePtr)); \
	} while(0)
#define Tcl_DiscardResult(statePtr) \
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(*(statePtr))
#undef Tcl_SetResult
#define Tcl_SetResult(interp, result, freeProc) \
	do { \
	    char *__result = result; \
	    Tcl_FreeProc *__freeProc = freeProc; \
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(__result, -1)); \
	    if (__result != NULL && __freeProc != NULL && __freeProc != TCL_VOLATILE) { \
		if (__freeProc == TCL_DYNAMIC) { \
................................................................................
/* On Cygwin64, long is 64-bit while on Win64 long is 32-bit. Therefore
 * we have to make sure that all stub entries on Cygwin64 follow the
 * Win64 signature. Cygwin64 stubbed extensions cannot use those stub
 * entries any more, they should use the 64-bit alternatives where
 * possible. Tcl 9 must find a better solution, but that cannot be done
 * without introducing a binary incompatibility.
 */

#	undef Tcl_GetLongFromObj


#	undef Tcl_ExprLong
#	undef Tcl_ExprLongObj

#	define Tcl_GetLongFromObj ((int(*)(Tcl_Interp*,Tcl_Obj*,long*))Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj)


#	define Tcl_ExprLong TclExprLong
	static inline int TclExprLong(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *string, long *ptr){
	    int intValue;
	    int result = tclStubsPtr->tcl_ExprLong(interp, string, (long *)&intValue);
	    if (result == TCL_OK) *ptr = (long)intValue;
	    return result;
	}
................................................................................
	    int result = tclStubsPtr->tcl_ExprLongObj(interp, obj, (long *)&intValue);
	    if (result == TCL_OK) *ptr = (long)intValue;
	    return result;
	}
#   endif
#endif

#define Tcl_NewLongObj(value) Tcl_NewWideIntObj((long)(value))
#define Tcl_NewIntObj(value) Tcl_NewWideIntObj((int)(value))
#define Tcl_DbNewLongObj(value, file, line) Tcl_DbNewWideIntObj((long)(value), file, line)
#define Tcl_SetIntObj(objPtr, value)	Tcl_SetWideIntObj(objPtr, (int)(value))
#define Tcl_SetLongObj(objPtr, value)	Tcl_SetWideIntObj(objPtr, (long)(value))

/*
 * Deprecated Tcl procedures:
 */


#define Tcl_EvalObj(interp, objPtr) \
    Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, objPtr, 0)
#define Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(interp, objPtr) \
    Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, objPtr, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL)


#endif /* _TCLDECLS */

				 * dictionary. Used for doing traversal of the
				 * entries in the order that they are
				 * created. */
    ChainEntry *entryChainTail;	/* Other end of linked list of all entries in
				 * the dictionary. Used for doing traversal of
				 * the entries in the order that they are
				 * created. */
    unsigned int epoch;		/* Epoch counter */
    size_t refCount;		/* Reference counter (see above) */
    Tcl_Obj *chain;		/* Linked list used for invalidating the
				 * string representations of updated nested
				 * dictionaries. */
} Dict;

/*
................................................................................
{
    ChainEntry *cPtr;

    /*
     * If the searh is done; we do no work.
     */

    if (searchPtr->epoch == 0) {
	*donePtr = 1;
	return;
    }

    /*
     * Bail out if the dictionary has had any elements added, modified or
     * removed. This *shouldn't* happen, but...
................................................................................

void
Tcl_DictObjDone(
    Tcl_DictSearch *searchPtr)		/* Pointer to a hash search context. */
{
    Dict *dict;

    if (searchPtr->epoch != 0) {
	searchPtr->epoch = 0;
	dict = (Dict *) searchPtr->dictionaryPtr;
	if (dict->refCount-- <= 1) {
	    DeleteDict(dict);
	}
    }
}
................................................................................
	Tcl_Obj *appendObjPtr = NULL;

	if (objc > 3) {
	    /* Something to append */

	    if (objc == 4) {
		appendObjPtr = objv[3];
	    } else if (TCL_OK != TclStringCatObjv(interp, /* inPlace */ 1,


		    objc-3, objv+3, &appendObjPtr)) {
		return TCL_ERROR;

	    }
	}

	if (appendObjPtr == NULL) {
	    /* => (objc == 3) => (valuePtr == NULL) */
	    TclNewObj(valuePtr);
	} else if (valuePtr == NULL) {

				 * dictionary. Used for doing traversal of the
				 * entries in the order that they are
				 * created. */
    ChainEntry *entryChainTail;	/* Other end of linked list of all entries in
				 * the dictionary. Used for doing traversal of
				 * the entries in the order that they are
				 * created. */
    unsigned int epoch; 	/* Epoch counter */
    size_t refCount;		/* Reference counter (see above) */
    Tcl_Obj *chain;		/* Linked list used for invalidating the
				 * string representations of updated nested
				 * dictionaries. */
} Dict;

/*
................................................................................
{
    ChainEntry *cPtr;

    /*
     * If the searh is done; we do no work.
     */

    if (!searchPtr->epoch) {
	*donePtr = 1;
	return;
    }

    /*
     * Bail out if the dictionary has had any elements added, modified or
     * removed. This *shouldn't* happen, but...
................................................................................

void
Tcl_DictObjDone(
    Tcl_DictSearch *searchPtr)		/* Pointer to a hash search context. */
{
    Dict *dict;

    if (searchPtr->epoch) {
	searchPtr->epoch = 0;
	dict = (Dict *) searchPtr->dictionaryPtr;
	if (dict->refCount-- <= 1) {
	    DeleteDict(dict);
	}
    }
}
................................................................................
	Tcl_Obj *appendObjPtr = NULL;

	if (objc > 3) {
	    /* Something to append */

	    if (objc == 4) {
		appendObjPtr = objv[3];
	    } else {
		appendObjPtr = TclStringCat(interp, objc-3, objv+3,
			TCL_STRING_IN_PLACE);
		if (appendObjPtr == NULL) {
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
	    }
	}

	if (appendObjPtr == NULL) {
	    /* => (objc == 3) => (valuePtr == NULL) */
	    TclNewObj(valuePtr);
	} else if (valuePtr == NULL) {

    unsigned char *codeDeltaNext, *codeLengthNext;
    unsigned char *srcDeltaNext, *srcLengthNext;
    int codeOffset, codeLen, srcOffset, srcLen, numCmds, delta, i, line;
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) *codePtr->interpHandle;
    Tcl_Obj *bufferObj, *fileObj;

    TclNewObj(bufferObj);
    if (codePtr->refCount <= 0) {
	return bufferObj;	/* Already freed. */
    }

    codeStart = codePtr->codeStart;
    codeLimit = codeStart + codePtr->numCodeBytes;
    numCmds = codePtr->numCommands;

    /*
     * Print header lines describing the ByteCode.
     */

    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(bufferObj,
	    "ByteCode %p, refCt %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "u, epoch %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "u, interp %p (epoch %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "u)\n",
	    codePtr, (Tcl_WideInt)codePtr->refCount, (Tcl_WideInt)codePtr->compileEpoch, iPtr,
	    (Tcl_WideInt)iPtr->compileEpoch);
    Tcl_AppendToObj(bufferObj, "  Source ", -1);
    PrintSourceToObj(bufferObj, codePtr->source,
	    TclMin(codePtr->numSrcBytes, 55));
    GetLocationInformation(codePtr->procPtr, &fileObj, &line);
    if (line > -1 && fileObj != NULL) {
	Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(bufferObj, "\n  File \"%s\" Line %d",
		Tcl_GetString(fileObj), line);
................................................................................
     */

    if (codePtr->procPtr != NULL) {
	Proc *procPtr = codePtr->procPtr;
	int numCompiledLocals = procPtr->numCompiledLocals;

	Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(bufferObj,
		"  Proc %p, refCt %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "u, args %d, compiled locals %d\n",
		procPtr, (Tcl_WideUInt) procPtr->refCount, procPtr->numArgs,
		numCompiledLocals);
	if (numCompiledLocals > 0) {
	    CompiledLocal *localPtr = procPtr->firstLocalPtr;

	    for (i = 0;  i < numCompiledLocals;  i++) {
		Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(bufferObj,
			"      slot %d%s%s%s%s%s%s", i,
................................................................................
Tcl_Obj *
TclNewInstNameObj(
    unsigned char inst)
{
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();

    objPtr->typePtr = &tclInstNameType;
    objPtr->internalRep.longValue = (long) inst;
    objPtr->bytes = NULL;

    return objPtr;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
UpdateStringOfInstName(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
    int inst = objPtr->internalRep.longValue;
    char *s, buf[20];
    int len;

    if ((inst < 0) || (inst > LAST_INST_OPCODE)) {
        sprintf(buf, "inst_%d", inst);
        s = buf;
    } else {
        s = (char *) tclInstructionTable[objPtr->internalRep.longValue].name;
    }
    len = strlen(s);

    objPtr->bytes = ckalloc(len + 1);
    memcpy(objPtr->bytes, s, len + 1);
    objPtr->length = len;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------

    unsigned char *codeDeltaNext, *codeLengthNext;
    unsigned char *srcDeltaNext, *srcLengthNext;
    int codeOffset, codeLen, srcOffset, srcLen, numCmds, delta, i, line;
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) *codePtr->interpHandle;
    Tcl_Obj *bufferObj, *fileObj;

    TclNewObj(bufferObj);
    if (!codePtr->refCount) {
	return bufferObj;	/* Already freed. */
    }

    codeStart = codePtr->codeStart;
    codeLimit = codeStart + codePtr->numCodeBytes;
    numCmds = codePtr->numCommands;

    /*
     * Print header lines describing the ByteCode.
     */

    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(bufferObj,
	    "ByteCode %p, refCt %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d, epoch %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d, interp %p (epoch %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d)\n",
	    codePtr, (Tcl_WideUInt)codePtr->refCount, (Tcl_WideUInt)codePtr->compileEpoch, iPtr,
		(Tcl_WideUInt)iPtr->compileEpoch);
    Tcl_AppendToObj(bufferObj, "  Source ", -1);
    PrintSourceToObj(bufferObj, codePtr->source,
	    TclMin(codePtr->numSrcBytes, 55));
    GetLocationInformation(codePtr->procPtr, &fileObj, &line);
    if (line > -1 && fileObj != NULL) {
	Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(bufferObj, "\n  File \"%s\" Line %d",
		Tcl_GetString(fileObj), line);
................................................................................
     */

    if (codePtr->procPtr != NULL) {
	Proc *procPtr = codePtr->procPtr;
	int numCompiledLocals = procPtr->numCompiledLocals;

	Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(bufferObj,
		"  Proc %p, refCt %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "d, args %d, compiled locals %d\n",
		procPtr, (Tcl_WideUInt)procPtr->refCount, procPtr->numArgs,
		numCompiledLocals);
	if (numCompiledLocals > 0) {
	    CompiledLocal *localPtr = procPtr->firstLocalPtr;

	    for (i = 0;  i < numCompiledLocals;  i++) {
		Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(bufferObj,
			"      slot %d%s%s%s%s%s%s", i,
................................................................................
Tcl_Obj *
TclNewInstNameObj(
    unsigned char inst)
{
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();

    objPtr->typePtr = &tclInstNameType;
    objPtr->internalRep.wideValue = (long) inst;
    objPtr->bytes = NULL;

    return objPtr;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
UpdateStringOfInstName(
    Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
    size_t len, inst = (size_t)objPtr->internalRep.wideValue;
    char *s, buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE + 5];


    if (inst >= LAST_INST_OPCODE) {
        sprintf(buf, "inst_%" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "d", inst);
        s = buf;
    } else {
        s = (char *) tclInstructionTable[inst].name;
    }
    len = strlen(s);
    /* assert (len < UINT_MAX) */
    objPtr->bytes = ckalloc(len + 1);
    memcpy(objPtr->bytes, s, len + 1);
    objPtr->length = len;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------

TclNamespaceEnsembleCmd(
    ClientData dummy,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tcl_Namespace *namespacePtr;
    Namespace *nsPtr = (Namespace *) TclGetCurrentNamespace(interp);

    Tcl_Command token;
    Tcl_DictSearch search;
    Tcl_Obj *listObj;

    int index, done;

    if (nsPtr == NULL || nsPtr->flags & NS_DYING) {
	if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp)) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "tried to manipulate ensemble of deleted namespace",
		    -1));
................................................................................
	if (objc & 1) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?option value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	objv += 2;
	objc -= 2;

	/*
	 * Work out what name to use for the command to create. If supplied,
	 * it is either fully specified or relative to the current namespace.
	 * If not supplied, it is exactly the name of the current namespace.
	 */

	name = nsPtr->fullName;


	/*
	 * Parse the option list, applying type checks as we go. Note that we
	 * are not incrementing any reference counts in the objects at this
	 * stage, so the presence of an option multiple times won't cause any
	 * memory leaks.
	 */
................................................................................
		    Tcl_DecrRefCount(mapObj);
		}
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    switch ((enum EnsCreateOpts) index) {
	    case CRT_CMD:
		name = TclGetString(objv[1]);

		continue;
	    case CRT_SUBCMDS:
		if (TclListObjLength(interp, objv[1], &len) != TCL_OK) {
		    if (allocatedMapFlag) {
			Tcl_DecrRefCount(mapObj);
		    }
		    return TCL_ERROR;
................................................................................
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
		unknownObj = (len > 0 ? objv[1] : NULL);
		continue;
	    }
	}





	/*
	 * Create the ensemble. Note that this might delete another ensemble
	 * linked to the same namespace, so we must be careful. However, we
	 * should be OK because we only link the namespace into the list once
	 * we've created it (and after any deletions have occurred.)
	 */

	token = Tcl_CreateEnsemble(interp, name, NULL,

		(permitPrefix ? TCL_ENSEMBLE_PREFIX : 0));
	Tcl_SetEnsembleSubcommandList(interp, token, subcmdObj);
	Tcl_SetEnsembleMappingDict(interp, token, mapObj);
	Tcl_SetEnsembleUnknownHandler(interp, token, unknownObj);
	Tcl_SetEnsembleParameterList(interp, token, paramObj);

	/*
	 * Tricky! Must ensure that the result is not shared (command delete
................................................................................
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_CreateEnsemble --
 *
 *	Create a simple ensemble attached to the given namespace.
 *
 * Results:
 *	The token for the command created.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	The ensemble is created and marked for compilation.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Command
Tcl_CreateEnsemble(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    const char *name,
    Tcl_Namespace *namespacePtr,
    int flags)
{
    Namespace *nsPtr = (Namespace *) namespacePtr;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(EnsembleConfig));
    Tcl_Obj *nameObj = NULL;

    if (nsPtr == NULL) {
	nsPtr = (Namespace *) TclGetCurrentNamespace(interp);
    }

    /*
     * Make the name of the ensemble into a fully qualified name. This might
     * allocate a temporary object.
     */

    if (!(name[0] == ':' && name[1] == ':')) {
	nameObj = NewNsObj((Tcl_Namespace *) nsPtr);
	if (nsPtr->parentPtr == NULL) {
	    Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(nameObj, name, NULL);
	} else {
	    Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(nameObj, "::", name, NULL);
	}
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(nameObj);
	name = TclGetString(nameObj);
    }

    ensemblePtr->nsPtr = nsPtr;
    ensemblePtr->epoch = 0;
    Tcl_InitHashTable(&ensemblePtr->subcommandTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
    ensemblePtr->subcommandArrayPtr = NULL;
    ensemblePtr->subcmdList = NULL;
    ensemblePtr->subcommandDict = NULL;
    ensemblePtr->flags = flags;
    ensemblePtr->numParameters = 0;
    ensemblePtr->parameterList = NULL;
    ensemblePtr->unknownHandler = NULL;
    ensemblePtr->token = Tcl_NRCreateCommand(interp, name,
	    NsEnsembleImplementationCmd, NsEnsembleImplementationCmdNR,
	    ensemblePtr, DeleteEnsembleConfig);
    ensemblePtr->next = (EnsembleConfig *) nsPtr->ensembles;
    nsPtr->ensembles = (Tcl_Ensemble *) ensemblePtr;

    /*
     * Trigger an eventual recomputation of the ensemble command set. Note
     * that this is slightly tricky, as it means that we are not actually
     * counting the number of namespace export actions, but it is the simplest
................................................................................

    nsPtr->exportLookupEpoch++;

    if (flags & ENSEMBLE_COMPILE) {
	((Command *) ensemblePtr->token)->compileProc = TclCompileEnsemble;
    }

    if (nameObj != NULL) {
	TclDecrRefCount(nameObj);
    }
    return ensemblePtr->token;
}











































 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_SetEnsembleSubcommandList --
 *
 *	Set the subcommand list for a particular ensemble.
................................................................................

	/*
	 * Hand off to the target command.
	 */

	TclSkipTailcall(interp);
	Tcl_ListObjGetElements(NULL, copyPtr, &copyObjc, &copyObjv);

	return TclNREvalObjv(interp, copyObjc, copyObjv, TCL_EVAL_INVOKE, NULL);
    }

  unknownOrAmbiguousSubcommand:
    /*
     * Have not been able to match the subcommand asked for with a real
     * subcommand that we export. See whether a handler has been registered
................................................................................
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Memory is (eventually) deallocated.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */





















static void
DeleteEnsembleConfig(
    ClientData clientData)
{
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr = clientData;
    Namespace *nsPtr = ensemblePtr->nsPtr;
    Tcl_HashSearch search;
    Tcl_HashEntry *hEnt;

    /*
     * Unlink from the ensemble chain if it has not been marked as having been
     * done already.
     */

    if (ensemblePtr->next != ensemblePtr) {
................................................................................

    ensemblePtr->flags |= ENSEMBLE_DEAD;

    /*
     * Kill the pointer-containing fields.
     */

    if (ensemblePtr->subcommandTable.numEntries != 0) {
	ckfree(ensemblePtr->subcommandArrayPtr);
    }
    hEnt = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&ensemblePtr->subcommandTable, &search);
    while (hEnt != NULL) {
	Tcl_Obj *prefixObj = Tcl_GetHashValue(hEnt);

	Tcl_DecrRefCount(prefixObj);
	hEnt = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
    }
    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&ensemblePtr->subcommandTable);
    if (ensemblePtr->subcmdList != NULL) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(ensemblePtr->subcmdList);
    }
    if (ensemblePtr->parameterList != NULL) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(ensemblePtr->parameterList);
    }
    if (ensemblePtr->subcommandDict != NULL) {
................................................................................
static void
BuildEnsembleConfig(
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr)
{
    Tcl_HashSearch search;	/* Used for scanning the set of commands in
				 * the namespace that backs up this
				 * ensemble. */
    size_t i, j;
    int isNew;
    Tcl_HashTable *hash = &ensemblePtr->subcommandTable;
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;



    if (hash->numEntries != 0) {
	/*

	 * Remove pre-existing table.
	 */


	ckfree(ensemblePtr->subcommandArrayPtr);
	hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(hash, &search);
	while (hPtr != NULL) {
	    Tcl_Obj *prefixObj = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);


	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(prefixObj);
	    hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);

	}
	Tcl_DeleteHashTable(hash);
	Tcl_InitHashTable(hash, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
    }


    /*

     * See if we've got an export list. If so, we will only export exactly
     * those commands, which may be either implemented by the prefix in the
     * subcommandDict or mapped directly onto the namespace's commands.
     */



    if (ensemblePtr->subcmdList != NULL) {
	Tcl_Obj **subcmdv, *target, *cmdObj, *cmdPrefixObj;
	int subcmdc;


	TclListObjGetElements(NULL, ensemblePtr->subcmdList, &subcmdc,
		&subcmdv);
	for (i=0 ; (int)i<subcmdc ; i++) {
	    const char *name = TclGetString(subcmdv[i]);


	    hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(hash, name, &isNew);






	    /*
	     * Skip non-unique cases.
	     */







	    if (!isNew) {
		continue;
	    }

	    /*
	     * Look in our dictionary (if present) for the command.
	     */

	    if (ensemblePtr->subcommandDict != NULL) {


		Tcl_DictObjGet(NULL, ensemblePtr->subcommandDict, subcmdv[i],
			&target);
		if (target != NULL) {
		    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, target);
		    Tcl_IncrRefCount(target);
		    continue;
		}
	    }

	    /*

	     * Not there, so map onto the namespace. Note in this case that we
	     * do not guarantee that the command is actually there; that is
	     * the programmer's responsibility (or [::unknown] of course).
	     */

	    cmdObj = NewNsObj((Tcl_Namespace *) ensemblePtr->nsPtr);
	    if (ensemblePtr->nsPtr->parentPtr != NULL) {
		Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(cmdObj, "::", name, NULL);
	    } else {
		Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(cmdObj, name, NULL);
	    }
	    cmdPrefixObj = Tcl_NewListObj(1, &cmdObj);
	    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, cmdPrefixObj);
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdPrefixObj);
	}

    } else if (ensemblePtr->subcommandDict != NULL) {
	/*
	 * No subcmd list, but we do have a mapping dictionary so we should
	 * use the keys of that. Convert the dictionary's contents into the
	 * form required for the ensemble's internal hashtable.
	 */

	Tcl_DictSearch dictSearch;
	Tcl_Obj *keyObj, *valueObj;
	int done;

	Tcl_DictObjFirst(NULL, ensemblePtr->subcommandDict, &dictSearch,
		&keyObj, &valueObj, &done);
	while (!done) {
	    const char *name = TclGetString(keyObj);

	    hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(hash, name, &isNew);
	    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, valueObj);
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(valueObj);
	    Tcl_DictObjNext(&dictSearch, &keyObj, &valueObj, &done);
	}
    } else {
	/*
	 * Discover what commands are actually exported by the namespace.
	 * What we have is an array of patterns and a hash table whose keys
	 * are the command names exported by the namespace (the contents do
	 * not matter here.) We must find out what commands are actually
	 * exported by filtering each command in the namespace against each of
................................................................................
	 * matching.
	 */

	hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&ensemblePtr->nsPtr->cmdTable, &search);
	for (; hPtr!= NULL ; hPtr=Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
	    char *nsCmdName =		/* Name of command in namespace. */
		    Tcl_GetHashKey(&ensemblePtr->nsPtr->cmdTable, hPtr);


	    for (i=0 ; i<ensemblePtr->nsPtr->numExportPatterns ; i++) {
		if (Tcl_StringMatch(nsCmdName,
			ensemblePtr->nsPtr->exportArrayPtr[i])) {
		    hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(hash, nsCmdName, &isNew);

		    /*
		     * Remember, hash entries have a full reference to the
		     * substituted part of the command (as a list) as their
		     * content!
		     */

		    if (isNew) {
			Tcl_Obj *cmdObj, *cmdPrefixObj;

			TclNewObj(cmdObj);
			Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(cmdObj,
				ensemblePtr->nsPtr->fullName,
				(ensemblePtr->nsPtr->parentPtr ? "::" : ""),
				nsCmdName, NULL);
			cmdPrefixObj = Tcl_NewListObj(1, &cmdObj);
			Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, cmdPrefixObj);
			Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdPrefixObj);
		    }
		    break;
		}
	    }

TclNamespaceEnsembleCmd(
    ClientData dummy,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tcl_Namespace *namespacePtr;
    Namespace *nsPtr = (Namespace *) TclGetCurrentNamespace(interp), *cxtPtr,
    	*foundNsPtr, *altFoundNsPtr, *actualCxtPtr;
    Tcl_Command token;
    Tcl_DictSearch search;
    Tcl_Obj *listObj;
    const char *simpleName;
    int index, done;

    if (nsPtr == NULL || nsPtr->flags & NS_DYING) {
	if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp)) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "tried to manipulate ensemble of deleted namespace",
		    -1));
................................................................................
	if (objc & 1) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?option value ...?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	objv += 2;
	objc -= 2;







	name = nsPtr->name;
	cxtPtr = (Namespace *) nsPtr->parentPtr;

	/*
	 * Parse the option list, applying type checks as we go. Note that we
	 * are not incrementing any reference counts in the objects at this
	 * stage, so the presence of an option multiple times won't cause any
	 * memory leaks.
	 */
................................................................................
		    Tcl_DecrRefCount(mapObj);
		}
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    switch ((enum EnsCreateOpts) index) {
	    case CRT_CMD:
		name = TclGetString(objv[1]);
		cxtPtr = nsPtr;
		continue;
	    case CRT_SUBCMDS:
		if (TclListObjLength(interp, objv[1], &len) != TCL_OK) {
		    if (allocatedMapFlag) {
			Tcl_DecrRefCount(mapObj);
		    }
		    return TCL_ERROR;
................................................................................
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
		unknownObj = (len > 0 ? objv[1] : NULL);
		continue;
	    }
	}

	TclGetNamespaceForQualName(interp, name, cxtPtr,
	TCL_CREATE_NS_IF_UNKNOWN, &foundNsPtr, &altFoundNsPtr, &actualCxtPtr,
	&simpleName);

	/*
	 * Create the ensemble. Note that this might delete another ensemble
	 * linked to the same namespace, so we must be careful. However, we
	 * should be OK because we only link the namespace into the list once
	 * we've created it (and after any deletions have occurred.)
	 */

	token = TclCreateEnsembleInNs(interp, simpleName,
	     (Tcl_Namespace *) foundNsPtr, (Tcl_Namespace *) nsPtr,
	     (permitPrefix ? TCL_ENSEMBLE_PREFIX : 0));
	Tcl_SetEnsembleSubcommandList(interp, token, subcmdObj);
	Tcl_SetEnsembleMappingDict(interp, token, mapObj);
	Tcl_SetEnsembleUnknownHandler(interp, token, unknownObj);
	Tcl_SetEnsembleParameterList(interp, token, paramObj);

	/*
	 * Tricky! Must ensure that the result is not shared (command delete
................................................................................
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TclCreateEnsembleInNs --
 *
 *	Like Tcl_CreateEnsemble, but additionally accepts as an argument the
 *	name of the namespace to create the command in.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Command
TclCreateEnsembleInNs(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,

    const char *name,   /* Simple name of command to create (no */
			/* namespace components). */
    Tcl_Namespace       /* Name of namespace to create the command in. */
    *nameNsPtr,
    Tcl_Namespace
    *ensembleNsPtr,	/* Name of the namespace for the ensemble. */
    int flags
    )
{
    Namespace *nsPtr = (Namespace *) ensembleNsPtr;
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr;
    Tcl_Command token;

    ensemblePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(EnsembleConfig));
    token = TclNRCreateCommandInNs(interp, name,
	(Tcl_Namespace *) nameNsPtr, NsEnsembleImplementationCmd,
	NsEnsembleImplementationCmdNR, ensemblePtr, DeleteEnsembleConfig);
    if (token == NULL) {
	ckfree(ensemblePtr);
	return NULL;










    }

    ensemblePtr->nsPtr = nsPtr;
    ensemblePtr->epoch = 0;
    Tcl_InitHashTable(&ensemblePtr->subcommandTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
    ensemblePtr->subcommandArrayPtr = NULL;
    ensemblePtr->subcmdList = NULL;
    ensemblePtr->subcommandDict = NULL;
    ensemblePtr->flags = flags;
    ensemblePtr->numParameters = 0;
    ensemblePtr->parameterList = NULL;
    ensemblePtr->unknownHandler = NULL;
    ensemblePtr->token = token;


    ensemblePtr->next = (EnsembleConfig *) nsPtr->ensembles;
    nsPtr->ensembles = (Tcl_Ensemble *) ensemblePtr;

    /*
     * Trigger an eventual recomputation of the ensemble command set. Note
     * that this is slightly tricky, as it means that we are not actually
     * counting the number of namespace export actions, but it is the simplest
................................................................................

    nsPtr->exportLookupEpoch++;

    if (flags & ENSEMBLE_COMPILE) {
	((Command *) ensemblePtr->token)->compileProc = TclCompileEnsemble;
    }

    return ensemblePtr->token;



}


/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_CreateEnsemble
 *
 *	Create a simple ensemble attached to the given namespace.
 *
 *	Deprecated by TclCreateEnsembleInNs.
 *
 * Value
 *
 *	The token for the command created.
 *
 * Effect
 *	The ensemble is created and marked for compilation.
 *
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_Command
Tcl_CreateEnsemble(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    const char *name,
    Tcl_Namespace *namespacePtr,
    int flags)
{
    Namespace *nsPtr = (Namespace *)namespacePtr, *foundNsPtr, *altNsPtr,
    	*actualNsPtr;
    const char * simpleName;

    if (nsPtr == NULL) {
	nsPtr = (Namespace *) TclGetCurrentNamespace(interp);
    }

    TclGetNamespaceForQualName(interp, name, nsPtr, TCL_CREATE_NS_IF_UNKNOWN,
    	&foundNsPtr, &altNsPtr, &actualNsPtr, &simpleName);
    return TclCreateEnsembleInNs(interp, simpleName,
	(Tcl_Namespace *) foundNsPtr, (Tcl_Namespace *) nsPtr, flags);
}

 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tcl_SetEnsembleSubcommandList --
 *
 *	Set the subcommand list for a particular ensemble.
................................................................................

	/*
	 * Hand off to the target command.
	 */

	TclSkipTailcall(interp);
	Tcl_ListObjGetElements(NULL, copyPtr, &copyObjc, &copyObjv);
	((Interp *)interp)->lookupNsPtr = ensemblePtr->nsPtr;
	return TclNREvalObjv(interp, copyObjc, copyObjv, TCL_EVAL_INVOKE, NULL);
    }

  unknownOrAmbiguousSubcommand:
    /*
     * Have not been able to match the subcommand asked for with a real
     * subcommand that we export. See whether a handler has been registered
................................................................................
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Memory is (eventually) deallocated.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
ClearTable(
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr)
{
    Tcl_HashTable *hash = &ensemblePtr->subcommandTable;

    if (hash->numEntries != 0) {
        Tcl_HashSearch search;
        Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(hash, &search);

        while (hPtr != NULL) {
            Tcl_Obj *prefixObj = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
            Tcl_DecrRefCount(prefixObj);
            hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
        }
        ckfree((char *) ensemblePtr->subcommandArrayPtr);
    }
    Tcl_DeleteHashTable(hash);
}

static void
DeleteEnsembleConfig(
    ClientData clientData)
{
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr = clientData;
    Namespace *nsPtr = ensemblePtr->nsPtr;



    /*
     * Unlink from the ensemble chain if it has not been marked as having been
     * done already.
     */

    if (ensemblePtr->next != ensemblePtr) {
................................................................................

    ensemblePtr->flags |= ENSEMBLE_DEAD;

    /*
     * Kill the pointer-containing fields.
     */


    ClearTable(ensemblePtr);









    if (ensemblePtr->subcmdList != NULL) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(ensemblePtr->subcmdList);
    }
    if (ensemblePtr->parameterList != NULL) {
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(ensemblePtr->parameterList);
    }
    if (ensemblePtr->subcommandDict != NULL) {
................................................................................
static void
BuildEnsembleConfig(
    EnsembleConfig *ensemblePtr)
{
    Tcl_HashSearch search;	/* Used for scanning the set of commands in
				 * the namespace that backs up this
				 * ensemble. */
    int i, j, isNew;

    Tcl_HashTable *hash = &ensemblePtr->subcommandTable;
    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *mapDict = ensemblePtr->subcommandDict;
    Tcl_Obj *subList = ensemblePtr->subcmdList;



    ClearTable(ensemblePtr);
    Tcl_InitHashTable(hash, TCL_STRING_KEYS);


    if (subList) {
        int subc;
        Tcl_Obj **subv, *target, *cmdObj, *cmdPrefixObj;
        char *name;


        /*
         * There is a list of exactly what subcommands go in the table.
         * Must determine the target for each.
         */


        Tcl_ListObjGetElements(NULL, subList, &subc, &subv);


        if (subList == mapDict) {
            /*
             * Strange case where explicit list of subcommands is same value
             * as the dict mapping to targets.


             */

            for (i = 0; i < subc; i += 2) {
                name = TclGetString(subv[i]);
                hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(hash, name, &isNew);
                if (!isNew) {
                    cmdObj = (Tcl_Obj *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
                    Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdObj);
                }

                Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, subv[i+1]);
                Tcl_IncrRefCount(subv[i+1]);


                name = TclGetString(subv[i+1]);
                hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(hash, name, &isNew);
                if (isNew) {
                    cmdObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(name, -1);
                    cmdPrefixObj = Tcl_NewListObj(1, &cmdObj);
                    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, cmdPrefixObj);
                    Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdPrefixObj);
                }



            }
        } else {
            /* Usual case where we can freely act on the list and dict. */

            for (i = 0; i < subc; i++) {
                name = TclGetString(subv[i]);
                hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(hash, name, &isNew);
                if (!isNew) {
                    continue;
                }






                /* Lookup target in the dictionary */
                if (mapDict) {
                    Tcl_DictObjGet(NULL, mapDict, subv[i], &target);
                    if (target) {

                        Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, target);
                        Tcl_IncrRefCount(target);
                        continue;
                    }
                }

                /*
                 * target was not in the dictionary so map onto the namespace.
                 * Note in this case that we do not guarantee that the
                 * command is actually there; that is the programmer's
                 * responsibility (or [::unknown] of course).
                 */





                cmdObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(name, -1);

                cmdPrefixObj = Tcl_NewListObj(1, &cmdObj);
                Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, cmdPrefixObj);
                Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdPrefixObj);
            }
        }
    } else if (mapDict) {
        /*
         * No subcmd list, but we do have a mapping dictionary so we should
         * use the keys of that. Convert the dictionary's contents into the
         * form required for the ensemble's internal hashtable.
         */

        Tcl_DictSearch dictSearch;
        Tcl_Obj *keyObj, *valueObj;
        int done;

        Tcl_DictObjFirst(NULL, ensemblePtr->subcommandDict, &dictSearch,
                &keyObj, &valueObj, &done);
        while (!done) {
            char *name = TclGetString(keyObj);

            hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(hash, name, &isNew);
            Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, valueObj);
            Tcl_IncrRefCount(valueObj);
            Tcl_DictObjNext(&dictSearch, &keyObj, &valueObj, &done);
        }
    } else {
	/*
	 * Discover what commands are actually exported by the namespace.
	 * What we have is an array of patterns and a hash table whose keys
	 * are the command names exported by the namespace (the contents do
	 * not matter here.) We must find out what commands are actually
	 * exported by filtering each command in the namespace against each of
................................................................................
	 * matching.
	 */

	hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&ensemblePtr->nsPtr->cmdTable, &search);
	for (; hPtr!= NULL ; hPtr=Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
	    char *nsCmdName =		/* Name of command in namespace. */
		    Tcl_GetHashKey(&ensemblePtr->nsPtr->cmdTable, hPtr);
	    size_t k;

	    for (k=0 ; k<ensemblePtr->nsPtr->numExportPatterns ; k++) {
		if (Tcl_StringMatch(nsCmdName,
			ensemblePtr->nsPtr->exportArrayPtr[k])) {
		    hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(hash, nsCmdName, &isNew);

		    /*
		     * Remember, hash entries have a full reference to the
		     * substituted part of the command (as a list) as their
		     * content!
		     */

		    if (isNew) {
			Tcl_Obj *cmdObj, *cmdPrefixObj;





			cmdObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(nsCmdName, -1);
			cmdPrefixObj = Tcl_NewListObj(1, &cmdObj);
			Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, cmdPrefixObj);
			Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdPrefixObj);
		    }
		    break;
		}
	    }

	    if (p2 == NULL) {
		/*
		 * This condition seem to happen occasionally under some
		 * versions of Solaris, or when encoding accidents swallow the
		 * '='; ignore the entry.
		 */


		continue;
	    }
	    p2++;
	    p2[-1] = '\0';
	    obj1 = Tcl_NewStringObj(p1, -1);
	    obj2 = Tcl_NewStringObj(p2, -1);
	    Tcl_DStringFree(&envString);

	    if (p2 == NULL) {
		/*
		 * This condition seem to happen occasionally under some
		 * versions of Solaris, or when encoding accidents swallow the
		 * '='; ignore the entry.
		 */

		Tcl_DStringFree(&envString);
		continue;
	    }
	    p2++;
	    p2[-1] = '\0';
	    obj1 = Tcl_NewStringObj(p1, -1);
	    obj2 = Tcl_NewStringObj(p2, -1);
	    Tcl_DStringFree(&envString);

/*
 * This variable contains the application wide exit handler. It will be called
 * by Tcl_Exit instead of the C-runtime exit if this variable is set to a
 * non-NULL value.
 */

static TCL_NORETURN1 Tcl_ExitProc *appExitPtr = NULL;

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    ExitHandler *firstExitPtr;	/* First in list of all exit handlers for this
				 * thread. */
    int inExit;			/* True when this thread is exiting. This is
				 * used as a hack to decide to close the
				 * standard channels. */
................................................................................
 *	Sets the application wide exit handler to the specified value.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_ExitProc *
Tcl_SetExitProc(
    TCL_NORETURN1 Tcl_ExitProc *proc)		/* New exit handler for app or NULL */
{
    Tcl_ExitProc *prevExitProc;

    /*
     * Swap the old exit proc for the new one, saving the old one for our
     * return value.
     */
................................................................................
 */

TCL_NORETURN void
Tcl_Exit(
    int status)			/* Exit status for application; typically 0
				 * for normal return, 1 for error return. */
{
    TCL_NORETURN1 Tcl_ExitProc *currentAppExitPtr;

    Tcl_MutexLock(&exitMutex);
    currentAppExitPtr = appExitPtr;
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&exitMutex);

    if (currentAppExitPtr) {
	/*
................................................................................
	    TclpInitPlatform();		/* Creates signal handler(s) */
	    TclInitDoubleConversion();	/* Initializes constants for
					 * converting to/from double. */
	    TclInitObjSubsystem();	/* Register obj types, create
					 * mutexes. */
	    TclInitIOSubsystem();	/* Inits a tsd key (noop). */
	    TclInitEncodingSubsystem();	/* Process wide encoding init. */
	    TclpSetInterfaces();
	    TclInitNamespaceSubsystem();/* Register ns obj type (mutexed). */
	    subsystemsInitialized = 1;
	}
	TclpInitUnlock();
    }
    TclInitNotifier();
}
................................................................................
    int flags = 0;		/* Initialized to avoid compiler warning. */
    static const char *const updateOptions[] = {"idletasks", NULL};
    enum updateOptions {OPT_IDLETASKS};

    if (objc == 1) {
	flags = TCL_ALL_EVENTS|TCL_DONT_WAIT;
    } else if (objc == 2) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], updateOptions,
		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &optionIndex) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch ((enum updateOptions) optionIndex) {
	case OPT_IDLETASKS:
	    flags = TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS|TCL_IDLE_EVENTS|TCL_DONT_WAIT;
	    break;
	default:

/*
 * This variable contains the application wide exit handler. It will be called
 * by Tcl_Exit instead of the C-runtime exit if this variable is set to a
 * non-NULL value.
 */

static TCL_NORETURN Tcl_ExitProc *appExitPtr = NULL;

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    ExitHandler *firstExitPtr;	/* First in list of all exit handlers for this
				 * thread. */
    int inExit;			/* True when this thread is exiting. This is
				 * used as a hack to decide to close the
				 * standard channels. */
................................................................................
 *	Sets the application wide exit handler to the specified value.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Tcl_ExitProc *
Tcl_SetExitProc(
    TCL_NORETURN Tcl_ExitProc *proc)		/* New exit handler for app or NULL */
{
    Tcl_ExitProc *prevExitProc;

    /*
     * Swap the old exit proc for the new one, saving the old one for our
     * return value.
     */
................................................................................
 */

TCL_NORETURN void
Tcl_Exit(
    int status)			/* Exit status for application; typically 0
				 * for normal return, 1 for error return. */
{
    TCL_NORETURN Tcl_ExitProc *currentAppExitPtr;

    Tcl_MutexLock(&exitMutex);
    currentAppExitPtr = appExitPtr;
    Tcl_MutexUnlock(&exitMutex);

    if (currentAppExitPtr) {
	/*
................................................................................
	    TclpInitPlatform();		/* Creates signal handler(s) */
	    TclInitDoubleConversion();	/* Initializes constants for
					 * converting to/from double. */
	    TclInitObjSubsystem();	/* Register obj types, create
					 * mutexes. */
	    TclInitIOSubsystem();	/* Inits a tsd key (noop). */
	    TclInitEncodingSubsystem();	/* Process wide encoding init. */

	    TclInitNamespaceSubsystem();/* Register ns obj type (mutexed). */
	    subsystemsInitialized = 1;
	}
	TclpInitUnlock();
    }
    TclInitNotifier();
}
................................................................................
    int flags = 0;		/* Initialized to avoid compiler warning. */
    static const char *const updateOptions[] = {"idletasks", NULL};
    enum updateOptions {OPT_IDLETASKS};

    if (objc == 1) {
	flags = TCL_ALL_EVENTS|TCL_DONT_WAIT;
    } else if (objc == 2) {
	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], updateOptions,
		"option", 0, &optionIndex) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	switch ((enum updateOptions) optionIndex) {
	case OPT_IDLETASKS:
	    flags = TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS|TCL_IDLE_EVENTS|TCL_DONT_WAIT;
	    break;
	default:

 * expression opcodes (e.g., INST_LOR) in tclCompile.h.
 *
 * Does not include the string for INST_EXPON (and beyond), as that is
 * disjoint for backward-compatibility reasons.
 */

static const char *const operatorStrings[] = {
    "||", "&&", "|", "^", "&", "==", "!=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", "<<", ">>",
    "+", "-", "*", "/", "%", "+", "-", "~", "!"
};

/*
 * Mapping from Tcl result codes to strings; used for error and debugging
 * messages.
 */
................................................................................
 */

#ifdef TCL_COMPILE_STATS
long		tclObjsAlloced = 0;
long		tclObjsFreed = 0;
long		tclObjsShared[TCL_MAX_SHARED_OBJ_STATS] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
#endif /* TCL_COMPILE_STATS */

 
/*
 * NR_TEBC
 * Helpers for NR - non-recursive calls to TEBC
 * Minimal data required to fully reconstruct the execution state.
 */

................................................................................
	    NEXT_INST_F(((condition)? TclGetInt1AtPtr(pc+1) : 2), (cleanup), 0); \
	case INST_JUMP_FALSE4:						\
	    NEXT_INST_F(((condition)? 5 : TclGetInt4AtPtr(pc+1)), (cleanup), 0); \
	case INST_JUMP_TRUE4:						\
	    NEXT_INST_F(((condition)? TclGetInt4AtPtr(pc+1) : 5), (cleanup), 0); \
	default:							\
	    if ((condition) < 0) {					\
		TclNewLongObj(objResultPtr, -1);				\
	    } else {							\
		objResultPtr = TCONST((condition) > 0);			\
	    }								\
	    NEXT_INST_F(0, (cleanup), 1);				\
	}								\
    } while (0)
#define JUMP_PEEPHOLE_V(condition, pcAdjustment, cleanup) \
................................................................................
	    NEXT_INST_V(((condition)? TclGetInt1AtPtr(pc+1) : 2), (cleanup), 0); \
	case INST_JUMP_FALSE4:						\
	    NEXT_INST_V(((condition)? 5 : TclGetInt4AtPtr(pc+1)), (cleanup), 0); \
	case INST_JUMP_TRUE4:						\
	    NEXT_INST_V(((condition)? TclGetInt4AtPtr(pc+1) : 5), (cleanup), 0); \
	default:							\
	    if ((condition) < 0) {					\
		TclNewLongObj(objResultPtr, -1);				\
	    } else {							\
		objResultPtr = TCONST((condition) > 0);			\
	    }								\
	    NEXT_INST_V(0, (cleanup), 1);				\
	}								\
    } while (0)
#else /* TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG */
#define JUMP_PEEPHOLE_F(condition, pcAdjustment, cleanup) \
    do{									\
	if ((condition) < 0) {						\
	    TclNewLongObj(objResultPtr, -1);				\
	} else {							\
	    objResultPtr = TCONST((condition) > 0);			\
	}								\
	NEXT_INST_F((pcAdjustment), (cleanup), 1);			\
    } while (0)
#define JUMP_PEEPHOLE_V(condition, pcAdjustment, cleanup) \
    do{									\
	if ((condition) < 0) {						\
	    TclNewLongObj(objResultPtr, -1);				\
	} else {							\
	    objResultPtr = TCONST((condition) > 0);			\
	}								\
	NEXT_INST_V((pcAdjustment), (cleanup), 1);			\
    } while (0)
#endif

................................................................................
 * Macro used in this file to save a function call for common uses of
 * TclGetNumberFromObj(). The ANSI C "prototype" is:
 *
 * MODULE_SCOPE int GetNumberFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
 *			ClientData *ptrPtr, int *tPtr);
 */

#ifdef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
#define GetNumberFromObj(interp, objPtr, ptrPtr, tPtr) \
    (((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclIntType)					\
	?	(*(tPtr) = TCL_NUMBER_LONG,				\
		*(ptrPtr) = (ClientData)				\
		    (&((objPtr)->internalRep.longValue)), TCL_OK) :	\
    ((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclDoubleType)				\
	?	(((TclIsNaN((objPtr)->internalRep.doubleValue))		\
		    ?	(*(tPtr) = TCL_NUMBER_NAN)			\
		    :	(*(tPtr) = TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE)),			\
		*(ptrPtr) = (ClientData)				\
		    (&((objPtr)->internalRep.doubleValue)), TCL_OK) :	\
    (((objPtr)->bytes != NULL) && ((objPtr)->length == 0))		\
	? TCL_ERROR :			\
    TclGetNumberFromObj((interp), (objPtr), (ptrPtr), (tPtr)))
#else /* !TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG */
#define GetNumberFromObj(interp, objPtr, ptrPtr, tPtr) \
    (((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclIntType)					\
	?	(*(tPtr) = TCL_NUMBER_LONG,				\
		*(ptrPtr) = (ClientData)				\
		    (&((objPtr)->internalRep.longValue)), TCL_OK) :	\
    ((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclWideIntType)				\
	?	(*(tPtr) = TCL_NUMBER_WIDE,				\
		*(ptrPtr) = (ClientData)				\
		    (&((objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue)), TCL_OK) :	\
    ((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclDoubleType)				\
	?	(((TclIsNaN((objPtr)->internalRep.doubleValue))		\
		    ?	(*(tPtr) = TCL_NUMBER_NAN)			\
		    :	(*(tPtr) = TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE)),			\
		*(ptrPtr) = (ClientData)				\
		    (&((objPtr)->internalRep.doubleValue)), TCL_OK) :	\
    (((objPtr)->bytes != NULL) && ((objPtr)->length == 0))		\
	? TCL_ERROR :			\
    TclGetNumberFromObj((interp), (objPtr), (ptrPtr), (tPtr)))
#endif /* TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG */

/*
 * Macro used in this file to save a function call for common uses of
 * Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(). The ANSI C "prototype" is:
 *
 * MODULE_SCOPE int TclGetBooleanFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
 *			int *boolPtr);
 */

#define TclGetBooleanFromObj(interp, objPtr, boolPtr) \
    ((((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclIntType)				\
	|| ((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclBooleanType))			\
	? (*(boolPtr) = ((objPtr)->internalRep.longValue!=0), TCL_OK)	\
	: Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj((interp), (objPtr), (boolPtr)))

/*
 * Macro used to make the check for type overflow more mnemonic. This works by
 * comparing sign bits; the rest of the word is irrelevant. The ANSI C
 * "prototype" (where inttype_t is any integer type) is:
 *
 * MODULE_SCOPE int Overflowing(inttype_t a, inttype_t b, inttype_t sum);
................................................................................
#define IsErroringNaNType(type)		0
#endif
 
/*
 * Auxiliary tables used to compute powers of small integers.
 */

#if (LONG_MAX == 0x7fffffff)

/*
 * Maximum base that, when raised to powers 2, 3, ... 8, fits in a 32-bit
 * signed integer.
 */

static const long MaxBase32[] = {46340, 1290, 215, 73, 35, 21, 14};
static const size_t MaxBase32Size = sizeof(MaxBase32)/sizeof(long);

/*
 * Table giving 3, 4, ..., 11, raised to the powers 9, 10, ..., as far as they
 * fit in a 32-bit signed integer. Exp32Index[i] gives the starting index of
 * powers of i+3; Exp32Value[i] gives the corresponding powers.
 */

static const unsigned short Exp32Index[] = {
    0, 11, 18, 23, 26, 29, 31, 32, 33
};
static const size_t Exp32IndexSize =
    sizeof(Exp32Index) / sizeof(unsigned short);
static const long Exp32Value[] = {
    19683, 59049, 177147, 531441, 1594323, 4782969, 14348907, 43046721,
    129140163, 387420489, 1162261467, 262144, 1048576, 4194304,
    16777216, 67108864, 268435456, 1073741824, 1953125, 9765625,
    48828125, 244140625, 1220703125, 10077696, 60466176, 362797056,
    40353607, 282475249, 1977326743, 134217728, 1073741824, 387420489,
    1000000000
};
static const size_t Exp32ValueSize = sizeof(Exp32Value)/sizeof(long);
#endif /* LONG_MAX == 0x7fffffff -- 32 bit machine */

#if (LONG_MAX > 0x7fffffff) || !defined(TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG)

/*
 * Maximum base that, when raised to powers 2, 3, ..., 16, fits in a
 * Tcl_WideInt.
 */

static const Tcl_WideInt MaxBase64[] = {
    (Tcl_WideInt)46340*65536+62259,	/* 3037000499 == isqrt(2**63-1) */
................................................................................
    (Tcl_WideInt)100000*100000*100000*10*10*10,
    (Tcl_WideInt)161051*161051*161051*11*11,
    (Tcl_WideInt)161051*161051*161051*11*11*11,
    (Tcl_WideInt)248832*248832*248832*12*12,
    (Tcl_WideInt)371293*371293*371293*13*13
};
static const size_t Exp64ValueSize = sizeof(Exp64Value) / sizeof(Tcl_WideInt);
#endif /* (LONG_MAX > 0x7fffffff) || !defined(TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG) */

/*
 * Markers for ExecuteExtendedBinaryMathOp.
 */

#define DIVIDED_BY_ZERO		((Tcl_Obj *) -1)
#define EXPONENT_OF_ZERO	((Tcl_Obj *) -2)
................................................................................
			    const unsigned char *pc, int stackTop,
			    int checkStack);
#endif /* TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG */
static ByteCode *	CompileExprObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void		DeleteExecStack(ExecStack *esPtr);
static void		DupExprCodeInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *copyPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int	TclCompareTwoNumbers(Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *value2Ptr);
static Tcl_Obj *	ExecuteExtendedBinaryMathOp(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int opcode, Tcl_Obj **constants,
			    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr, Tcl_Obj *value2Ptr);
static Tcl_Obj *	ExecuteExtendedUnaryMathOp(int opcode,
			    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr);
static void		FreeExprCodeInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static ExceptionRange *	GetExceptRangeForPc(const unsigned char *pc,
................................................................................
				 * [sizeof(Tcl_Obj*)] */
{
    ExecEnv *eePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ExecEnv));
    ExecStack *esPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ExecStack)
	    + (size_t) (size-1) * sizeof(Tcl_Obj *));

    eePtr->execStackPtr = esPtr;
    TclNewLongObj(eePtr->constants[0], 0);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(eePtr->constants[0]);
    TclNewLongObj(eePtr->constants[1], 1);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(eePtr->constants[1]);
    eePtr->interp = interp;
    eePtr->callbackPtr = NULL;
    eePtr->corPtr = NULL;
    eePtr->rewind = 0;

    esPtr->prevPtr = NULL;
................................................................................

void *
TclStackAlloc(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int numBytes)
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    int numWords = (numBytes + (sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) - 1))/sizeof(Tcl_Obj *);

    if (iPtr == NULL || iPtr->execEnvPtr == NULL) {
	return (void *) ckalloc(numBytes);
    }

    return (void *) StackAllocWords(interp, numWords);
}

void *
TclStackRealloc(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    void *ptr,
................................................................................
	 */

	TclGetIntFromObj(interp, incrPtr, &type1);
	Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n    (reading increment)");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_LONG) && (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_LONG)) {
	long augend = *((const long *) ptr1);
	long addend = *((const long *) ptr2);
	long sum = augend + addend;

	/*
	 * Overflow when (augend and sum have different sign) and (augend and
	 * addend have the same sign). This is encapsulated in the Overflowing
	 * macro.
	 */

	if (!Overflowing(augend, addend, sum)) {
	    TclSetLongObj(valuePtr, sum);
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
	{
	    Tcl_WideInt w1 = (Tcl_WideInt) augend;
	    Tcl_WideInt w2 = (Tcl_WideInt) addend;

	    /*
	     * We know the sum value is outside the long range, so we use the
	     * macro form that doesn't range test again.
	     */

	    TclSetWideIntObj(valuePtr, w1 + w2);
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
#endif
    }

    if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE) || (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_NAN)) {
	/*
	 * Produce error message (reparse?!)
	 */

	return TclGetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &type1);
    }
................................................................................
	 */

	TclGetIntFromObj(interp, incrPtr, &type1);
	Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n    (reading increment)");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
    if ((type1 != TCL_NUMBER_BIG) && (type2 != TCL_NUMBER_BIG)) {
	Tcl_WideInt w1, w2, sum;

	TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &w1);
	TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, incrPtr, &w2);
	sum = w1 + w2;

	/*
	 * Check for overflow.
	 */

	if (!Overflowing(w1, w2, sum)) {
	    Tcl_SetWideIntObj(valuePtr, sum);
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
    }
#endif

    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &value);
    Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(interp, incrPtr, &incr);
    mp_add(&value, &incr, &value);
    mp_clear(&incr);
    Tcl_SetBignumObj(valuePtr, &value);
    return TCL_OK;
................................................................................
	TRACE(("%u => OK\n", opnd));
	NEXT_INST_F(5, 0, 0);
    }

    case INST_STR_CONCAT1:

	opnd = TclGetUInt1AtPtr(pc+1);

	if (TCL_OK != TclStringCatObjv(interp, /* inPlace */ 1,
		opnd, &OBJ_AT_DEPTH(opnd-1), &objResultPtr)) {
	    TRACE_ERROR(interp);
	    goto gotError;
	}

	TRACE_WITH_OBJ(("%u => ", opnd), objResultPtr);
	NEXT_INST_V(2, opnd, 1);

................................................................................
	DECACHE_STACK_INFO();

	pc += pcAdjustment;
	TEBC_YIELD();
	return TclNREvalObjv(interp, objc, objv,
		TCL_EVAL_NOERR | TCL_EVAL_SOURCE_IN_FRAME, NULL);

    /*
     * INST_CALL_BUILTIN_FUNC1 and INST_CALL_FUNC1 were made obsolete by the
     * changes to add a ::tcl::mathfunc namespace in 8.5.
     */

    case INST_CALL_BUILTIN_FUNC1:
	Tcl_Panic("TclNRExecuteByteCode: obsolete INST_CALL_BUILTIN_FUNC1 found");
    case INST_CALL_FUNC1:
	Tcl_Panic("TclNRExecuteByteCode: obsolete INST_CALL_FUNC1 found");

    case INST_INVOKE_REPLACE:
	objc = TclGetUInt4AtPtr(pc+1);
	opnd = TclGetUInt1AtPtr(pc+5);
	objPtr = POP_OBJECT();
	objv = &OBJ_AT_DEPTH(objc-1);
	cleanup = objc;
#ifdef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG
................................................................................
     * common execution code.
     */

/*TODO: Consider more untangling here; merge with LOAD and STORE ? */

    {
	Tcl_Obj *incrPtr;
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
	Tcl_WideInt w;
#endif
	long increment;

    case INST_INCR_SCALAR1:
    case INST_INCR_ARRAY1:
    case INST_INCR_ARRAY_STK:
    case INST_INCR_SCALAR_STK:
    case INST_INCR_STK:
................................................................................

	if (TclIsVarDirectModifyable(varPtr)) {
	    ClientData ptr;
	    int type;

	    objPtr = varPtr->value.objPtr;
	    if (GetNumberFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &ptr, &type) == TCL_OK) {
		if (type == TCL_NUMBER_LONG) {
		    long augend = *((const long *)ptr);
		    long sum = augend + increment;

		    /*
		     * Overflow when (augend and sum have different sign) and
		     * (augend and increment have the same sign). This is
		     * encapsulated in the Overflowing macro.
		     */

		    if (!Overflowing(augend, increment, sum)) {
			TRACE(("%u %ld => ", opnd, increment));
			if (Tcl_IsShared(objPtr)) {
			    objPtr->refCount--;	/* We know it's shared. */
			    TclNewLongObj(objResultPtr, sum);
			    Tcl_IncrRefCount(objResultPtr);
			    varPtr->value.objPtr = objResultPtr;
			} else {
			    objResultPtr = objPtr;
			    TclSetLongObj(objPtr, sum);
			}
			goto doneIncr;
		    }
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
		    w = (Tcl_WideInt)augend;

		    TRACE(("%u %ld => ", opnd, increment));
		    if (Tcl_IsShared(objPtr)) {
			objPtr->refCount--;	/* We know it's shared. */
			objResultPtr = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(w+increment);
			Tcl_IncrRefCount(objResultPtr);
................................................................................
			objResultPtr = objPtr;

			/*
			 * We know the sum value is outside the long range;
			 * use macro form that doesn't range test again.
			 */

			TclSetWideIntObj(objPtr, w+increment);
		    }
		    goto doneIncr;
#endif
		}	/* end if (type == TCL_NUMBER_LONG) */
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
		if (type == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
		    Tcl_WideInt sum;

		    w = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr);
		    sum = w + increment;

		    /*
		     * Check for overflow.
		     */

		    if (!Overflowing(w, increment, sum)) {
			TRACE(("%u %ld => ", opnd, increment));
			if (Tcl_IsShared(objPtr)) {
			    objPtr->refCount--;	/* We know it's shared. */
			    objResultPtr = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(sum);
			    Tcl_IncrRefCount(objResultPtr);
			    varPtr->value.objPtr = objResultPtr;
			} else {
			    objResultPtr = objPtr;

			    /*
			     * We *do not* know the sum value is outside the
			     * long range (wide + long can yield long); use
			     * the function call that checks range.
			     */

			    Tcl_SetWideIntObj(objPtr, sum);
			}
			goto doneIncr;
		    }
		}
#endif
	    }
	    if (Tcl_IsShared(objPtr)) {
		objPtr->refCount--;	/* We know it's shared */
		objResultPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(objPtr);
		Tcl_IncrRefCount(objResultPtr);
		varPtr->value.objPtr = objResultPtr;
	    } else {
		objResultPtr = objPtr;
	    }
	    TclNewLongObj(incrPtr, increment);
	    if (TclIncrObj(interp, objResultPtr, incrPtr) != TCL_OK) {
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(incrPtr);
		TRACE_ERROR(interp);
		goto gotError;
	    }
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(incrPtr);
	    goto doneIncr;
	}

	/*
	 * All other cases, flow through to generic handling.
	 */

	TclNewLongObj(incrPtr, increment);
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(incrPtr);

    doIncrScalar:
	varPtr = LOCAL(opnd);
	while (TclIsVarLink(varPtr)) {
	    varPtr = varPtr->value.linkPtr;
	}
................................................................................
	TRACE_APPEND(("OK\n"));
	NEXT_INST_V(2, cleanup, 0);

    errorInUnset:
	CACHE_STACK_INFO();
	TRACE_ERROR(interp);
	goto gotError;

	/*
	 * This is really an unset operation these days. Do not issue.
	 */

    case INST_DICT_DONE:
	opnd = TclGetUInt4AtPtr(pc+1);
	TRACE(("%u => OK\n", opnd));
	varPtr = LOCAL(opnd);
	while (TclIsVarLink(varPtr)) {
	    varPtr = varPtr->value.linkPtr;
	}
	if (TclIsVarDirectUnsettable(varPtr) && !TclIsVarInHash(varPtr)) {
	    if (!TclIsVarUndefined(varPtr)) {
		TclDecrRefCount(varPtr->value.objPtr);
	    }
	    varPtr->value.objPtr = NULL;
	} else {
	    DECACHE_STACK_INFO();
	    TclPtrUnsetVarIdx(interp, varPtr, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, opnd);
	    CACHE_STACK_INFO();
	}
	NEXT_INST_F(5, 0, 0);
    }

    /*
     *	   End of INST_UNSET instructions.
     * -----------------------------------------------------------------
     *	   Start of INST_ARRAY instructions.
     */
................................................................................
	    NEXT_INST_F(jumpOffset, 1, 0);
	} else {
	    TRACE_APPEND(("not found in table\n"));
	    NEXT_INST_F(5, 1, 0);
	}
    }

    /*
     * These two instructions are now redundant: the complete logic of the LOR
     * and LAND is now handled by the expression compiler.
     */

    case INST_LOR:
    case INST_LAND: {
	/*
	 * Operands must be boolean or numeric. No int->double conversions are
	 * performed.
	 */

	int i1, i2, iResult;

	value2Ptr = OBJ_AT_TOS;
	valuePtr = OBJ_UNDER_TOS;
	if (TclGetBooleanFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &i1) != TCL_OK) {
	    TRACE(("\"%.20s\" => ILLEGAL TYPE %s \n", O2S(valuePtr),
		    (valuePtr->typePtr? valuePtr->typePtr->name : "null")));
	    DECACHE_STACK_INFO();
	    IllegalExprOperandType(interp, pc, valuePtr);
	    CACHE_STACK_INFO();
	    goto gotError;
	}

	if (TclGetBooleanFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &i2) != TCL_OK) {
	    TRACE(("\"%.20s\" => ILLEGAL TYPE %s \n", O2S(value2Ptr),
		    (value2Ptr->typePtr? value2Ptr->typePtr->name : "null")));
	    DECACHE_STACK_INFO();
	    IllegalExprOperandType(interp, pc, value2Ptr);
	    CACHE_STACK_INFO();
	    goto gotError;
	}

	if (*pc == INST_LOR) {
	    iResult = (i1 || i2);
	} else {
	    iResult = (i1 && i2);
	}
	objResultPtr = TCONST(iResult);
	TRACE(("%.20s %.20s => %d\n", O2S(valuePtr),O2S(value2Ptr),iResult));
	NEXT_INST_F(1, 2, 1);
    }

    /*
     * -----------------------------------------------------------------
     *	   Start of general introspector instructions.
     */

    case INST_NS_CURRENT: {
	Namespace *currNsPtr = (Namespace *) TclGetCurrentNamespace(interp);
................................................................................
	    Tcl_GetCommandFullName(interp, (Tcl_Command) corPtr->cmdPtr,
		    objResultPtr);
	}
	TRACE_WITH_OBJ(("=> "), objResultPtr);
	NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, 1);
    }
    case INST_INFO_LEVEL_NUM:
	TclNewLongObj(objResultPtr, iPtr->varFramePtr->level);
	TRACE_WITH_OBJ(("=> "), objResultPtr);
	NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, 1);
    case INST_INFO_LEVEL_ARGS: {
	int level;
	register CallFrame *framePtr = iPtr->varFramePtr;
	register CallFrame *rootFramePtr = iPtr->rootFramePtr;

................................................................................

    case INST_LIST_LENGTH:
	TRACE(("\"%.30s\" => ", O2S(OBJ_AT_TOS)));
	if (TclListObjLength(interp, OBJ_AT_TOS, &length) != TCL_OK) {
	    TRACE_ERROR(interp);
	    goto gotError;
	}
	TclNewLongObj(objResultPtr, length);
	TRACE_APPEND(("%d\n", length));
	NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 1);

    case INST_LIST_INDEX:	/* lindex with objc == 3 */
	value2Ptr = OBJ_AT_TOS;
	valuePtr = OBJ_UNDER_TOS;
	TRACE(("\"%.30s\" \"%.30s\" => ", O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr)));
................................................................................
	 */

	if (TclListObjGetElements(interp, valuePtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) {
	    TRACE_ERROR(interp);
	    goto gotError;
	}

	/*
	 * Select the list item based on the index. Negative operand means
	 * end-based indexing.
	 */

	if (opnd < -1) {
	    index = opnd+1 + objc;
	} else {
	    index = opnd;
	}

	pcAdjustment = 5;

    lindexFastPath:
	if (index >= 0 && index < objc) {
	    objResultPtr = objv[index];
	} else {
	    TclNewObj(objResultPtr);
................................................................................

#ifndef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG
	if (*(pc+9) == INST_POP) {
	    NEXT_INST_F(10, 1, 0);
	}
#endif









	/*
	 * Adjust the indices for end-based handling.



	 */



	if (fromIdx < -1) {
	    fromIdx += 1+objc;
	    if (fromIdx < -1) {
		fromIdx = -1;
	    }
	} else if (fromIdx > objc) {
	    fromIdx = objc;


	}

	if (toIdx < -1) {
	    toIdx += 1 + objc;
	    if (toIdx < -1) {
		toIdx = -1;
	    }

	} else if (toIdx > objc) {
	    toIdx = objc;
	}


	/*
	 * Check if we are referring to a valid, non-empty list range, and if
	 * so, build the list of elements in that range.



	 */



	if (fromIdx<=toIdx && fromIdx<objc && toIdx>=0) {


	    if (fromIdx < 0) {
		fromIdx = 0;
	    }
	    if (toIdx >= objc) {
		toIdx = objc-1;
	    }



	    if (fromIdx == 0 && toIdx != objc-1 && !Tcl_IsShared(valuePtr)) {



		Tcl_ListObjReplace(interp, valuePtr,
			toIdx + 1, LIST_MAX, 0, NULL);


		TRACE_APPEND(("%.30s\n", O2S(valuePtr)));
		NEXT_INST_F(9, 0, 0);
	    }
	    objResultPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(toIdx-fromIdx+1, objv+fromIdx);
	} else {

	    TclNewObj(objResultPtr);
	}

	TRACE_APPEND(("\"%.30s\"", O2S(objResultPtr)));
	NEXT_INST_F(9, 1, 1);

    case INST_LIST_IN:
................................................................................
	TRACE(("\"%.20s\" \"%.20s\" => %d\n", O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr),
		(match < 0 ? -1 : match > 0 ? 1 : 0)));
	JUMP_PEEPHOLE_F(match, 1, 2);

    case INST_STR_LEN:
	valuePtr = OBJ_AT_TOS;
	length = Tcl_GetCharLength(valuePtr);
	TclNewLongObj(objResultPtr, length);
	TRACE(("\"%.20s\" => %d\n", O2S(valuePtr), length));
	NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 1);

    case INST_STR_UPPER:
	valuePtr = OBJ_AT_TOS;
	TRACE(("\"%.20s\" => ", O2S(valuePtr)));
	if (Tcl_IsShared(valuePtr)) {
................................................................................
    case INST_STR_RANGE_IMM:
	valuePtr = OBJ_AT_TOS;
	fromIdx = TclGetInt4AtPtr(pc+1);
	toIdx = TclGetInt4AtPtr(pc+5);
	length = Tcl_GetCharLength(valuePtr);
	TRACE(("\"%.20s\" %d %d => ", O2S(valuePtr), fromIdx, toIdx));









	/*
	 * Adjust indices for end-based indexing.




	 */



	if (fromIdx < -1) {
	    fromIdx += 1 + length;
	    if (fromIdx < 0) {
		fromIdx = 0;


	    }
	} else if (fromIdx >= length) {
	    fromIdx = length;
	}

	if (toIdx < -1) {
	    toIdx += 1 + length;

	} else if (toIdx >= length) {
	    toIdx = length - 1;
	}



	/*
	 * Check if we can do a sane substring.




	 */












	if (fromIdx <= toIdx) {
	    objResultPtr = Tcl_GetRange(valuePtr, fromIdx, toIdx);
	} else {

	    TclNewObj(objResultPtr);
	}
	TRACE_APPEND(("%.30s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
	NEXT_INST_F(9, 1, 1);

    {
	Tcl_UniChar *ustring1, *ustring2, *ustring3, *end, *p;
	int length3;
	Tcl_Obj *value3Ptr;

    case INST_STR_REPLACE:
	value3Ptr = POP_OBJECT();
	valuePtr = OBJ_AT_DEPTH(2);
	length = Tcl_GetCharLength(valuePtr) - 1;
	TRACE(("\"%.20s\" %s %s \"%.20s\" => ", O2S(valuePtr),
		O2S(OBJ_UNDER_TOS), O2S(OBJ_AT_TOS), O2S(value3Ptr)));
	if (TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, OBJ_UNDER_TOS, length,
		    &fromIdx) != TCL_OK
	    || TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, OBJ_AT_TOS, length,
		    &toIdx) != TCL_OK) {
	    TclDecrRefCount(value3Ptr);
	    TRACE_ERROR(interp);
	    goto gotError;
	}
	TclDecrRefCount(OBJ_AT_TOS);
	(void) POP_OBJECT();
	TclDecrRefCount(OBJ_AT_TOS);
	(void) POP_OBJECT();
	if (fromIdx < 0) {
	    fromIdx = 0;
	}

	if (fromIdx > toIdx || fromIdx > length) {



	    TRACE_APPEND(("\"%.30s\"\n", O2S(valuePtr)));
	    TclDecrRefCount(value3Ptr);
	    NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, 0);
	}





	if (toIdx > length) {
	    toIdx = length;
	}

	if (fromIdx == 0 && toIdx == length) {
	    TclDecrRefCount(OBJ_AT_TOS);
	    OBJ_AT_TOS = value3Ptr;
	    TRACE_APPEND(("\"%.30s\"\n", O2S(value3Ptr)));
	    NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, 0);
	}

	length3 = Tcl_GetCharLength(value3Ptr);

	/*
	 * See if we can splice in place. This happens when the number of
	 * characters being replaced is the same as the number of characters
	 * in the string to be inserted.
	 */

	if (length3 - 1 == toIdx - fromIdx) {
	    unsigned char *bytes1, *bytes2;

	    if (Tcl_IsShared(valuePtr)) {
		objResultPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(valuePtr);
	    } else {
		objResultPtr = valuePtr;
	    }
	    if (TclIsPureByteArray(objResultPtr)
		    && TclIsPureByteArray(value3Ptr)) {
		bytes1 = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(objResultPtr, NULL);
		bytes2 = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(value3Ptr, NULL);
		memcpy(bytes1 + fromIdx, bytes2, length3);
	    } else {
		ustring1 = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objResultPtr, NULL);
		ustring2 = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(value3Ptr, NULL);
		memcpy(ustring1 + fromIdx, ustring2,
			length3 * sizeof(Tcl_UniChar));
	    }
	    Tcl_InvalidateStringRep(objResultPtr);
	    TclDecrRefCount(value3Ptr);
	    TRACE_APPEND(("\"%.30s\"\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
	    if (objResultPtr == valuePtr) {
		NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, 0);
	    } else {
		NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 1);
	    }
	}

	/*
	 * Get the unicode representation; this is where we guarantee to lose
	 * bytearrays.
	 */

	ustring1 = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(valuePtr, &length);
	length--;

	/*
	 * Remove substring using copying.
	 */

	objResultPtr = NULL;
	if (fromIdx > 0) {
	    objResultPtr = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(ustring1, fromIdx);

	}
	if (length3 > 0) {
	    if (objResultPtr) {
		Tcl_AppendObjToObj(objResultPtr, value3Ptr);
	    } else if (Tcl_IsShared(value3Ptr)) {
		objResultPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(value3Ptr);
	    } else {
		objResultPtr = value3Ptr;
	    }
	}
	if (toIdx < length) {
	    if (objResultPtr) {
		Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(objResultPtr, ustring1 + toIdx + 1,
			length - toIdx);
	    } else {
		objResultPtr = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(ustring1 + toIdx + 1,
			length - toIdx);
	    }
	}
	if (objResultPtr == NULL) {
	    /* This has to be the case [string replace $s 0 end {}] */
	    /* which has result {} which is same as value3Ptr. */
	    objResultPtr = value3Ptr;
	}
	if (objResultPtr == value3Ptr) {
	    /* See [Bug 82e7f67325] */
	    TclDecrRefCount(OBJ_AT_TOS);
	    OBJ_AT_TOS = value3Ptr;
	    TRACE_APPEND(("\"%.30s\"\n", O2S(value3Ptr)));
	    NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, 0);
	}
................................................................................
	}
    doneStringMap:
	TRACE_WITH_OBJ(("%.20s %.20s %.20s => ",
		O2S(value2Ptr), O2S(value3Ptr), O2S(valuePtr)), objResultPtr);
	NEXT_INST_V(1, 3, 1);

    case INST_STR_FIND:
	match = TclStringFind(OBJ_UNDER_TOS, OBJ_AT_TOS, 0);

	TRACE(("%.20s %.20s => %d\n",
		O2S(OBJ_UNDER_TOS), O2S(OBJ_AT_TOS), match));
	TclNewLongObj(objResultPtr, match);
	NEXT_INST_F(1, 2, 1);

    case INST_STR_FIND_LAST:
	match = TclStringLast(OBJ_UNDER_TOS, OBJ_AT_TOS, INT_MAX - 1);

	TRACE(("%.20s %.20s => %d\n",
		O2S(OBJ_UNDER_TOS), O2S(OBJ_AT_TOS), match));
	TclNewLongObj(objResultPtr, match);
	NEXT_INST_F(1, 2, 1);

    case INST_STR_CLASS:
	opnd = TclGetInt1AtPtr(pc+1);
	valuePtr = OBJ_AT_TOS;
	TRACE(("%s \"%.30s\" => ", tclStringClassTable[opnd].name,
		O2S(valuePtr)));
................................................................................
	trim1 = 0;
	goto createTrimmedString;
    case INST_STR_TRIM:
	valuePtr = OBJ_UNDER_TOS;	/* String */
	value2Ptr = OBJ_AT_TOS;		/* TrimSet */
	string2 = TclGetStringFromObj(value2Ptr, &length2);
	string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(valuePtr, &length);
	trim1 = TclTrimLeft(string1, length, string2, length2);
	if (trim1 < length) {
	    trim2 = TclTrimRight(string1, length, string2, length2);
	} else {
	    trim2 = 0;
	}
    createTrimmedString:
	/*
	 * Careful here; trim set often contains non-ASCII characters so we
	 * take care when printing. [Bug 971cb4f1db]
	 */

#ifdef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG
................................................................................
     * -----------------------------------------------------------------
     *	   Start of numeric operator instructions.
     */

    {
	ClientData ptr1, ptr2;
	int type1, type2;
	long l1, l2, lResult;

    case INST_NUM_TYPE:
	if (GetNumberFromObj(NULL, OBJ_AT_TOS, &ptr1, &type1) != TCL_OK) {
	    type1 = 0;
	} else if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_LONG) {
	    /* value is between LONG_MIN and LONG_MAX */
	    /* [string is integer] is -UINT_MAX to UINT_MAX range */

	    int i;

	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, OBJ_AT_TOS, &i) != TCL_OK) {
		type1 = TCL_NUMBER_WIDE;
	    }
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
	} else if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    /* value is between WIDE_MIN and WIDE_MAX */
	    /* [string is wideinteger] is -UWIDE_MAX to UWIDE_MAX range */
	    int i;
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, OBJ_AT_TOS, &i) == TCL_OK) {
		type1 = TCL_NUMBER_LONG;
	    }
#endif
	} else if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_BIG) {
	    /* value is an integer outside the WIDE_MIN to WIDE_MAX range */
	    /* [string is wideinteger] is -UWIDE_MAX to UWIDE_MAX range */
	    Tcl_WideInt w;

	    if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(NULL, OBJ_AT_TOS, &w) == TCL_OK) {
		type1 = TCL_NUMBER_WIDE;
	    }
	}
	TclNewLongObj(objResultPtr, type1);
	TRACE(("\"%.20s\" => %d\n", O2S(OBJ_AT_TOS), type1));
	NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 1);

    case INST_EQ:
    case INST_NEQ:
    case INST_LT:
    case INST_GT:
................................................................................
	    iResult = (*pc == INST_NEQ);
	    goto foundResult;
	}
	if (valuePtr == value2Ptr) {
	    compare = MP_EQ;
	    goto convertComparison;
	}
	if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_LONG) && (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_LONG)) {
	    l1 = *((const long *)ptr1);
	    l2 = *((const long *)ptr2);
	    compare = (l1 < l2) ? MP_LT : ((l1 > l2) ? MP_GT : MP_EQ);
	} else {
	    compare = TclCompareTwoNumbers(valuePtr, value2Ptr);
	}

	/*
	 * Turn comparison outcome into appropriate result for opcode.
	 */
................................................................................
	    goto gotError;
	}

	/*
	 * Check for common, simple case.
	 */

	if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_LONG) && (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_LONG)) {
	    l1 = *((const long *)ptr1);
	    l2 = *((const long *)ptr2);

	    switch (*pc) {
	    case INST_MOD:
		if (l2 == 0) {
		    TRACE(("%s %s => DIVIDE BY ZERO\n", O2S(valuePtr),
			    O2S(value2Ptr)));
		    goto divideByZero;
		} else if ((l2 == 1) || (l2 == -1)) {
		    /*
		     * Div. by |1| always yields remainder of 0.
		     */

		    TRACE(("%s %s => ", O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr)));
		    objResultPtr = TCONST(0);
		    TRACE(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
		    NEXT_INST_F(1, 2, 1);
		} else if (l1 == 0) {
		    /*
		     * 0 % (non-zero) always yields remainder of 0.
		     */

		    TRACE(("%s %s => ", O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr)));
		    objResultPtr = TCONST(0);
		    TRACE(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
		    NEXT_INST_F(1, 2, 1);
		} else {
		    lResult = l1 / l2;

		    /*
		     * Force Tcl's integer division rules.
		     * TODO: examine for logic simplification
		     */

		    if ((lResult < 0 || (lResult == 0 &&
			    ((l1 < 0 && l2 > 0) || (l1 > 0 && l2 < 0)))) &&
			    (lResult * l2 != l1)) {
			lResult -= 1;
		    }
		    lResult = l1 - l2*lResult;
		    goto longResultOfArithmetic;
		}

	    case INST_RSHIFT:
		if (l2 < 0) {
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			    "negative shift argument", -1));
#ifdef ERROR_CODE_FOR_EARLY_DETECTED_ARITH_ERROR
		    DECACHE_STACK_INFO();
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "ARITH", "DOMAIN",
			    "domain error: argument not in valid range",
			    NULL);
		    CACHE_STACK_INFO();
#endif /* ERROR_CODE_FOR_EARLY_DETECTED_ARITH_ERROR */
		    goto gotError;
		} else if (l1 == 0) {
		    TRACE(("%s %s => ", O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr)));
		    objResultPtr = TCONST(0);
		    TRACE(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
		    NEXT_INST_F(1, 2, 1);
		} else {
		    /*
		     * Quickly force large right shifts to 0 or -1.
		     */

		    if (l2 >= (long)(CHAR_BIT*sizeof(long))) {
			/*
			 * We assume that INT_MAX is much larger than the
			 * number of bits in a long. This is a pretty safe
			 * assumption, given that the former is usually around
			 * 4e9 and the latter 32 or 64...
			 */

			TRACE(("%s %s => ", O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr)));
			if (l1 > 0L) {
			    objResultPtr = TCONST(0);
			} else {
			    TclNewLongObj(objResultPtr, -1);
			}
			TRACE(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
			NEXT_INST_F(1, 2, 1);
		    }

		    /*
		     * Handle shifts within the native long range.
		     */

		    lResult = l1 >> ((int) l2);
		    goto longResultOfArithmetic;
		}

	    case INST_LSHIFT:
		if (l2 < 0) {
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			    "negative shift argument", -1));
#ifdef ERROR_CODE_FOR_EARLY_DETECTED_ARITH_ERROR
		    DECACHE_STACK_INFO();
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "ARITH", "DOMAIN",
			    "domain error: argument not in valid range",
			    NULL);
		    CACHE_STACK_INFO();
#endif /* ERROR_CODE_FOR_EARLY_DETECTED_ARITH_ERROR */
		    goto gotError;
		} else if (l1 == 0) {
		    TRACE(("%s %s => ", O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr)));
		    objResultPtr = TCONST(0);
		    TRACE(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
		    NEXT_INST_F(1, 2, 1);
		} else if (l2 > (long) INT_MAX) {
		    /*
		     * Technically, we could hold the value (1 << (INT_MAX+1))
		     * in an mp_int, but since we're using mp_mul_2d() to do
		     * the work, and it takes only an int argument, that's a
		     * good place to draw the line.
		     */

................................................................................
		    DECACHE_STACK_INFO();
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "ARITH", "IOVERFLOW",
			    "integer value too large to represent", NULL);
		    CACHE_STACK_INFO();
#endif /* ERROR_CODE_FOR_EARLY_DETECTED_ARITH_ERROR */
		    goto gotError;
		} else {
		    int shift = (int) l2;

		    /*
		     * Handle shifts within the native long range.
		     */

		    if ((size_t) shift < CHAR_BIT*sizeof(long) && (l1 != 0)
			    && !((l1>0 ? l1 : ~l1) &
				-(1L<<(CHAR_BIT*sizeof(long) - 1 - shift)))) {
			lResult = l1 << shift;
			goto longResultOfArithmetic;
		    }
		}

		/*
		 * Too large; need to use the broken-out function.
		 */

		TRACE(("%s %s => ", O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr)));
		break;

	    case INST_BITAND:
		lResult = l1 & l2;
		goto longResultOfArithmetic;
	    case INST_BITOR:
		lResult = l1 | l2;
		goto longResultOfArithmetic;
	    case INST_BITXOR:
		lResult = l1 ^ l2;
	    longResultOfArithmetic:
		TRACE(("%s %s => ", O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr)));
		if (Tcl_IsShared(valuePtr)) {
		    TclNewLongObj(objResultPtr, lResult);
		    TRACE(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
		    NEXT_INST_F(1, 2, 1);
		}
		TclSetLongObj(valuePtr, lResult);
		TRACE(("%s\n", O2S(valuePtr)));
		NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 0);
	    }
	}

	/*
	 * DO NOT MERGE THIS WITH THE EQUIVALENT SECTION LATER! That would
	 * encourage the compiler to inline ExecuteExtendedBinaryMathOp, which
	 * is highly undesirable due to the overall impact on size.
................................................................................
#endif

	/*
	 * Handle (long,long) arithmetic as best we can without going out to
	 * an external function.
	 */

	if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_LONG) && (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_LONG)) {
	    Tcl_WideInt w1, w2, wResult;

	    l1 = *((const long *)ptr1);
	    l2 = *((const long *)ptr2);

	    switch (*pc) {
	    case INST_ADD:
		w1 = (Tcl_WideInt) l1;
		w2 = (Tcl_WideInt) l2;
		wResult = w1 + w2;
#ifdef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
		/*
		 * Check for overflow.
		 */

		if (Overflowing(w1, w2, wResult)) {
		    goto overflow;
		}
#endif
		goto wideResultOfArithmetic;

	    case INST_SUB:
		w1 = (Tcl_WideInt) l1;
		w2 = (Tcl_WideInt) l2;
		wResult = w1 - w2;


#ifdef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG







		if (Overflowing(w1, ~w2, wResult)) {
		    goto overflow;
		}
#endif
	    wideResultOfArithmetic:
		TRACE(("%s %s => ", O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr)));
		if (Tcl_IsShared(valuePtr)) {
		    objResultPtr = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wResult);
		    TRACE(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
		    NEXT_INST_F(1, 2, 1);
		}
		Tcl_SetWideIntObj(valuePtr, wResult);
		TRACE(("%s\n", O2S(valuePtr)));
		NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 0);

	    case INST_DIV:
		if (l2 == 0) {
		    TRACE(("%s %s => DIVIDE BY ZERO\n",
			    O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr)));
		    goto divideByZero;
		} else if ((l1 == LONG_MIN) && (l2 == -1)) {
		    /*
		     * Can't represent (-LONG_MIN) as a long.
		     */

		    goto overflow;
		}
		lResult = l1 / l2;

		/*
		 * Force Tcl's integer division rules.
		 * TODO: examine for logic simplification
		 */

		if (((lResult < 0) || ((lResult == 0) &&
			((l1 < 0 && l2 > 0) || (l1 > 0 && l2 < 0)))) &&
			((lResult * l2) != l1)) {
		    lResult -= 1;
		}
		goto longResultOfArithmetic;

	    case INST_MULT:
		if (((sizeof(long) >= 2*sizeof(int))
			&& (l1 <= INT_MAX) && (l1 >= INT_MIN)
			&& (l2 <= INT_MAX) && (l2 >= INT_MIN))
			|| ((sizeof(long) >= 2*sizeof(short))
			&& (l1 <= SHRT_MAX) && (l1 >= SHRT_MIN)
			&& (l2 <= SHRT_MAX) && (l2 >= SHRT_MIN))) {
		    lResult = l1 * l2;
		    goto longResultOfArithmetic;
		}
	    }

	    /*
	     * Fall through with INST_EXPON, INST_DIV and large multiplies.
	     */
	}
................................................................................
	    TRACE_APPEND(("ERROR: illegal type %s\n",
		    (valuePtr->typePtr? valuePtr->typePtr->name : "null")));
	    DECACHE_STACK_INFO();
	    IllegalExprOperandType(interp, pc, valuePtr);
	    CACHE_STACK_INFO();
	    goto gotError;
	}
	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_LONG) {
	    l1 = *((const long *) ptr1);
	    if (Tcl_IsShared(valuePtr)) {
		TclNewLongObj(objResultPtr, ~l1);
		TRACE_APPEND(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
		NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 1);
	    }
	    TclSetLongObj(valuePtr, ~l1);
	    TRACE_APPEND(("%s\n", O2S(valuePtr)));
	    NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, 0);
	}
	objResultPtr = ExecuteExtendedUnaryMathOp(*pc, valuePtr);
	if (objResultPtr != NULL) {
	    TRACE_APPEND(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
	    NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 1);
................................................................................
	    goto gotError;
	}
	switch (type1) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_NAN:
	    /* -NaN => NaN */
	    TRACE_APPEND(("%s\n", O2S(valuePtr)));
	    NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, 0);
	case TCL_NUMBER_LONG:
	    l1 = *((const long *) ptr1);
	    if (l1 != LONG_MIN) {
		if (Tcl_IsShared(valuePtr)) {
		    TclNewLongObj(objResultPtr, -l1);
		    TRACE_APPEND(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
		    NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 1);
		}
		TclSetLongObj(valuePtr, -l1);
		TRACE_APPEND(("%s\n", O2S(valuePtr)));
		NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, 0);
	    }
	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
	}
	objResultPtr = ExecuteExtendedUnaryMathOp(*pc, valuePtr);
	if (objResultPtr != NULL) {
................................................................................
	CACHE_STACK_INFO();
	*/
	result = TCL_CONTINUE;
	cleanup = 0;
	TRACE(("=> CONTINUE!\n"));
	goto processExceptionReturn;

    {
	ForeachInfo *infoPtr;
	Var *iterVarPtr, *listVarPtr;
	Tcl_Obj *oldValuePtr, *listPtr, **elements;
	ForeachVarList *varListPtr;
	int numLists, iterNum, listTmpIndex, listLen, numVars;
	int varIndex, valIndex, continueLoop, j, iterTmpIndex;
	long i;

    case INST_FOREACH_START4: /* DEPRECATED */
	/*
	 * Initialize the temporary local var that holds the count of the
	 * number of iterations of the loop body to -1.
	 */

	opnd = TclGetUInt4AtPtr(pc+1);
	infoPtr = codePtr->auxDataArrayPtr[opnd].clientData;
	iterTmpIndex = infoPtr->loopCtTemp;
	iterVarPtr = LOCAL(iterTmpIndex);
	oldValuePtr = iterVarPtr->value.objPtr;

	if (oldValuePtr == NULL) {
	    TclNewLongObj(iterVarPtr->value.objPtr, -1);
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(iterVarPtr->value.objPtr);
	} else {
	    TclSetLongObj(oldValuePtr, -1);
	}
	TRACE(("%u => loop iter count temp %d\n", opnd, iterTmpIndex));

#ifndef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG
	/*
	 * Remark that the compiler ALWAYS sets INST_FOREACH_STEP4 immediately
	 * after INST_FOREACH_START4 - let us just fall through instead of
	 * jumping back to the top.
	 */

	pc += 5;
	TCL_DTRACE_INST_NEXT();
#else
	NEXT_INST_F(5, 0, 0);
#endif

    case INST_FOREACH_STEP4: /* DEPRECATED */
	/*
	 * "Step" a foreach loop (i.e., begin its next iteration) by assigning
	 * the next value list element to each loop var.
	 */

	opnd = TclGetUInt4AtPtr(pc+1);
	TRACE(("%u => ", opnd));
	infoPtr = codePtr->auxDataArrayPtr[opnd].clientData;
	numLists = infoPtr->numLists;

	/*
	 * Increment the temp holding the loop iteration number.
	 */

	iterVarPtr = LOCAL(infoPtr->loopCtTemp);
	valuePtr = iterVarPtr->value.objPtr;
	iterNum = valuePtr->internalRep.longValue + 1;
	TclSetLongObj(valuePtr, iterNum);

	/*
	 * Check whether all value lists are exhausted and we should stop the
	 * loop.
	 */

	continueLoop = 0;
	listTmpIndex = infoPtr->firstValueTemp;
	for (i = 0;  i < numLists;  i++) {
	    varListPtr = infoPtr->varLists[i];
	    numVars = varListPtr->numVars;

	    listVarPtr = LOCAL(listTmpIndex);
	    listPtr = listVarPtr->value.objPtr;
	    if (TclListObjLength(interp, listPtr, &listLen) != TCL_OK) {
		TRACE_APPEND(("ERROR converting list %ld, \"%.30s\": %s\n",
			i, O2S(listPtr), O2S(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp))));
		goto gotError;
	    }
	    if (listLen > iterNum * numVars) {
		continueLoop = 1;
	    }
	    listTmpIndex++;
	}

	/*
	 * If some var in some var list still has a remaining list element
	 * iterate one more time. Assign to var the next element from its
	 * value list. We already checked above that each list temp holds a
	 * valid list object (by calling Tcl_ListObjLength), but cannot rely
	 * on that check remaining valid: one list could have been shimmered
	 * as a side effect of setting a traced variable.
	 */

	if (continueLoop) {
	    listTmpIndex = infoPtr->firstValueTemp;
	    for (i = 0;  i < numLists;  i++) {
		varListPtr = infoPtr->varLists[i];
		numVars = varListPtr->numVars;

		listVarPtr = LOCAL(listTmpIndex);
		listPtr = TclListObjCopy(NULL, listVarPtr->value.objPtr);
		TclListObjGetElements(interp, listPtr, &listLen, &elements);

		valIndex = (iterNum * numVars);
		for (j = 0;  j < numVars;  j++) {
		    if (valIndex >= listLen) {
			TclNewObj(valuePtr);
		    } else {
			valuePtr = elements[valIndex];
		    }

		    varIndex = varListPtr->varIndexes[j];
		    varPtr = LOCAL(varIndex);
		    while (TclIsVarLink(varPtr)) {
			varPtr = varPtr->value.linkPtr;
		    }
		    if (TclIsVarDirectWritable(varPtr)) {
			value2Ptr = varPtr->value.objPtr;
			if (valuePtr != value2Ptr) {
			    if (value2Ptr != NULL) {
				TclDecrRefCount(value2Ptr);
			    }
			    varPtr->value.objPtr = valuePtr;
			    Tcl_IncrRefCount(valuePtr);
			}
		    } else {
			DECACHE_STACK_INFO();
			if (TclPtrSetVarIdx(interp, varPtr, NULL, NULL, NULL,
				valuePtr, TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG, varIndex)==NULL){
			    CACHE_STACK_INFO();
			    TRACE_APPEND((
				    "ERROR init. index temp %d: %s\n",
				    varIndex, O2S(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp))));
			    TclDecrRefCount(listPtr);
			    goto gotError;
			}
			CACHE_STACK_INFO();
		    }
		    valIndex++;
		}
		TclDecrRefCount(listPtr);
		listTmpIndex++;
	    }
	}
	TRACE_APPEND(("%d lists, iter %d, %s loop\n",
		numLists, iterNum, (continueLoop? "continue" : "exit")));

	/*
	 * Run-time peep-hole optimisation: the compiler ALWAYS follows
	 * INST_FOREACH_STEP4 with an INST_JUMP_FALSE. We just skip that
	 * instruction and jump direct from here.
	 */

	pc += 5;
	if (*pc == INST_JUMP_FALSE1) {
	    NEXT_INST_F((continueLoop? 2 : TclGetInt1AtPtr(pc+1)), 0, 0);
	} else {
	    NEXT_INST_F((continueLoop? 5 : TclGetInt4AtPtr(pc+1)), 0, 0);
	}

    }
    {
	ForeachInfo *infoPtr;
	Tcl_Obj *listPtr, **elements, *tmpPtr;
	ForeachVarList *varListPtr;
	int numLists, iterMax, listLen, numVars;
	int iterTmp, iterNum, listTmpDepth;

	int varIndex, valIndex, j;
	long i;

    case INST_FOREACH_START:
	/*
	 * Initialize the data for the looping construct, pushing the
	 * corresponding Tcl_Objs to the stack.
................................................................................
	 * Store the iterNum and iterMax in a single Tcl_Obj; we keep a
	 * nul-string obj with the pointer stored in the ptrValue so that the
	 * thing is properly garbage collected. THIS OBJ MAKES NO SENSE, but
	 * it will never leave this scope and is read-only.
	 */

	TclNewObj(tmpPtr);
	tmpPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = INT2PTR(0);
	tmpPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = INT2PTR(iterMax);
	PUSH_OBJECT(tmpPtr); /* iterCounts object */

	/*
	 * Store a pointer to the ForeachInfo struct; same dirty trick
	 * as above
	 */

................................................................................

	tmpPtr = OBJ_AT_TOS;
	infoPtr = tmpPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
	numLists = infoPtr->numLists;
	TRACE(("=> "));

	tmpPtr = OBJ_AT_DEPTH(1);
	iterNum = PTR2INT(tmpPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1);
	iterMax = PTR2INT(tmpPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2);

	/*
	 * If some list still has a remaining list element iterate one more
	 * time. Assign to var the next element from its value list.
	 */

	if (iterNum < iterMax) {
	    /*
	     * Set the variables and jump back to run the body
	     */

	    tmpPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = INT2PTR(iterNum + 1);

	    listTmpDepth = numLists + 1;

	    for (i = 0;  i < numLists;  i++) {
		varListPtr = infoPtr->varLists[i];
		numVars = varListPtr->numVars;

................................................................................

	TclNewObj(objPtr);
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
	iPtr->objResultPtr = objPtr;
	NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, -1);

    case INST_PUSH_RETURN_CODE:
	TclNewLongObj(objResultPtr, result);
	TRACE(("=> %u\n", result));
	NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, 1);

    case INST_PUSH_RETURN_OPTIONS:
	DECACHE_STACK_INFO();
	objResultPtr = Tcl_GetReturnOptions(interp, result);
	CACHE_STACK_INFO();
................................................................................
	    case 3:		/* seconds */
		Tcl_GetTime(&now);
		wval = (Tcl_WideInt) now.sec;
		break;
	    default:
		Tcl_Panic("clockRead instruction with unknown clock#");
	    }
	    /* TclNewWideObj(objResultPtr, wval); doesn't exist */
	    objResultPtr = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wval);
	    TRACE_WITH_OBJ(("=> "), objResultPtr);
	    NEXT_INST_F(2, 0, 1);
	}

    default:
	Tcl_Panic("TclNRExecuteByteCode: unrecognized opCode %u", *pc);
................................................................................
ExecuteExtendedBinaryMathOp(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Where to report errors. */
    int opcode,			/* What operation to perform. */
    Tcl_Obj **constants,	/* The execution environment's constants. */
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,		/* The first operand on the stack. */
    Tcl_Obj *value2Ptr)		/* The second operand on the stack. */
{
#define LONG_RESULT(l) \
    if (Tcl_IsShared(valuePtr)) {		\
	TclNewLongObj(objResultPtr, l);		\
	return objResultPtr;			\
    } else {					\
	Tcl_SetLongObj(valuePtr, l);		\
	return NULL;				\
    }
#define WIDE_RESULT(w) \
    if (Tcl_IsShared(valuePtr)) {		\
	return Tcl_NewWideIntObj(w);		\
    } else {					\
	Tcl_SetWideIntObj(valuePtr, w);		\
	return NULL;				\
    }
#define BIG_RESULT(b) \
    if (Tcl_IsShared(valuePtr)) {		\
	return Tcl_NewBignumObj(b);		\
    } else {					\
	Tcl_SetBignumObj(valuePtr, b);		\
................................................................................
	Tcl_SetDoubleObj(valuePtr, (d));	\
	return NULL;				\
    }

    int type1, type2;
    ClientData ptr1, ptr2;
    double d1, d2, dResult;
    long l1, l2, lResult;
    Tcl_WideInt w1, w2, wResult;
    mp_int big1, big2, bigResult, bigRemainder;
    Tcl_Obj *objResultPtr;
    int invalid, numPos, zero;
    long shift;

    (void) GetNumberFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &ptr1, &type1);
    (void) GetNumberFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &ptr2, &type2);

    switch (opcode) {
    case INST_MOD:
	/* TODO: Attempts to re-use unshared operands on stack */

	l2 = 0;			/* silence gcc warning */
	if (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_LONG) {
	    l2 = *((const long *)ptr2);
	    if (l2 == 0) {
		return DIVIDED_BY_ZERO;
	    }
	    if ((l2 == 1) || (l2 == -1)) {
		/*
		 * Div. by |1| always yields remainder of 0.
		 */

		return constants[0];
	    }
	}
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1);








	    if (type2 != TCL_NUMBER_BIG) {
		Tcl_WideInt wQuotient, wRemainder;
		Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &w2);
		wQuotient = w1 / w2;

		/*
		 * Force Tcl's integer division rules.
................................................................................
	    /*
	     * Arguments are same sign; remainder is first operand.
	     */

	    mp_clear(&big2);
	    return NULL;
	}
#endif
	Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big1);
	Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);
	mp_init(&bigResult);
	mp_init(&bigRemainder);
	mp_div(&big1, &big2, &bigResult, &bigRemainder);
	if (!mp_iszero(&bigRemainder) && (bigRemainder.sign != big2.sign)) {
	    /*
................................................................................
    case INST_LSHIFT:
    case INST_RSHIFT: {
	/*
	 * Reject negative shift argument.
	 */

	switch (type2) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_LONG:
	    invalid = (*((const long *)ptr2) < 0L);
	    break;
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
	case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
	    invalid = (*((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2) < (Tcl_WideInt)0);
	    break;
#endif
	case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);
	    invalid = (mp_cmp_d(&big2, 0) == MP_LT);

	    mp_clear(&big2);
	    break;
	default:
	    /* Unused, here to silence compiler warning */
	    invalid = 0;
	}
	if (invalid) {
................................................................................
	    return GENERAL_ARITHMETIC_ERROR;
	}

	/*
	 * Zero shifted any number of bits is still zero.
	 */

	if ((type1==TCL_NUMBER_LONG) && (*((const long *)ptr1) == (long)0)) {
	    return constants[0];
	}

	if (opcode == INST_LSHIFT) {
	    /*
	     * Large left shifts create integer overflow.
	     *
	     * BEWARE! Can't use Tcl_GetIntFromObj() here because that
	     * converts values in the (unsigned) range to their signed int
	     * counterparts, leading to incorrect results.
	     */

	    if ((type2 != TCL_NUMBER_LONG)
		    || (*((const long *)ptr2) > (long) INT_MAX)) {
		/*
		 * Technically, we could hold the value (1 << (INT_MAX+1)) in
		 * an mp_int, but since we're using mp_mul_2d() to do the
		 * work, and it takes only an int argument, that's a good
		 * place to draw the line.
		 */

		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"integer value too large to represent", -1));
		return GENERAL_ARITHMETIC_ERROR;
	    }
	    shift = (int)(*((const long *)ptr2));

	    /*
	     * Handle shifts within the native wide range.
	     */

	    if ((type1 != TCL_NUMBER_BIG)
		    && ((size_t)shift < CHAR_BIT*sizeof(Tcl_WideInt))) {
................................................................................
		}
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Quickly force large right shifts to 0 or -1.
	     */

	    if ((type2 != TCL_NUMBER_LONG)
		    || (*(const long *)ptr2 > INT_MAX)) {
		/*
		 * Again, technically, the value to be shifted could be an
		 * mp_int so huge that a right shift by (INT_MAX+1) bits could
		 * not take us to the result of 0 or -1, but since we're using
		 * mp_div_2d to do the work, and it takes only an int
		 * argument, we draw the line there.
		 */

		switch (type1) {
		case TCL_NUMBER_LONG:
		    zero = (*(const long *)ptr1 > 0L);
		    break;
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
		case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
		    zero = (*(const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1 > (Tcl_WideInt)0);
		    break;
#endif
		case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
		    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big1);
		    zero = (mp_cmp_d(&big1, 0) == MP_GT);

		    mp_clear(&big1);
		    break;
		default:
		    /* Unused, here to silence compiler warning. */
		    zero = 0;
		}
		if (zero) {
		    return constants[0];
		}
		LONG_RESULT(-1);
	    }
	    shift = (int)(*(const long *)ptr2);

#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
	    /*
	     * Handle shifts within the native wide range.
	     */

	    if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
		w1 = *(const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1;
		if ((size_t)shift >= CHAR_BIT*sizeof(Tcl_WideInt)) {
		    if (w1 >= (Tcl_WideInt)0) {
			return constants[0];
		    }
		    LONG_RESULT(-1);
		}
		WIDE_RESULT(w1 >> shift);
	    }
#endif
	}

	Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big1);

	mp_init(&bigResult);
	if (opcode == INST_LSHIFT) {
	    mp_mul_2d(&big1, shift, &bigResult);
	} else {
	    mp_init(&bigRemainder);
	    mp_div_2d(&big1, shift, &bigResult, &bigRemainder);
	    if (mp_cmp_d(&bigRemainder, 0) == MP_LT) {
		/*
		 * Convert to Tcl's integer division rules.
		 */

		mp_sub_d(&bigResult, 1, &bigResult);
	    }
	    mp_clear(&bigRemainder);
................................................................................
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);

	    /*
	     * Count how many positive arguments we have. If only one of the
	     * arguments is negative, store it in 'Second'.
	     */

	    if (mp_cmp_d(&big1, 0) != MP_LT) {
		numPos = 1 + (mp_cmp_d(&big2, 0) != MP_LT);
		First = &big1;
		Second = &big2;
	    } else {
		First = &big2;
		Second = &big1;
		numPos = (mp_cmp_d(First, 0) != MP_LT);
	    }
	    mp_init(&bigResult);

	    switch (opcode) {
	    case INST_BITAND:
		switch (numPos) {
		case 2:
................................................................................
	    }

	    mp_clear(&big1);
	    mp_clear(&big2);
	    BIG_RESULT(&bigResult);
	}

#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
	if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) || (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE)) {
	    TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &w1);
	    TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &w2);

	    switch (opcode) {
	    case INST_BITAND:
		wResult = w1 & w2;
................................................................................
		break;
	    default:
		/* Unused, here to silence compiler warning. */
		wResult = 0;
	    }
	    WIDE_RESULT(wResult);
	}
#endif
	l1 = *((const long *)ptr1);
	l2 = *((const long *)ptr2);

	switch (opcode) {
	case INST_BITAND:
	    lResult = l1 & l2;
	    break;
	case INST_BITOR:
	    lResult = l1 | l2;
	    break;
	case INST_BITXOR:
	    lResult = l1 ^ l2;
	    break;
	default:
	    /* Unused, here to silence compiler warning. */
	    lResult = 0;
	}
	LONG_RESULT(lResult);

    case INST_EXPON: {
	int oddExponent = 0, negativeExponent = 0;
	unsigned short base;

	if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE) || (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE)) {
	    Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &d1);
................................................................................

	    if (d1==0.0 && d2<0.0) {
		return EXPONENT_OF_ZERO;
	    }
	    dResult = pow(d1, d2);
	    goto doubleResult;
	}
	l1 = l2 = 0;
	if (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_LONG) {
	    l2 = *((const long *) ptr2);
	    if (l2 == 0) {
		/*
		 * Anything to the zero power is 1.
		 */

		return constants[1];
	    } else if (l2 == 1) {
		/*
		 * Anything to the first power is itself
		 */

		return NULL;
	    }
	}

	switch (type2) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_LONG:
	    negativeExponent = (l2 < 0);
	    oddExponent = (int) (l2 & 1);
	    break;
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
	case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);
	    negativeExponent = (w2 < 0);
	    oddExponent = (int) (w2 & (Tcl_WideInt)1);
	    break;
#endif
	case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);
	    negativeExponent = (mp_cmp_d(&big2, 0) == MP_LT);
	    mp_mod_2d(&big2, 1, &big2);
	    oddExponent = !mp_iszero(&big2);
	    mp_clear(&big2);
	    break;
	}

	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_LONG) {
	    l1 = *((const long *)ptr1);
	}
	if (negativeExponent) {
	    if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_LONG) {
		switch (l1) {
		case 0:
		    /*
		     * Zero to a negative power is div by zero error.
		     */

		    return EXPONENT_OF_ZERO;
		case -1:
		    if (oddExponent) {
			LONG_RESULT(-1);
		    }
		    /* fallthrough */
		case 1:
		    /*
		     * 1 to any power is 1.
		     */

................................................................................
	     * Integers with magnitude greater than 1 raise to a negative
	     * power yield the answer zero (see TIP 123).
	     */

	    return constants[0];
	}

	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_LONG) {
	    switch (l1) {
	    case 0:
		/*
		 * Zero to a positive power is zero.
		 */

		return constants[0];
	    case 1:
................................................................................
		 */

		return constants[1];
	    case -1:
		if (!oddExponent) {
		    return constants[1];
		}
		LONG_RESULT(-1);
	    }
	}

	/*
	 * We refuse to accept exponent arguments that exceed one mp_digit
	 * which means the max exponent value is 2**28-1 = 0x0fffffff =
	 * 268435455, which fits into a signed 32 bit int which is within the
	 * range of the long int type. This means any numeric Tcl_Obj value
	 * not using TCL_NUMBER_LONG type must hold a value larger than we
	 * accept.
	 */

	if (type2 != TCL_NUMBER_LONG) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "exponent too large", -1));
	    return GENERAL_ARITHMETIC_ERROR;
	}

	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_LONG) {
	    if (l1 == 2) {
		/*
		 * Reduce small powers of 2 to shifts.
		 */

		if ((unsigned long) l2 < CHAR_BIT * sizeof(long) - 1) {
		    LONG_RESULT(1L << l2);
		}
#if !defined(TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG)
		if ((unsigned long)l2 < CHAR_BIT*sizeof(Tcl_WideInt) - 1) {
		    WIDE_RESULT(((Tcl_WideInt) 1) << l2);
		}
#endif
		goto overflowExpon;
	    }
	    if (l1 == -2) {
		int signum = oddExponent ? -1 : 1;

		/*
		 * Reduce small powers of 2 to shifts.
		 */

		if ((unsigned long) l2 < CHAR_BIT * sizeof(long) - 1) {
		    LONG_RESULT(signum * (1L << l2));
		}
#if !defined(TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG)
		if ((unsigned long)l2 < CHAR_BIT*sizeof(Tcl_WideInt) - 1){
		    WIDE_RESULT(signum * (((Tcl_WideInt) 1) << l2));
		}
#endif
		goto overflowExpon;
	    }
#if (LONG_MAX == 0x7fffffff)
	    if (l2 - 2 < (long)MaxBase32Size
		    && l1 <= MaxBase32[l2 - 2]
		    && l1 >= -MaxBase32[l2 - 2]) {
		/*
		 * Small powers of 32-bit integers.
		 */

		lResult = l1 * l1;		/* b**2 */
		switch (l2) {
		case 2:
		    break;
		case 3:
		    lResult *= l1;		/* b**3 */
		    break;
		case 4:
		    lResult *= lResult;		/* b**4 */
		    break;
		case 5:
		    lResult *= lResult;		/* b**4 */
		    lResult *= l1;		/* b**5 */
		    break;
		case 6:
		    lResult *= l1;		/* b**3 */
		    lResult *= lResult;		/* b**6 */
		    break;
		case 7:
		    lResult *= l1;		/* b**3 */
		    lResult *= lResult;		/* b**6 */
		    lResult *= l1;		/* b**7 */
		    break;
		case 8:
		    lResult *= lResult;		/* b**4 */
		    lResult *= lResult;		/* b**8 */
		    break;
		}
		LONG_RESULT(lResult);
	    }

	    if (l1 - 3 >= 0 && l1 -2 < (long)Exp32IndexSize
		    && l2 - 2 < (long)(Exp32ValueSize + MaxBase32Size)) {
		base = Exp32Index[l1 - 3]
			+ (unsigned short) (l2 - 2 - MaxBase32Size);
		if (base < Exp32Index[l1 - 2]) {
		    /*
		     * 32-bit number raised to intermediate power, done by
		     * table lookup.
		     */

		    LONG_RESULT(Exp32Value[base]);
		}
	    }
	    if (-l1 - 3 >= 0 && -l1 - 2 < (long)Exp32IndexSize
		    && l2 - 2 < (long)(Exp32ValueSize + MaxBase32Size)) {
		base = Exp32Index[-l1 - 3]
			+ (unsigned short) (l2 - 2 - MaxBase32Size);
		if (base < Exp32Index[-l1 - 2]) {
		    /*
		     * 32-bit number raised to intermediate power, done by
		     * table lookup.
		     */

		    lResult = (oddExponent) ?
			    -Exp32Value[base] : Exp32Value[base];
		    LONG_RESULT(lResult);
		}
	    }
#endif
	}
#if (LONG_MAX > 0x7fffffff) || !defined(TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG)
	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_LONG) {
	    w1 = l1;
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
	} else if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr1);
#endif
	} else {
	    goto overflowExpon;
	}
	if (l2 - 2 < (long)MaxBase64Size
		&& w1 <=  MaxBase64[l2 - 2]
		&& w1 >= -MaxBase64[l2 - 2]) {
	    /*
	     * Small powers of integers whose result is wide.
	     */

	    wResult = w1 * w1;		/* b**2 */
	    switch (l2) {
	    case 2:
		break;
	    case 3:
		wResult *= l1;		/* b**3 */
		break;
	    case 4:
		wResult *= wResult;	/* b**4 */
		break;
	    case 5:
		wResult *= wResult;	/* b**4 */
		wResult *= w1;		/* b**5 */
................................................................................

	/*
	 * Handle cases of powers > 16 that still fit in a 64-bit word by
	 * doing table lookup.
	 */

	if (w1 - 3 >= 0 && w1 - 2 < (long)Exp64IndexSize
		&& l2 - 2 < (long)(Exp64ValueSize + MaxBase64Size)) {
	    base = Exp64Index[w1 - 3]
		    + (unsigned short) (l2 - 2 - MaxBase64Size);
	    if (base < Exp64Index[w1 - 2]) {
		/*
		 * 64-bit number raised to intermediate power, done by
		 * table lookup.
		 */

		WIDE_RESULT(Exp64Value[base]);
	    }
	}

	if (-w1 - 3 >= 0 && -w1 - 2 < (long)Exp64IndexSize
		&& l2 - 2 < (long)(Exp64ValueSize + MaxBase64Size)) {
	    base = Exp64Index[-w1 - 3]
		    + (unsigned short) (l2 - 2 - MaxBase64Size);
	    if (base < Exp64Index[-w1 - 2]) {
		/*
		 * 64-bit number raised to intermediate power, done by
		 * table lookup.
		 */

		wResult = oddExponent ? -Exp64Value[base] : Exp64Value[base];
		WIDE_RESULT(wResult);
	    }
	}
#endif

    overflowExpon:
	Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);
	if (big2.used > 1) {
	    mp_clear(&big2);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "exponent too large", -1));
................................................................................
	if ((type1 != TCL_NUMBER_BIG) && (type2 != TCL_NUMBER_BIG)) {
	    TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &w1);
	    TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &w2);

	    switch (opcode) {
	    case INST_ADD:
		wResult = w1 + w2;
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
		if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) || (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE))
#endif
		{
		    /*
		     * Check for overflow.
		     */

		    if (Overflowing(w1, w2, wResult)) {
			goto overflowBasic;
		    }
		}
		break;

	    case INST_SUB:
		wResult = w1 - w2;
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
		if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) || (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE))
#endif
		{
		    /*
		     * Must check for overflow. The macro tests for overflows
		     * in sums by looking at the sign bits. As we have a
		     * subtraction here, we are adding -w2. As -w2 could in
		     * turn overflow, we test with ~w2 instead: it has the
		     * opposite sign bit to w2 so it does the job. Note that
................................................................................
		    if (Overflowing(w1, ~w2, wResult)) {
			goto overflowBasic;
		    }
		}
		break;

	    case INST_MULT:
		if ((type1 != TCL_NUMBER_LONG) || (type2 != TCL_NUMBER_LONG)
			|| (sizeof(Tcl_WideInt) < 2*sizeof(long))) {
		    goto overflowBasic;
		}
		wResult = w1 * w2;
		break;

	    case INST_DIV:
		if (w2 == 0) {
................................................................................
    mp_int big;
    Tcl_Obj *objResultPtr;

    (void) GetNumberFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &ptr, &type);

    switch (opcode) {
    case INST_BITNOT:
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
	if (type == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    w = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr);
	    WIDE_RESULT(~w);
	}
#endif
	Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big);
	/* ~a = - a - 1 */
	mp_neg(&big, &big);
	mp_sub_d(&big, 1, &big);
	BIG_RESULT(&big);
    case INST_UMINUS:
	switch (type) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE:
	    DOUBLE_RESULT(-(*((const double *) ptr)));
	case TCL_NUMBER_LONG:
	    w = (Tcl_WideInt) (*((const long *) ptr));
	    if (w != LLONG_MIN) {
		WIDE_RESULT(-w);
	    }
	    TclInitBignumFromLong(&big, *(const long *) ptr);
	    break;
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
	case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
	    w = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr);
	    if (w != LLONG_MIN) {
		WIDE_RESULT(-w);
	    }
	    TclInitBignumFromWideInt(&big, w);
	    break;
#endif
	default:
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big);
	}
	mp_neg(&big, &big);
	BIG_RESULT(&big);
    }

    Tcl_Panic("unexpected opcode");
    return NULL;
}
#undef LONG_RESULT
#undef WIDE_RESULT
#undef BIG_RESULT
#undef DOUBLE_RESULT
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,
    Tcl_Obj *value2Ptr)
{
    int type1 = TCL_NUMBER_NAN, type2 = TCL_NUMBER_NAN, compare;
    ClientData ptr1, ptr2;
    mp_int big1, big2;
    double d1, d2, tmp;
    long l1, l2;
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
    Tcl_WideInt w1, w2;
#endif

    (void) GetNumberFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &ptr1, &type1);
    (void) GetNumberFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &ptr2, &type2);

    switch (type1) {
    case TCL_NUMBER_LONG:
	l1 = *((const long *)ptr1);
	switch (type2) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_LONG:
	    l2 = *((const long *)ptr2);
	longCompare:
	    return (l1 < l2) ? MP_LT : ((l1 > l2) ? MP_GT : MP_EQ);
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
	case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);
	    w1 = (Tcl_WideInt)l1;
	    goto wideCompare;
#endif

	case TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE:
	    d2 = *((const double *)ptr2);
	    d1 = (double) l1;

	    /*
	     * If the double has a fractional part, or if the long can be
	     * converted to double without loss of precision, then compare as
	     * doubles.
	     */

	    if (DBL_MANT_DIG > CHAR_BIT*sizeof(long) || l1 == (long) d1
		    || modf(d2, &tmp) != 0.0) {
		goto doubleCompare;
	    }

	    /*
	     * Otherwise, to make comparision based on full precision, need to
	     * convert the double to a suitably sized integer.
................................................................................
	     *	  expr 20000000000000003 < 20000000000000004.0
	     * right. Converting the first argument to double will yield two
	     * double values that are equivalent within double precision.
	     * Converting the double to an integer gets done exactly, then
	     * integer comparison can tell the difference.
	     */

	    if (d2 < (double)LONG_MIN) {
		return MP_GT;
	    }
	    if (d2 > (double)LONG_MAX) {
		return MP_LT;
	    }
	    l2 = (long) d2;
	    goto longCompare;
	case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);
	    if (mp_cmp_d(&big2, 0) == MP_LT) {
		compare = MP_GT;
	    } else {
		compare = MP_LT;
	    }
	    mp_clear(&big2);
	    return compare;
	}

#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
    case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
	w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1);
	switch (type2) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);
	wideCompare:
	    return (w1 < w2) ? MP_LT : ((w1 > w2) ? MP_GT : MP_EQ);
	case TCL_NUMBER_LONG:
	    l2 = *((const long *)ptr2);
	    w2 = (Tcl_WideInt)l2;
	    goto wideCompare;
	case TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE:
	    d2 = *((const double *)ptr2);
	    d1 = (double) w1;
	    if (DBL_MANT_DIG > CHAR_BIT*sizeof(Tcl_WideInt)
		    || w1 == (Tcl_WideInt) d1 || modf(d2, &tmp) != 0.0) {
		goto doubleCompare;
	    }
	    if (d2 < (double)LLONG_MIN) {
		return MP_GT;
	    }
	    if (d2 > (double)LLONG_MAX) {
		return MP_LT;
	    }
	    w2 = (Tcl_WideInt) d2;
	    goto wideCompare;
	case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);
	    if (mp_cmp_d(&big2, 0) == MP_LT) {
		compare = MP_GT;
	    } else {
		compare = MP_LT;
	    }
	    mp_clear(&big2);
	    return compare;
	}
#endif

    case TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE:
	d1 = *((const double *)ptr1);
	switch (type2) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE:
	    d2 = *((const double *)ptr2);
	doubleCompare:
	    return (d1 < d2) ? MP_LT : ((d1 > d2) ? MP_GT : MP_EQ);
	case TCL_NUMBER_LONG:
	    l2 = *((const long *)ptr2);
	    d2 = (double) l2;
	    if (DBL_MANT_DIG > CHAR_BIT*sizeof(long) || l2 == (long) d2
		    || modf(d1, &tmp) != 0.0) {
		goto doubleCompare;
	    }
	    if (d1 < (double)LONG_MIN) {
		return MP_LT;
	    }
	    if (d1 > (double)LONG_MAX) {
		return MP_GT;
	    }
	    l1 = (long) d1;
	    goto longCompare;
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
	case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);
	    d2 = (double) w2;
	    if (DBL_MANT_DIG > CHAR_BIT*sizeof(Tcl_WideInt)
		    || w2 == (Tcl_WideInt) d2 || modf(d1, &tmp) != 0.0) {
		goto doubleCompare;
	    }
................................................................................
		return MP_LT;
	    }
	    if (d1 > (double)LLONG_MAX) {
		return MP_GT;
	    }
	    w1 = (Tcl_WideInt) d1;
	    goto wideCompare;
#endif
	case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	    if (TclIsInfinite(d1)) {
		return (d1 > 0.0) ? MP_GT : MP_LT;
	    }
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);
	    if ((d1 < (double)LONG_MAX) && (d1 > (double)LONG_MIN)) {
		if (mp_cmp_d(&big2, 0) == MP_LT) {
		    compare = MP_GT;
		} else {
		    compare = MP_LT;
		}
		mp_clear(&big2);
		return compare;
	    }
................................................................................
	    Tcl_InitBignumFromDouble(NULL, d1, &big1);
	    goto bigCompare;
	}

    case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big1);
	switch (type2) {
#ifndef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG
	case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
#endif
	case TCL_NUMBER_LONG:
	    compare = mp_cmp_d(&big1, 0);
	    mp_clear(&big1);
	    return compare;
	case TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE:
	    d2 = *((const double *)ptr2);
	    if (TclIsInfinite(d2)) {
		compare = (d2 > 0.0) ? MP_LT : MP_GT;
		mp_clear(&big1);
		return compare;
	    }
	    if ((d2 < (double)LONG_MAX) && (d2 > (double)LONG_MIN)) {
		compare = mp_cmp_d(&big1, 0);
		mp_clear(&big1);
		return compare;
	    }
	    if (DBL_MANT_DIG > CHAR_BIT*sizeof(long)
		    && modf(d2, &tmp) != 0.0) {
		d1 = TclBignumToDouble(&big1);
................................................................................
PrintByteCodeInfo(
    register ByteCode *codePtr)	/* The bytecode whose summary is printed to
				 * stdout. */
{
    Proc *procPtr = codePtr->procPtr;
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) *codePtr->interpHandle;

    fprintf(stdout, "\nExecuting ByteCode 0x%p, refCt %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "u, epoch %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "u, interp 0x%p (epoch %" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "u)\n",
	    codePtr, (Tcl_WideInt)codePtr->refCount, (Tcl_WideInt)codePtr->compileEpoch, iPtr,
	    (Tcl_WideInt)iPtr->compileEpoch);

    fprintf(stdout, "  Source: ");
    TclPrintSource(stdout, codePtr->source, 60);

    fprintf(stdout, "\n  Cmds %d, src %d, inst %u, litObjs %u, aux %d, stkDepth %u, code/src %.2f\n",
	    codePtr->numCommands, codePtr->numSrcBytes,
	    codePtr->numCodeBytes, codePtr->numLitObjects,
	    codePtr->numAuxDataItems, codePtr->maxStackDepth,
................................................................................
	    (unsigned long) (codePtr->numLitObjects * sizeof(Tcl_Obj *)),
	    (unsigned long) (codePtr->numExceptRanges*sizeof(ExceptionRange)),
	    (unsigned long) (codePtr->numAuxDataItems * sizeof(AuxData)),
	    codePtr->numCmdLocBytes);
#endif /* TCL_COMPILE_STATS */
    if (procPtr != NULL) {
	fprintf(stdout,
		"  Proc 0x%p, refCt %d, args %d, compiled locals %d\n",
		procPtr, procPtr->refCount, procPtr->numArgs,
		procPtr->numCompiledLocals);
    }
}
#endif /* TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG */
 
/*
................................................................................
    unsigned char opCode = *pc;

    if (((unsigned long) pc < codeStart) || ((unsigned long) pc > codeEnd)) {
	fprintf(stderr, "\nBad instruction pc 0x%p in TclNRExecuteByteCode\n",
		pc);
	Tcl_Panic("TclNRExecuteByteCode execution failure: bad pc");
    }
    if ((unsigned) opCode > LAST_INST_OPCODE) {
	fprintf(stderr, "\nBad opcode %d at pc %u in TclNRExecuteByteCode\n",
		(unsigned) opCode, relativePc);
	Tcl_Panic("TclNRExecuteByteCode execution failure: bad opcode");
    }
    if (checkStack &&
	    ((stackTop < 0) || (stackTop > stackUpperBound))) {
	int numChars;
................................................................................
    int type;
    const unsigned char opcode = *pc;
    const char *description, *operator = "unknown";

    if (opcode == INST_EXPON) {
	operator = "**";
    } else if (opcode <= INST_LNOT) {
	operator = operatorStrings[opcode - INST_LOR];
    }

    if (GetNumberFromObj(NULL, opndPtr, &ptr, &type) != TCL_OK) {
	description = "non-numeric string";
    } else if (type == TCL_NUMBER_NAN) {
	description = "non-numeric floating-point value";
    } else if (type == TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE) {
................................................................................
    }

    /*
     * Instruction counts.
     */

    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\nInstruction counts:\n");
    for (i = 0;  i <= LAST_INST_OPCODE;  i++) {
	Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "%20s %8ld ",
		tclInstructionTable[i].name, statsPtr->instructionCount[i]);
	if (statsPtr->instructionCount[i]) {
	    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "%6.1f%%\n",
		    Percent(statsPtr->instructionCount[i], numInstructions));
	} else {
	    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "0\n");

 * expression opcodes (e.g., INST_LOR) in tclCompile.h.
 *
 * Does not include the string for INST_EXPON (and beyond), as that is
 * disjoint for backward-compatibility reasons.
 */

static const char *const operatorStrings[] = {
    "|", "^", "&", "==", "!=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", "<<", ">>",
    "+", "-", "*", "/", "%", "+", "-", "~", "!"
};

/*
 * Mapping from Tcl result codes to strings; used for error and debugging
 * messages.
 */
................................................................................
 */

#ifdef TCL_COMPILE_STATS
long		tclObjsAlloced = 0;
long		tclObjsFreed = 0;
long		tclObjsShared[TCL_MAX_SHARED_OBJ_STATS] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
#endif /* TCL_COMPILE_STATS */

 
/*
 * NR_TEBC
 * Helpers for NR - non-recursive calls to TEBC
 * Minimal data required to fully reconstruct the execution state.
 */

................................................................................
	    NEXT_INST_F(((condition)? TclGetInt1AtPtr(pc+1) : 2), (cleanup), 0); \
	case INST_JUMP_FALSE4:						\
	    NEXT_INST_F(((condition)? 5 : TclGetInt4AtPtr(pc+1)), (cleanup), 0); \
	case INST_JUMP_TRUE4:						\
	    NEXT_INST_F(((condition)? TclGetInt4AtPtr(pc+1) : 5), (cleanup), 0); \
	default:							\
	    if ((condition) < 0) {					\
		TclNewIntObj(objResultPtr, -1);				\
	    } else {							\
		objResultPtr = TCONST((condition) > 0);			\
	    }								\
	    NEXT_INST_F(0, (cleanup), 1);				\
	}								\
    } while (0)
#define JUMP_PEEPHOLE_V(condition, pcAdjustment, cleanup) \
................................................................................
	    NEXT_INST_V(((condition)? TclGetInt1AtPtr(pc+1) : 2), (cleanup), 0); \
	case INST_JUMP_FALSE4:						\
	    NEXT_INST_V(((condition)? 5 : TclGetInt4AtPtr(pc+1)), (cleanup), 0); \
	case INST_JUMP_TRUE4:						\
	    NEXT_INST_V(((condition)? TclGetInt4AtPtr(pc+1) : 5), (cleanup), 0); \
	default:							\
	    if ((condition) < 0) {					\
		TclNewIntObj(objResultPtr, -1);				\
	    } else {							\
		objResultPtr = TCONST((condition) > 0);			\
	    }								\
	    NEXT_INST_V(0, (cleanup), 1);				\
	}								\
    } while (0)
#else /* TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG */
#define JUMP_PEEPHOLE_F(condition, pcAdjustment, cleanup) \
    do{									\
	if ((condition) < 0) {						\
	    TclNewIntObj(objResultPtr, -1);				\
	} else {							\
	    objResultPtr = TCONST((condition) > 0);			\
	}								\
	NEXT_INST_F((pcAdjustment), (cleanup), 1);			\
    } while (0)
#define JUMP_PEEPHOLE_V(condition, pcAdjustment, cleanup) \
    do{									\
	if ((condition) < 0) {						\
	    TclNewIntObj(objResultPtr, -1);				\
	} else {							\
	    objResultPtr = TCONST((condition) > 0);			\
	}								\
	NEXT_INST_V((pcAdjustment), (cleanup), 1);			\
    } while (0)
#endif

................................................................................
 * Macro used in this file to save a function call for common uses of
 * TclGetNumberFromObj(). The ANSI C "prototype" is:
 *
 * MODULE_SCOPE int GetNumberFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
 *			ClientData *ptrPtr, int *tPtr);
 */


#define GetNumberFromObj(interp, objPtr, ptrPtr, tPtr) \
    (((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclIntType)					\



















	?	(*(tPtr) = TCL_NUMBER_WIDE,				\
		*(ptrPtr) = (ClientData)				\
		    (&((objPtr)->internalRep.wideValue)), TCL_OK) :	\
    ((objPtr)->typePtr == &tclDoubleType)				\
	?	(((TclIsNaN((objPtr)->internalRep.doubleValue))		\
		    ?	(*(tPtr) = TCL_NUMBER_NAN)			\
		    :	(*(tPtr) = TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE)),			\
		*(ptrPtr) = (ClientData)				\
		    (&((objPtr)->internalRep.doubleValue)), TCL_OK) :	\
    (((objPtr)->bytes != NULL) && ((objPtr)->length == 0))		\
	? TCL_ERROR :			\
    TclGetNumberFromObj((interp), (objPtr), (ptrPtr), (tPtr)))
















/*
 * Macro used to make the check for type overflow more mnemonic. This works by
 * comparing sign bits; the rest of the word is irrelevant. The ANSI C
 * "prototype" (where inttype_t is any integer type) is:
 *
 * MODULE_SCOPE int Overflowing(inttype_t a, inttype_t b, inttype_t sum);
................................................................................
#define IsErroringNaNType(type)		0
#endif
 
/*
 * Auxiliary tables used to compute powers of small integers.
 */



































/*
 * Maximum base that, when raised to powers 2, 3, ..., 16, fits in a
 * Tcl_WideInt.
 */

static const Tcl_WideInt MaxBase64[] = {
    (Tcl_WideInt)46340*65536+62259,	/* 3037000499 == isqrt(2**63-1) */
................................................................................
    (Tcl_WideInt)100000*100000*100000*10*10*10,
    (Tcl_WideInt)161051*161051*161051*11*11,
    (Tcl_WideInt)161051*161051*161051*11*11*11,
    (Tcl_WideInt)248832*248832*248832*12*12,
    (Tcl_WideInt)371293*371293*371293*13*13
};
static const size_t Exp64ValueSize = sizeof(Exp64Value) / sizeof(Tcl_WideInt);


/*
 * Markers for ExecuteExtendedBinaryMathOp.
 */

#define DIVIDED_BY_ZERO		((Tcl_Obj *) -1)
#define EXPONENT_OF_ZERO	((Tcl_Obj *) -2)
................................................................................
			    const unsigned char *pc, int stackTop,
			    int checkStack);
#endif /* TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG */
static ByteCode *	CompileExprObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void		DeleteExecStack(ExecStack *esPtr);
static void		DupExprCodeInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,
			    Tcl_Obj *copyPtr);


static Tcl_Obj *	ExecuteExtendedBinaryMathOp(Tcl_Interp *interp,
			    int opcode, Tcl_Obj **constants,
			    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr, Tcl_Obj *value2Ptr);
static Tcl_Obj *	ExecuteExtendedUnaryMathOp(int opcode,
			    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr);
static void		FreeExprCodeInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static ExceptionRange *	GetExceptRangeForPc(const unsigned char *pc,
................................................................................
				 * [sizeof(Tcl_Obj*)] */
{
    ExecEnv *eePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ExecEnv));
    ExecStack *esPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ExecStack)
	    + (size_t) (size-1) * sizeof(Tcl_Obj *));

    eePtr->execStackPtr = esPtr;
    TclNewIntObj(eePtr->constants[0], 0);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(eePtr->constants[0]);
    TclNewIntObj(eePtr->constants[1], 1);
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(eePtr->constants[1]);
    eePtr->interp = interp;
    eePtr->callbackPtr = NULL;
    eePtr->corPtr = NULL;
    eePtr->rewind = 0;

    esPtr->prevPtr = NULL;
................................................................................

void *
TclStackAlloc(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int numBytes)
{
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) interp;
    int numWords;

    if (iPtr == NULL || iPtr->execEnvPtr == NULL) {
	return (void *) ckalloc(numBytes);
    }
    numWords = (numBytes + (sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) - 1))/sizeof(Tcl_Obj *);
    return (void *) StackAllocWords(interp, numWords);
}

void *
TclStackRealloc(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    void *ptr,
................................................................................
	 */

	TclGetIntFromObj(interp, incrPtr, &type1);
	Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n    (reading increment)");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
































    if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE) || (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_NAN)) {
	/*
	 * Produce error message (reparse?!)
	 */

	return TclGetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &type1);
    }
................................................................................
	 */

	TclGetIntFromObj(interp, incrPtr, &type1);
	Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n    (reading increment)");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }


    if ((type1 != TCL_NUMBER_BIG) && (type2 != TCL_NUMBER_BIG)) {
	Tcl_WideInt w1, w2, sum;

	TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &w1);
	TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, incrPtr, &w2);
	sum = w1 + w2;

	/*
	 * Check for overflow.
	 */

	if (!Overflowing(w1, w2, sum)) {
	    TclSetIntObj(valuePtr, sum);
	    return TCL_OK;
	}
    }


    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &value);
    Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(interp, incrPtr, &incr);
    mp_add(&value, &incr, &value);
    mp_clear(&incr);
    Tcl_SetBignumObj(valuePtr, &value);
    return TCL_OK;
................................................................................
	TRACE(("%u => OK\n", opnd));
	NEXT_INST_F(5, 0, 0);
    }

    case INST_STR_CONCAT1:

	opnd = TclGetUInt1AtPtr(pc+1);
	objResultPtr = TclStringCat(interp, opnd, &OBJ_AT_DEPTH(opnd-1),
		TCL_STRING_IN_PLACE);
	if (objResultPtr == NULL) {
	    TRACE_ERROR(interp);
	    goto gotError;
	}

	TRACE_WITH_OBJ(("%u => ", opnd), objResultPtr);
	NEXT_INST_V(2, opnd, 1);

................................................................................
	DECACHE_STACK_INFO();

	pc += pcAdjustment;
	TEBC_YIELD();
	return TclNREvalObjv(interp, objc, objv,
		TCL_EVAL_NOERR | TCL_EVAL_SOURCE_IN_FRAME, NULL);











    case INST_INVOKE_REPLACE:
	objc = TclGetUInt4AtPtr(pc+1);
	opnd = TclGetUInt1AtPtr(pc+5);
	objPtr = POP_OBJECT();
	objv = &OBJ_AT_DEPTH(objc-1);
	cleanup = objc;
#ifdef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG
................................................................................
     * common execution code.
     */

/*TODO: Consider more untangling here; merge with LOAD and STORE ? */

    {
	Tcl_Obj *incrPtr;

	Tcl_WideInt w;

	long increment;

    case INST_INCR_SCALAR1:
    case INST_INCR_ARRAY1:
    case INST_INCR_ARRAY_STK:
    case INST_INCR_SCALAR_STK:
    case INST_INCR_STK:
................................................................................

	if (TclIsVarDirectModifyable(varPtr)) {
	    ClientData ptr;
	    int type;

	    objPtr = varPtr->value.objPtr;
	    if (GetNumberFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &ptr, &type) == TCL_OK) {
		if (type == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
		    Tcl_WideInt augend = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr);
		    Tcl_WideInt sum = augend + increment;

		    /*
		     * Overflow when (augend and sum have different sign) and
		     * (augend and increment have the same sign). This is
		     * encapsulated in the Overflowing macro.
		     */

		    if (!Overflowing(augend, increment, sum)) {
			TRACE(("%u %ld => ", opnd, increment));
			if (Tcl_IsShared(objPtr)) {
			    objPtr->refCount--;	/* We know it's shared. */
			    TclNewIntObj(objResultPtr, sum);
			    Tcl_IncrRefCount(objResultPtr);
			    varPtr->value.objPtr = objResultPtr;
			} else {
			    objResultPtr = objPtr;
			    TclSetIntObj(objPtr, sum);
			}
			goto doneIncr;
		    }

		    w = (Tcl_WideInt)augend;

		    TRACE(("%u %ld => ", opnd, increment));
		    if (Tcl_IsShared(objPtr)) {
			objPtr->refCount--;	/* We know it's shared. */
			objResultPtr = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(w+increment);
			Tcl_IncrRefCount(objResultPtr);
................................................................................
			objResultPtr = objPtr;

			/*
			 * We know the sum value is outside the long range;
			 * use macro form that doesn't range test again.
			 */

			TclSetIntObj(objPtr, w+increment);
		    }
		    goto doneIncr;



		}	/* end if (type == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) */































	    }
	    if (Tcl_IsShared(objPtr)) {
		objPtr->refCount--;	/* We know it's shared */
		objResultPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(objPtr);
		Tcl_IncrRefCount(objResultPtr);
		varPtr->value.objPtr = objResultPtr;
	    } else {
		objResultPtr = objPtr;
	    }
	    TclNewIntObj(incrPtr, increment);
	    if (TclIncrObj(interp, objResultPtr, incrPtr) != TCL_OK) {
		Tcl_DecrRefCount(incrPtr);
		TRACE_ERROR(interp);
		goto gotError;
	    }
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(incrPtr);
	    goto doneIncr;
	}

	/*
	 * All other cases, flow through to generic handling.
	 */

	TclNewIntObj(incrPtr, increment);
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(incrPtr);

    doIncrScalar:
	varPtr = LOCAL(opnd);
	while (TclIsVarLink(varPtr)) {
	    varPtr = varPtr->value.linkPtr;
	}
................................................................................
	TRACE_APPEND(("OK\n"));
	NEXT_INST_V(2, cleanup, 0);

    errorInUnset:
	CACHE_STACK_INFO();
	TRACE_ERROR(interp);
	goto gotError;























    }

    /*
     *	   End of INST_UNSET instructions.
     * -----------------------------------------------------------------
     *	   Start of INST_ARRAY instructions.
     */
................................................................................
	    NEXT_INST_F(jumpOffset, 1, 0);
	} else {
	    TRACE_APPEND(("not found in table\n"));
	    NEXT_INST_F(5, 1, 0);
	}
    }













































    /*
     * -----------------------------------------------------------------
     *	   Start of general introspector instructions.
     */

    case INST_NS_CURRENT: {
	Namespace *currNsPtr = (Namespace *) TclGetCurrentNamespace(interp);
................................................................................
	    Tcl_GetCommandFullName(interp, (Tcl_Command) corPtr->cmdPtr,
		    objResultPtr);
	}
	TRACE_WITH_OBJ(("=> "), objResultPtr);
	NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, 1);
    }
    case INST_INFO_LEVEL_NUM:
	TclNewIntObj(objResultPtr, iPtr->varFramePtr->level);
	TRACE_WITH_OBJ(("=> "), objResultPtr);
	NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, 1);
    case INST_INFO_LEVEL_ARGS: {
	int level;
	register CallFrame *framePtr = iPtr->varFramePtr;
	register CallFrame *rootFramePtr = iPtr->rootFramePtr;

................................................................................

    case INST_LIST_LENGTH:
	TRACE(("\"%.30s\" => ", O2S(OBJ_AT_TOS)));
	if (TclListObjLength(interp, OBJ_AT_TOS, &length) != TCL_OK) {
	    TRACE_ERROR(interp);
	    goto gotError;
	}
	TclNewIntObj(objResultPtr, length);
	TRACE_APPEND(("%d\n", length));
	NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 1);

    case INST_LIST_INDEX:	/* lindex with objc == 3 */
	value2Ptr = OBJ_AT_TOS;
	valuePtr = OBJ_UNDER_TOS;
	TRACE(("\"%.30s\" \"%.30s\" => ", O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr)));
................................................................................
	 */

	if (TclListObjGetElements(interp, valuePtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) {
	    TRACE_ERROR(interp);
	    goto gotError;
	}

	/* Decode end-offset index values. */









	index = TclIndexDecode(opnd, objc - 1);
	pcAdjustment = 5;

    lindexFastPath:
	if (index >= 0 && index < objc) {
	    objResultPtr = objv[index];
	} else {
	    TclNewObj(objResultPtr);
................................................................................

#ifndef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG
	if (*(pc+9) == INST_POP) {
	    NEXT_INST_F(10, 1, 0);
	}
#endif

	/* Every range of an empty list is an empty list */
	if (objc == 0) {
	    TRACE_APPEND(("\n"));
	    NEXT_INST_F(9, 0, 0);
	}

	/* Decode index value operands. */

	/* 

	assert ( toIdx != TCL_INDEX_AFTER);
	 *
	 * Extra safety for legacy bytecodes:
	 */
	if (toIdx == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) {
	    toIdx = TCL_INDEX_END;
	}







	if ((toIdx == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) || (fromIdx == TCL_INDEX_AFTER)) {
	    goto emptyList;
	}
	toIdx = TclIndexDecode(toIdx, objc - 1);
	if (toIdx < 0) {




	    goto emptyList;
	} else if (toIdx >= objc) {
	    toIdx = objc - 1;
	}

	assert ( toIdx >= 0 && toIdx < objc);
	/*


	assert ( fromIdx != TCL_INDEX_BEFORE );
	 *
	 * Extra safety for legacy bytecodes:
	 */
	if (fromIdx == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) {
	    fromIdx = TCL_INDEX_START;
	}


	fromIdx = TclIndexDecode(fromIdx, objc - 1);
	if (fromIdx < 0) {
	    fromIdx = 0;
	}



	if (fromIdx <= toIdx) {
	    /* Construct the subsquence list */
	    /* unshared optimization */
	    if (Tcl_IsShared(valuePtr)) {
		objResultPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(toIdx-fromIdx+1, objv+fromIdx);
	    } else {
		if (toIdx != objc - 1) {
		    Tcl_ListObjReplace(NULL, valuePtr, toIdx + 1, LIST_MAX,
			    0, NULL);
		}
		Tcl_ListObjReplace(NULL, valuePtr, 0, fromIdx, 0, NULL);
		TRACE_APPEND(("%.30s\n", O2S(valuePtr)));
		NEXT_INST_F(9, 0, 0);
	    }

	} else {
	emptyList:
	    TclNewObj(objResultPtr);
	}

	TRACE_APPEND(("\"%.30s\"", O2S(objResultPtr)));
	NEXT_INST_F(9, 1, 1);

    case INST_LIST_IN:
................................................................................
	TRACE(("\"%.20s\" \"%.20s\" => %d\n", O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr),
		(match < 0 ? -1 : match > 0 ? 1 : 0)));
	JUMP_PEEPHOLE_F(match, 1, 2);

    case INST_STR_LEN:
	valuePtr = OBJ_AT_TOS;
	length = Tcl_GetCharLength(valuePtr);
	TclNewIntObj(objResultPtr, length);
	TRACE(("\"%.20s\" => %d\n", O2S(valuePtr), length));
	NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 1);

    case INST_STR_UPPER:
	valuePtr = OBJ_AT_TOS;
	TRACE(("\"%.20s\" => ", O2S(valuePtr)));
	if (Tcl_IsShared(valuePtr)) {
................................................................................
    case INST_STR_RANGE_IMM:
	valuePtr = OBJ_AT_TOS;
	fromIdx = TclGetInt4AtPtr(pc+1);
	toIdx = TclGetInt4AtPtr(pc+5);
	length = Tcl_GetCharLength(valuePtr);
	TRACE(("\"%.20s\" %d %d => ", O2S(valuePtr), fromIdx, toIdx));

	/* Every range of an empty value is an empty value */
	if (length == 0) {
	    TRACE_APPEND(("\n"));
	    NEXT_INST_F(9, 0, 0);
	}

	/* Decode index operands. */

	/*

	assert ( toIdx != TCL_INDEX_BEFORE );
	assert ( toIdx != TCL_INDEX_AFTER);
	 *
	 * Extra safety for legacy bytecodes:
	 */
	if (toIdx == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) {
	    goto emptyRange;
	}




	if (toIdx == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) {
	    toIdx = TCL_INDEX_END;
	}



	toIdx = TclIndexDecode(toIdx, length - 1);
	if (toIdx < 0) {

	    goto emptyRange;
	} else if (toIdx >= length) {
	    toIdx = length - 1;
	}

	assert ( toIdx >= 0 && toIdx < length );

	/*

	assert ( fromIdx != TCL_INDEX_BEFORE );
	assert ( fromIdx != TCL_INDEX_AFTER);
	 *
	 * Extra safety for legacy bytecodes:
	 */
	if (fromIdx == TCL_INDEX_BEFORE) {
	    fromIdx = TCL_INDEX_START;
	}
	if (fromIdx == TCL_INDEX_AFTER) {
	    goto emptyRange;
	}

	fromIdx = TclIndexDecode(fromIdx, length - 1);
	if (fromIdx < 0) {
	    fromIdx = 0;
	}

	if (fromIdx <= toIdx) {
	    objResultPtr = Tcl_GetRange(valuePtr, fromIdx, toIdx);
	} else {
	emptyRange:
	    TclNewObj(objResultPtr);
	}
	TRACE_APPEND(("%.30s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
	NEXT_INST_F(9, 1, 1);

    {
	Tcl_UniChar *ustring1, *ustring2, *ustring3, *end, *p;
	int length3, endIdx;
	Tcl_Obj *value3Ptr;

    case INST_STR_REPLACE:
	value3Ptr = POP_OBJECT();
	valuePtr = OBJ_AT_DEPTH(2);
	endIdx = Tcl_GetCharLength(valuePtr) - 1;
	TRACE(("\"%.20s\" %s %s \"%.20s\" => ", O2S(valuePtr),
		O2S(OBJ_UNDER_TOS), O2S(OBJ_AT_TOS), O2S(value3Ptr)));
	if (TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, OBJ_UNDER_TOS, endIdx,
		    &fromIdx) != TCL_OK
	    || TclGetIntForIndexM(interp, OBJ_AT_TOS, endIdx,
		    &toIdx) != TCL_OK) {
	    TclDecrRefCount(value3Ptr);
	    TRACE_ERROR(interp);
	    goto gotError;
	}
	TclDecrRefCount(OBJ_AT_TOS);
	(void) POP_OBJECT();
	TclDecrRefCount(OBJ_AT_TOS);
	(void) POP_OBJECT();





	if ((toIdx < 0) ||
		(fromIdx > endIdx) ||
		(toIdx < fromIdx)) {
	    TRACE_APPEND(("\"%.30s\"\n", O2S(valuePtr)));
	    TclDecrRefCount(value3Ptr);
	    NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, 0);
	}

	if (fromIdx < 0) {
	    fromIdx = 0;
	}

	if (toIdx > endIdx) {
	    toIdx = endIdx;
	}

	if (fromIdx == 0 && toIdx == endIdx) {
	    TclDecrRefCount(OBJ_AT_TOS);
	    OBJ_AT_TOS = value3Ptr;
	    TRACE_APPEND(("\"%.30s\"\n", O2S(value3Ptr)));
	    NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, 0);
	}


















































	objResultPtr = TclStringReplace(interp, valuePtr, fromIdx,


		toIdx - fromIdx + 1, value3Ptr, TCL_STRING_IN_PLACE);
























	if (objResultPtr == value3Ptr) {
	    /* See [Bug 82e7f67325] */
	    TclDecrRefCount(OBJ_AT_TOS);
	    OBJ_AT_TOS = value3Ptr;
	    TRACE_APPEND(("\"%.30s\"\n", O2S(value3Ptr)));
	    NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, 0);
	}
................................................................................
	}
    doneStringMap:
	TRACE_WITH_OBJ(("%.20s %.20s %.20s => ",
		O2S(value2Ptr), O2S(value3Ptr), O2S(valuePtr)), objResultPtr);
	NEXT_INST_V(1, 3, 1);

    case INST_STR_FIND:
	match = TclStringFirst(OBJ_UNDER_TOS, OBJ_AT_TOS, 0);

	TRACE(("%.20s %.20s => %d\n",
		O2S(OBJ_UNDER_TOS), O2S(OBJ_AT_TOS), match));
	TclNewIntObj(objResultPtr, match);
	NEXT_INST_F(1, 2, 1);

    case INST_STR_FIND_LAST:
	match = TclStringLast(OBJ_UNDER_TOS, OBJ_AT_TOS, INT_MAX - 1);

	TRACE(("%.20s %.20s => %d\n",
		O2S(OBJ_UNDER_TOS), O2S(OBJ_AT_TOS), match));
	TclNewIntObj(objResultPtr, match);
	NEXT_INST_F(1, 2, 1);

    case INST_STR_CLASS:
	opnd = TclGetInt1AtPtr(pc+1);
	valuePtr = OBJ_AT_TOS;
	TRACE(("%s \"%.30s\" => ", tclStringClassTable[opnd].name,
		O2S(valuePtr)));
................................................................................
	trim1 = 0;
	goto createTrimmedString;
    case INST_STR_TRIM:
	valuePtr = OBJ_UNDER_TOS;	/* String */
	value2Ptr = OBJ_AT_TOS;		/* TrimSet */
	string2 = TclGetStringFromObj(value2Ptr, &length2);
	string1 = TclGetStringFromObj(valuePtr, &length);
	trim1 = TclTrim(string1, length, string2, length2, &trim2);





    createTrimmedString:
	/*
	 * Careful here; trim set often contains non-ASCII characters so we
	 * take care when printing. [Bug 971cb4f1db]
	 */

#ifdef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG
................................................................................
     * -----------------------------------------------------------------
     *	   Start of numeric operator instructions.
     */

    {
	ClientData ptr1, ptr2;
	int type1, type2;
	Tcl_WideInt w1, w2, wResult;

    case INST_NUM_TYPE:
	if (GetNumberFromObj(NULL, OBJ_AT_TOS, &ptr1, &type1) != TCL_OK) {
	    type1 = 0;
	} else if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    /* value is between LLONG_MIN and LLONG_MAX */
	    /* [string is integer] is -UINT_MAX to UINT_MAX range */
	    /* [string is wideinteger] is -ULLONG_MAX to ULLONG_MAX range */
	    int i;









	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, OBJ_AT_TOS, &i) == TCL_OK) {
		type1 = TCL_NUMBER_LONG;
	    }

	} else if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_BIG) {
	    /* value is an integer outside the LLONG_MIN to LLONG_MAX range */
	    /* [string is wideinteger] is -ULLONG_MAX to ULLONG_MAX range */
	    Tcl_WideInt w;

	    if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(NULL, OBJ_AT_TOS, &w) == TCL_OK) {
		type1 = TCL_NUMBER_WIDE;
	    }
	}
	TclNewIntObj(objResultPtr, type1);
	TRACE(("\"%.20s\" => %d\n", O2S(OBJ_AT_TOS), type1));
	NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 1);

    case INST_EQ:
    case INST_NEQ:
    case INST_LT:
    case INST_GT:
................................................................................
	    iResult = (*pc == INST_NEQ);
	    goto foundResult;
	}
	if (valuePtr == value2Ptr) {
	    compare = MP_EQ;
	    goto convertComparison;
	}
	if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) && (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE)) {
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1);
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);
	    compare = (w1 < w2) ? MP_LT : ((w1 > w2) ? MP_GT : MP_EQ);
	} else {
	    compare = TclCompareTwoNumbers(valuePtr, value2Ptr);
	}

	/*
	 * Turn comparison outcome into appropriate result for opcode.
	 */
................................................................................
	    goto gotError;
	}

	/*
	 * Check for common, simple case.
	 */

	if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) && (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE)) {
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1);
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);

	    switch (*pc) {
	    case INST_MOD:
		if (w2 == 0) {
		    TRACE(("%s %s => DIVIDE BY ZERO\n", O2S(valuePtr),
			    O2S(value2Ptr)));
		    goto divideByZero;
		} else if ((w2 == 1) || (w2 == -1)) {
		    /*
		     * Div. by |1| always yields remainder of 0.
		     */

		    TRACE(("%s %s => ", O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr)));
		    objResultPtr = TCONST(0);
		    TRACE(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
		    NEXT_INST_F(1, 2, 1);
		} else if (w1 == 0) {
		    /*
		     * 0 % (non-zero) always yields remainder of 0.
		     */

		    TRACE(("%s %s => ", O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr)));
		    objResultPtr = TCONST(0);
		    TRACE(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
		    NEXT_INST_F(1, 2, 1);
		} else {
		    wResult = w1 / w2;

		    /*
		     * Force Tcl's integer division rules.
		     * TODO: examine for logic simplification
		     */

		    if ((wResult < 0 || (wResult == 0 &&
			    ((w1 < 0 && w2 > 0) || (w1 > 0 && w2 < 0)))) &&
			    (wResult * w2 != w1)) {
			wResult -= 1;
		    }
		    wResult = w1 - w2*wResult;
		    goto wideResultOfArithmetic;
		}

	    case INST_RSHIFT:
		if (w2 < 0) {
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			    "negative shift argument", -1));
#ifdef ERROR_CODE_FOR_EARLY_DETECTED_ARITH_ERROR
		    DECACHE_STACK_INFO();
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "ARITH", "DOMAIN",
			    "domain error: argument not in valid range",
			    NULL);
		    CACHE_STACK_INFO();
#endif /* ERROR_CODE_FOR_EARLY_DETECTED_ARITH_ERROR */
		    goto gotError;
		} else if (w1 == 0) {
		    TRACE(("%s %s => ", O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr)));
		    objResultPtr = TCONST(0);
		    TRACE(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
		    NEXT_INST_F(1, 2, 1);
		} else {
		    /*
		     * Quickly force large right shifts to 0 or -1.
		     */

		    if (w2 >= (Tcl_WideInt)(CHAR_BIT*sizeof(long))) {
			/*
			 * We assume that INT_MAX is much larger than the
			 * number of bits in a long. This is a pretty safe
			 * assumption, given that the former is usually around
			 * 4e9 and the latter 32 or 64...
			 */

			TRACE(("%s %s => ", O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr)));
			if (w1 > 0L) {
			    objResultPtr = TCONST(0);
			} else {
			    TclNewIntObj(objResultPtr, -1);
			}
			TRACE(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
			NEXT_INST_F(1, 2, 1);
		    }

		    /*
		     * Handle shifts within the native long range.
		     */

		    wResult = w1 >> ((int) w2);
		    goto wideResultOfArithmetic;
		}

	    case INST_LSHIFT:
		if (w2 < 0) {
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			    "negative shift argument", -1));
#ifdef ERROR_CODE_FOR_EARLY_DETECTED_ARITH_ERROR
		    DECACHE_STACK_INFO();
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "ARITH", "DOMAIN",
			    "domain error: argument not in valid range",
			    NULL);
		    CACHE_STACK_INFO();
#endif /* ERROR_CODE_FOR_EARLY_DETECTED_ARITH_ERROR */
		    goto gotError;
		} else if (w1 == 0) {
		    TRACE(("%s %s => ", O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr)));
		    objResultPtr = TCONST(0);
		    TRACE(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
		    NEXT_INST_F(1, 2, 1);
		} else if (w2 > INT_MAX) {
		    /*
		     * Technically, we could hold the value (1 << (INT_MAX+1))
		     * in an mp_int, but since we're using mp_mul_2d() to do
		     * the work, and it takes only an int argument, that's a
		     * good place to draw the line.
		     */

................................................................................
		    DECACHE_STACK_INFO();
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "ARITH", "IOVERFLOW",
			    "integer value too large to represent", NULL);
		    CACHE_STACK_INFO();
#endif /* ERROR_CODE_FOR_EARLY_DETECTED_ARITH_ERROR */
		    goto gotError;
		} else {
		    int shift = (int) w2;

		    /*
		     * Handle shifts within the native long range.
		     */

		    if ((size_t) shift < CHAR_BIT*sizeof(long) && (w1 != 0)
			    && !((w1>0 ? w1 : ~w1) &
				-(1L<<(CHAR_BIT*sizeof(long) - 1 - shift)))) {
			wResult = w1 << shift;
			goto wideResultOfArithmetic;
		    }
		}

		/*
		 * Too large; need to use the broken-out function.
		 */

		TRACE(("%s %s => ", O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr)));
		break;

	    case INST_BITAND:
		wResult = w1 & w2;
		goto wideResultOfArithmetic;
	    case INST_BITOR:
		wResult = w1 | w2;
		goto wideResultOfArithmetic;
	    case INST_BITXOR:
		wResult = w1 ^ w2;
		goto wideResultOfArithmetic;









	    }
	}

	/*
	 * DO NOT MERGE THIS WITH THE EQUIVALENT SECTION LATER! That would
	 * encourage the compiler to inline ExecuteExtendedBinaryMathOp, which
	 * is highly undesirable due to the overall impact on size.
................................................................................
#endif

	/*
	 * Handle (long,long) arithmetic as best we can without going out to
	 * an external function.
	 */

	if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) && (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE)) {


	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1);
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);

	    switch (*pc) {
	    case INST_ADD:


		wResult = w1 + w2;

		/*
		 * Check for overflow.
		 */

		if (Overflowing(w1, w2, wResult)) {
		    goto overflow;
		}

		goto wideResultOfArithmetic;

	    case INST_SUB:


		wResult = w1 - w2;
		/*
		 * Must check for overflow. The macro tests for overflows in
		 * sums by looking at the sign bits. As we have a subtraction
		 * here, we are adding -w2. As -w2 could in turn overflow, we
		 * test with ~w2 instead: it has the opposite sign bit to w2
		 * so it does the job. Note that the only "bad" case (w2==0)
		 * is irrelevant for this macro, as in that case w1 and
		 * wResult have the same sign and there is no overflow anyway.
		 */

		if (Overflowing(w1, ~w2, wResult)) {
		    goto overflow;
		}

	    wideResultOfArithmetic:
		TRACE(("%s %s => ", O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr)));
		if (Tcl_IsShared(valuePtr)) {
		    objResultPtr = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wResult);
		    TRACE(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
		    NEXT_INST_F(1, 2, 1);
		}
		TclSetIntObj(valuePtr, wResult);
		TRACE(("%s\n", O2S(valuePtr)));
		NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 0);

	    case INST_DIV:
		if (w2 == 0) {
		    TRACE(("%s %s => DIVIDE BY ZERO\n",
			    O2S(valuePtr), O2S(value2Ptr)));
		    goto divideByZero;
		} else if ((w1 == LLONG_MIN) && (w2 == -1)) {
		    /*
		     * Can't represent (-LLONG_MIN) as a Tcl_WideInt.
		     */

		    goto overflow;
		}
		wResult = w1 / w2;

		/*
		 * Force Tcl's integer division rules.
		 * TODO: examine for logic simplification
		 */

		if (((wResult < 0) || ((wResult == 0) &&
			((w1 < 0 && w2 > 0) || (w1 > 0 && w2 < 0)))) &&
			((wResult * w2) != w1)) {
		    wResult -= 1;
		}
		goto wideResultOfArithmetic;

	    case INST_MULT:
		if (((sizeof(Tcl_WideInt) >= 2*sizeof(int))
			&& (w1 <= INT_MAX) && (w1 >= INT_MIN)
			&& (w2 <= INT_MAX) && (w2 >= INT_MIN))
			|| ((sizeof(Tcl_WideInt) >= 2*sizeof(short))
			&& (w1 <= SHRT_MAX) && (w1 >= SHRT_MIN)
			&& (w2 <= SHRT_MAX) && (w2 >= SHRT_MIN))) {
		    wResult = w1 * w2;
		    goto wideResultOfArithmetic;
		}
	    }

	    /*
	     * Fall through with INST_EXPON, INST_DIV and large multiplies.
	     */
	}
................................................................................
	    TRACE_APPEND(("ERROR: illegal type %s\n",
		    (valuePtr->typePtr? valuePtr->typePtr->name : "null")));
	    DECACHE_STACK_INFO();
	    IllegalExprOperandType(interp, pc, valuePtr);
	    CACHE_STACK_INFO();
	    goto gotError;
	}
	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr1);
	    if (Tcl_IsShared(valuePtr)) {
		TclNewIntObj(objResultPtr, ~w1);
		TRACE_APPEND(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
		NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 1);
	    }
	    TclSetIntObj(valuePtr, ~w1);
	    TRACE_APPEND(("%s\n", O2S(valuePtr)));
	    NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, 0);
	}
	objResultPtr = ExecuteExtendedUnaryMathOp(*pc, valuePtr);
	if (objResultPtr != NULL) {
	    TRACE_APPEND(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
	    NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 1);
................................................................................
	    goto gotError;
	}
	switch (type1) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_NAN:
	    /* -NaN => NaN */
	    TRACE_APPEND(("%s\n", O2S(valuePtr)));
	    NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, 0);
	case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr1);
	    if (w1 != LLONG_MIN) {
		if (Tcl_IsShared(valuePtr)) {
		    TclNewIntObj(objResultPtr, -w1);
		    TRACE_APPEND(("%s\n", O2S(objResultPtr)));
		    NEXT_INST_F(1, 1, 1);
		}
		TclSetIntObj(valuePtr, -w1);
		TRACE_APPEND(("%s\n", O2S(valuePtr)));
		NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, 0);
	    }
	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
	}
	objResultPtr = ExecuteExtendedUnaryMathOp(*pc, valuePtr);
	if (objResultPtr != NULL) {
................................................................................
	CACHE_STACK_INFO();
	*/
	result = TCL_CONTINUE;
	cleanup = 0;
	TRACE(("=> CONTINUE!\n"));
	goto processExceptionReturn;

    {
	ForeachInfo *infoPtr;



































































































































































	Tcl_Obj *listPtr, **elements, *tmpPtr;
	ForeachVarList *varListPtr;
	int numLists, listLen, numVars;
	int listTmpDepth;
	size_t iterNum, iterMax, iterTmp;
	int varIndex, valIndex, j;
	long i;

    case INST_FOREACH_START:
	/*
	 * Initialize the data for the looping construct, pushing the
	 * corresponding Tcl_Objs to the stack.
................................................................................
	 * Store the iterNum and iterMax in a single Tcl_Obj; we keep a
	 * nul-string obj with the pointer stored in the ptrValue so that the
	 * thing is properly garbage collected. THIS OBJ MAKES NO SENSE, but
	 * it will never leave this scope and is read-only.
	 */

	TclNewObj(tmpPtr);
	tmpPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
	tmpPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = (void *)iterMax;
	PUSH_OBJECT(tmpPtr); /* iterCounts object */

	/*
	 * Store a pointer to the ForeachInfo struct; same dirty trick
	 * as above
	 */

................................................................................

	tmpPtr = OBJ_AT_TOS;
	infoPtr = tmpPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
	numLists = infoPtr->numLists;
	TRACE(("=> "));

	tmpPtr = OBJ_AT_DEPTH(1);
	iterNum = (size_t)tmpPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
	iterMax = (size_t)tmpPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2;

	/*
	 * If some list still has a remaining list element iterate one more
	 * time. Assign to var the next element from its value list.
	 */

	if (iterNum < iterMax) {
	    /*
	     * Set the variables and jump back to run the body
	     */

	    tmpPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 =(void *)(iterNum + 1);

	    listTmpDepth = numLists + 1;

	    for (i = 0;  i < numLists;  i++) {
		varListPtr = infoPtr->varLists[i];
		numVars = varListPtr->numVars;

................................................................................

	TclNewObj(objPtr);
	Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
	iPtr->objResultPtr = objPtr;
	NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, -1);

    case INST_PUSH_RETURN_CODE:
	TclNewIntObj(objResultPtr, result);
	TRACE(("=> %u\n", result));
	NEXT_INST_F(1, 0, 1);

    case INST_PUSH_RETURN_OPTIONS:
	DECACHE_STACK_INFO();
	objResultPtr = Tcl_GetReturnOptions(interp, result);
	CACHE_STACK_INFO();
................................................................................
	    case 3:		/* seconds */
		Tcl_GetTime(&now);
		wval = (Tcl_WideInt) now.sec;
		break;
	    default:
		Tcl_Panic("clockRead instruction with unknown clock#");
	    }

	    objResultPtr = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(wval);
	    TRACE_WITH_OBJ(("=> "), objResultPtr);
	    NEXT_INST_F(2, 0, 1);
	}

    default:
	Tcl_Panic("TclNRExecuteByteCode: unrecognized opCode %u", *pc);
................................................................................
ExecuteExtendedBinaryMathOp(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Where to report errors. */
    int opcode,			/* What operation to perform. */
    Tcl_Obj **constants,	/* The execution environment's constants. */
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,		/* The first operand on the stack. */
    Tcl_Obj *value2Ptr)		/* The second operand on the stack. */
{








#define WIDE_RESULT(w) \
    if (Tcl_IsShared(valuePtr)) {		\
	return Tcl_NewWideIntObj(w);		\
    } else {					\
	TclSetIntObj(valuePtr, w);		\
	return NULL;				\
    }
#define BIG_RESULT(b) \
    if (Tcl_IsShared(valuePtr)) {		\
	return Tcl_NewBignumObj(b);		\
    } else {					\
	Tcl_SetBignumObj(valuePtr, b);		\
................................................................................
	Tcl_SetDoubleObj(valuePtr, (d));	\
	return NULL;				\
    }

    int type1, type2;
    ClientData ptr1, ptr2;
    double d1, d2, dResult;

    Tcl_WideInt w1, w2, wResult;
    mp_int big1, big2, bigResult, bigRemainder;
    Tcl_Obj *objResultPtr;
    int invalid, numPos, zero;
    long shift;

    (void) GetNumberFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &ptr1, &type1);
    (void) GetNumberFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &ptr2, &type2);

    switch (opcode) {
    case INST_MOD:
	/* TODO: Attempts to re-use unshared operands on stack */

	w2 = 0;			/* silence gcc warning */
	if (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);
	    if (w2 == 0) {
		return DIVIDED_BY_ZERO;
	    }
	    if ((w2 == 1) || (w2 == -1)) {
		/*
		 * Div. by |1| always yields remainder of 0.
		 */

		return constants[0];
	    }
	}

	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1);

	    if (w1 == 0) {
		/*
		 * 0 % (non-zero) always yields remainder of 0.
		 */

		return constants[0];
	    }
	    if (type2 != TCL_NUMBER_BIG) {
		Tcl_WideInt wQuotient, wRemainder;
		Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &w2);
		wQuotient = w1 / w2;

		/*
		 * Force Tcl's integer division rules.
................................................................................
	    /*
	     * Arguments are same sign; remainder is first operand.
	     */

	    mp_clear(&big2);
	    return NULL;
	}

	Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big1);
	Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);
	mp_init(&bigResult);
	mp_init(&bigRemainder);
	mp_div(&big1, &big2, &bigResult, &bigRemainder);
	if (!mp_iszero(&bigRemainder) && (bigRemainder.sign != big2.sign)) {
	    /*
................................................................................
    case INST_LSHIFT:
    case INST_RSHIFT: {
	/*
	 * Reject negative shift argument.
	 */

	switch (type2) {




	case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
	    invalid = (*((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2) < (Tcl_WideInt)0);
	    break;

	case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);

	    invalid = mp_isneg(&big2);
	    mp_clear(&big2);
	    break;
	default:
	    /* Unused, here to silence compiler warning */
	    invalid = 0;
	}
	if (invalid) {
................................................................................
	    return GENERAL_ARITHMETIC_ERROR;
	}

	/*
	 * Zero shifted any number of bits is still zero.
	 */

	if ((type1==TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) && (*((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1) == (Tcl_WideInt)0)) {
	    return constants[0];
	}

	if (opcode == INST_LSHIFT) {
	    /*
	     * Large left shifts create integer overflow.
	     *
	     * BEWARE! Can't use Tcl_GetIntFromObj() here because that
	     * converts values in the (unsigned) range to their signed int
	     * counterparts, leading to incorrect results.
	     */

	    if ((type2 != TCL_NUMBER_WIDE)
		    || (*((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2) > INT_MAX)) {
		/*
		 * Technically, we could hold the value (1 << (INT_MAX+1)) in
		 * an mp_int, but since we're using mp_mul_2d() to do the
		 * work, and it takes only an int argument, that's a good
		 * place to draw the line.
		 */

		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"integer value too large to represent", -1));
		return GENERAL_ARITHMETIC_ERROR;
	    }
	    shift = (int)(*((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2));

	    /*
	     * Handle shifts within the native wide range.
	     */

	    if ((type1 != TCL_NUMBER_BIG)
		    && ((size_t)shift < CHAR_BIT*sizeof(Tcl_WideInt))) {
................................................................................
		}
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * Quickly force large right shifts to 0 or -1.
	     */

	    if ((type2 != TCL_NUMBER_WIDE)
		    || (*(const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2 > INT_MAX)) {
		/*
		 * Again, technically, the value to be shifted could be an
		 * mp_int so huge that a right shift by (INT_MAX+1) bits could
		 * not take us to the result of 0 or -1, but since we're using
		 * mp_div_2d to do the work, and it takes only an int
		 * argument, we draw the line there.
		 */

		switch (type1) {




		case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
		    zero = (*(const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1 > (Tcl_WideInt)0);
		    break;

		case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
		    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big1);

		    zero = (!mp_isneg(&big1));
		    mp_clear(&big1);
		    break;
		default:
		    /* Unused, here to silence compiler warning. */
		    zero = 0;
		}
		if (zero) {
		    return constants[0];
		}
		WIDE_RESULT(-1);
	    }
	    shift = (int)(*(const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);


	    /*
	     * Handle shifts within the native wide range.
	     */

	    if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
		w1 = *(const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1;
		if ((size_t)shift >= CHAR_BIT*sizeof(Tcl_WideInt)) {
		    if (w1 >= (Tcl_WideInt)0) {
			return constants[0];
		    }
		    WIDE_RESULT(-1);
		}
		WIDE_RESULT(w1 >> shift);
	    }

	}

	Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big1);

	mp_init(&bigResult);
	if (opcode == INST_LSHIFT) {
	    mp_mul_2d(&big1, shift, &bigResult);
	} else {
	    mp_init(&bigRemainder);
	    mp_div_2d(&big1, shift, &bigResult, &bigRemainder);
	    if (mp_isneg(&bigRemainder)) {
		/*
		 * Convert to Tcl's integer division rules.
		 */

		mp_sub_d(&bigResult, 1, &bigResult);
	    }
	    mp_clear(&bigRemainder);
................................................................................
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);

	    /*
	     * Count how many positive arguments we have. If only one of the
	     * arguments is negative, store it in 'Second'.
	     */

	    if (!mp_isneg(&big1)) {
		numPos = 1 + !mp_isneg(&big2);
		First = &big1;
		Second = &big2;
	    } else {
		First = &big2;
		Second = &big1;
		numPos = (!mp_isneg(First));
	    }
	    mp_init(&bigResult);

	    switch (opcode) {
	    case INST_BITAND:
		switch (numPos) {
		case 2:
................................................................................
	    }

	    mp_clear(&big1);
	    mp_clear(&big2);
	    BIG_RESULT(&bigResult);
	}


	if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) || (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE)) {
	    TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &w1);
	    TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &w2);

	    switch (opcode) {
	    case INST_BITAND:
		wResult = w1 & w2;
................................................................................
		break;
	    default:
		/* Unused, here to silence compiler warning. */
		wResult = 0;
	    }
	    WIDE_RESULT(wResult);
	}

	w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1);
	w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);

	switch (opcode) {
	case INST_BITAND:
	    wResult = w1 & w2;
	    break;
	case INST_BITOR:
	    wResult = w1 | w2;
	    break;
	case INST_BITXOR:
	    wResult = w1 ^ w2;
	    break;
	default:
	    /* Unused, here to silence compiler warning. */
	    wResult = 0;
	}
	WIDE_RESULT(wResult);

    case INST_EXPON: {
	int oddExponent = 0, negativeExponent = 0;
	unsigned short base;

	if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE) || (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE)) {
	    Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &d1);
................................................................................

	    if (d1==0.0 && d2<0.0) {
		return EXPONENT_OF_ZERO;
	    }
	    dResult = pow(d1, d2);
	    goto doubleResult;
	}
	w2 = 0;
	if (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr2);
	    if (w2 == 0) {
		/*
		 * Anything to the zero power is 1.
		 */

		return constants[1];
	    } else if (w2 == 1) {
		/*
		 * Anything to the first power is itself
		 */

		return NULL;
	    }
	}

	switch (type2) {





	case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);
	    negativeExponent = (w2 < 0);
	    oddExponent = (int) (w2 & (Tcl_WideInt)1);
	    break;

	case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);
	    negativeExponent = mp_isneg(&big2);
	    mp_mod_2d(&big2, 1, &big2);
	    oddExponent = !mp_iszero(&big2);
	    mp_clear(&big2);
	    break;
	}

	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1);
	}
	if (negativeExponent) {
	    if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
		switch (w1) {
		case 0:
		    /*
		     * Zero to a negative power is div by zero error.
		     */

		    return EXPONENT_OF_ZERO;
		case -1:
		    if (oddExponent) {
			WIDE_RESULT(-1);
		    }
		    /* fallthrough */
		case 1:
		    /*
		     * 1 to any power is 1.
		     */

................................................................................
	     * Integers with magnitude greater than 1 raise to a negative
	     * power yield the answer zero (see TIP 123).
	     */

	    return constants[0];
	}

	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    switch (w1) {
	    case 0:
		/*
		 * Zero to a positive power is zero.
		 */

		return constants[0];
	    case 1:
................................................................................
		 */

		return constants[1];
	    case -1:
		if (!oddExponent) {
		    return constants[1];
		}
		WIDE_RESULT(-1);
	    }
	}

	/*
	 * We refuse to accept exponent arguments that exceed one mp_digit
	 * which means the max exponent value is 2**28-1 = 0x0fffffff =
	 * 268435455, which fits into a signed 32 bit int which is within the
	 * range of the long int type. This means any numeric Tcl_Obj value
	 * not using TCL_NUMBER_WIDE type must hold a value larger than we
	 * accept.
	 */

	if (type2 != TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "exponent too large", -1));
	    return GENERAL_ARITHMETIC_ERROR;
	}

	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    if (w1 == 2) {
		/*
		 * Reduce small powers of 2 to shifts.
		 */





		if ((Tcl_WideUInt) w2 < (Tcl_WideUInt) CHAR_BIT*sizeof(Tcl_WideInt) - 1) {
		    WIDE_RESULT(((Tcl_WideInt) 1) << (int)w2);
		}

		goto overflowExpon;
	    }
	    if (w1 == -2) {
		int signum = oddExponent ? -1 : 1;

		/*
		 * Reduce small powers of 2 to shifts.
		 */





		if ((Tcl_WideUInt)w2 < CHAR_BIT*sizeof(Tcl_WideInt) - 1){
		    WIDE_RESULT(signum * (((Tcl_WideInt) 1) << (int) w2));
		}

		goto overflowExpon;
	    }







	}

































































	if (type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr1);

	} else {
	    goto overflowExpon;
	}
	if (w2 - 2 < (long)MaxBase64Size
		&& w1 <=  MaxBase64[w2 - 2]
		&& w1 >= -MaxBase64[w2 - 2]) {
	    /*
	     * Small powers of integers whose result is wide.
	     */

	    wResult = w1 * w1;		/* b**2 */
	    switch (w2) {
	    case 2:
		break;
	    case 3:
		wResult *= w1;		/* b**3 */
		break;
	    case 4:
		wResult *= wResult;	/* b**4 */
		break;
	    case 5:
		wResult *= wResult;	/* b**4 */
		wResult *= w1;		/* b**5 */
................................................................................

	/*
	 * Handle cases of powers > 16 that still fit in a 64-bit word by
	 * doing table lookup.
	 */

	if (w1 - 3 >= 0 && w1 - 2 < (long)Exp64IndexSize
		&& w2 - 2 < (long)(Exp64ValueSize + MaxBase64Size)) {
	    base = Exp64Index[w1 - 3]
		    + (unsigned short) (w2 - 2 - MaxBase64Size);
	    if (base < Exp64Index[w1 - 2]) {
		/*
		 * 64-bit number raised to intermediate power, done by
		 * table lookup.
		 */

		WIDE_RESULT(Exp64Value[base]);
	    }
	}

	if (-w1 - 3 >= 0 && -w1 - 2 < (long)Exp64IndexSize
		&& w2 - 2 < (long)(Exp64ValueSize + MaxBase64Size)) {
	    base = Exp64Index[-w1 - 3]
		    + (unsigned short) (w2 - 2 - MaxBase64Size);
	    if (base < Exp64Index[-w1 - 2]) {
		/*
		 * 64-bit number raised to intermediate power, done by
		 * table lookup.
		 */

		wResult = oddExponent ? -Exp64Value[base] : Exp64Value[base];
		WIDE_RESULT(wResult);
	    }
	}


    overflowExpon:
	Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);
	if (big2.used > 1) {
	    mp_clear(&big2);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "exponent too large", -1));
................................................................................
	if ((type1 != TCL_NUMBER_BIG) && (type2 != TCL_NUMBER_BIG)) {
	    TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &w1);
	    TclGetWideIntFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &w2);

	    switch (opcode) {
	    case INST_ADD:
		wResult = w1 + w2;

		if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) || (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE))

		{
		    /*
		     * Check for overflow.
		     */

		    if (Overflowing(w1, w2, wResult)) {
			goto overflowBasic;
		    }
		}
		break;

	    case INST_SUB:
		wResult = w1 - w2;

		if ((type1 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) || (type2 == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE))

		{
		    /*
		     * Must check for overflow. The macro tests for overflows
		     * in sums by looking at the sign bits. As we have a
		     * subtraction here, we are adding -w2. As -w2 could in
		     * turn overflow, we test with ~w2 instead: it has the
		     * opposite sign bit to w2 so it does the job. Note that
................................................................................
		    if (Overflowing(w1, ~w2, wResult)) {
			goto overflowBasic;
		    }
		}
		break;

	    case INST_MULT:
		if ((w1 < INT_MIN) || (w1 > INT_MAX) || (w2 < INT_MIN) || (w2 > INT_MAX)) {

		    goto overflowBasic;
		}
		wResult = w1 * w2;
		break;

	    case INST_DIV:
		if (w2 == 0) {
................................................................................
    mp_int big;
    Tcl_Obj *objResultPtr;

    (void) GetNumberFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &ptr, &type);

    switch (opcode) {
    case INST_BITNOT:

	if (type == TCL_NUMBER_WIDE) {
	    w = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr);
	    WIDE_RESULT(~w);
	}

	Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big);
	/* ~a = - a - 1 */
	mp_neg(&big, &big);
	mp_sub_d(&big, 1, &big);
	BIG_RESULT(&big);
    case INST_UMINUS:
	switch (type) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE:
	    DOUBLE_RESULT(-(*((const double *) ptr)));








	case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
	    w = *((const Tcl_WideInt *) ptr);
	    if (w != LLONG_MIN) {
		WIDE_RESULT(-w);
	    }
	    TclInitBignumFromWideInt(&big, w);
	    break;

	default:
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big);
	}
	mp_neg(&big, &big);
	BIG_RESULT(&big);
    }

    Tcl_Panic("unexpected opcode");
    return NULL;
}

#undef WIDE_RESULT
#undef BIG_RESULT
#undef DOUBLE_RESULT
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,
    Tcl_Obj *value2Ptr)
{
    int type1 = TCL_NUMBER_NAN, type2 = TCL_NUMBER_NAN, compare;
    ClientData ptr1, ptr2;
    mp_int big1, big2;
    double d1, d2, tmp;


    Tcl_WideInt w1, w2;


    (void) GetNumberFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &ptr1, &type1);
    (void) GetNumberFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &ptr2, &type2);

    switch (type1) {
    case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
	w1 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr1);
	switch (type2) {





	case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);

	wideCompare:

	    return (w1 < w2) ? MP_LT : ((w1 > w2) ? MP_GT : MP_EQ);
	case TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE:
	    d2 = *((const double *)ptr2);
	    d1 = (double) w1;

	    /*
	     * If the double has a fractional part, or if the long can be
	     * converted to double without loss of precision, then compare as
	     * doubles.
	     */

	    if (DBL_MANT_DIG > CHAR_BIT*sizeof(Tcl_WideInt) || w1 == (Tcl_WideInt) d1
		    || modf(d2, &tmp) != 0.0) {
		goto doubleCompare;
	    }

	    /*
	     * Otherwise, to make comparision based on full precision, need to
	     * convert the double to a suitably sized integer.
................................................................................
	     *	  expr 20000000000000003 < 20000000000000004.0
	     * right. Converting the first argument to double will yield two
	     * double values that are equivalent within double precision.
	     * Converting the double to an integer gets done exactly, then
	     * integer comparison can tell the difference.
	     */







































	    if (d2 < (double)LLONG_MIN) {
		return MP_GT;
	    }
	    if (d2 > (double)LLONG_MAX) {
		return MP_LT;
	    }
	    w2 = (Tcl_WideInt) d2;
	    goto wideCompare;
	case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);
	    if (mp_isneg(&big2)) {
		compare = MP_GT;
	    } else {
		compare = MP_LT;
	    }
	    mp_clear(&big2);
	    return compare;
	}


    case TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE:
	d1 = *((const double *)ptr1);
	switch (type2) {
	case TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE:
	    d2 = *((const double *)ptr2);
	doubleCompare:
	    return (d1 < d2) ? MP_LT : ((d1 > d2) ? MP_GT : MP_EQ);
















	case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:
	    w2 = *((const Tcl_WideInt *)ptr2);
	    d2 = (double) w2;
	    if (DBL_MANT_DIG > CHAR_BIT*sizeof(Tcl_WideInt)
		    || w2 == (Tcl_WideInt) d2 || modf(d1, &tmp) != 0.0) {
		goto doubleCompare;
	    }
................................................................................
		return MP_LT;
	    }
	    if (d1 > (double)LLONG_MAX) {
		return MP_GT;
	    }
	    w1 = (Tcl_WideInt) d1;
	    goto wideCompare;

	case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	    if (TclIsInfinite(d1)) {
		return (d1 > 0.0) ? MP_GT : MP_LT;
	    }
	    Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, value2Ptr, &big2);
	    if ((d1 < (double)LLONG_MAX) && (d1 > (double)LLONG_MIN)) {
		if (mp_isneg(&big2)) {
		    compare = MP_GT;
		} else {
		    compare = MP_LT;
		}
		mp_clear(&big2);
		return compare;
	    }
................................................................................
	    Tcl_InitBignumFromDouble(NULL, d1, &big1);
	    goto bigCompare;
	}

    case TCL_NUMBER_BIG:
	Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &big1);
	switch (type2) {

	case TCL_NUMBER_WIDE:


	    compare = mp_cmp_d(&big1, 0);
	    mp_clear(&big1);
	    return compare;
	case TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE:
	    d2 = *((const double *)ptr2);
	    if (TclIsInfinite(d2)) {
		compare = (d2 > 0.0) ? MP_LT : MP_GT;
		mp_clear(&big1);
		return compare;
	    }
	    if ((d2 < (double)LLONG_MAX) && (d2 > (double)LLONG_MIN)) {
		compare = mp_cmp_d(&big1, 0);
		mp_clear(&big1);
		return compare;
	    }
	    if (DBL_MANT_DIG > CHAR_BIT*sizeof(long)
		    && modf(d2, &tmp) != 0.0) {
		d1 = TclBignumToDouble(&big1);
................................................................................
PrintByteCodeInfo(
    register ByteCode *codePtr)	/* The bytecode whose summary is printed to
				 * stdout. */
{
    Proc *procPtr = codePtr->procPtr;
    Interp *iPtr = (Interp *) *codePtr->interpHandle;

    fprintf(stdout, "\nExecuting ByteCode 0x%p, refCt %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u, epoch %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u, interp 0x%p (epoch %" TCL_Z_MODIFIER "u)\n",
	    codePtr, (size_t)codePtr->refCount, codePtr->compileEpoch, iPtr,
	    iPtr->compileEpoch);

    fprintf(stdout, "  Source: ");
    TclPrintSource(stdout, codePtr->source, 60);

    fprintf(stdout, "\n  Cmds %d, src %d, inst %u, litObjs %u, aux %d, stkDepth %u, code/src %.2f\n",
	    codePtr->numCommands, codePtr->numSrcBytes,
	    codePtr->numCodeBytes, codePtr->numLitObjects,
	    codePtr->numAuxDataItems, codePtr->maxStackDepth,
................................................................................
	    (unsigned long) (codePtr->numLitObjects * sizeof(Tcl_Obj *)),
	    (unsigned long) (codePtr->numExceptRanges*sizeof(ExceptionRange)),
	    (unsigned long) (codePtr->numAuxDataItems * sizeof(AuxData)),
	    codePtr->numCmdLocBytes);
#endif /* TCL_COMPILE_STATS */
    if (procPtr != NULL) {
	fprintf(stdout,
		"  Proc 0x%p, refCt %zd, args %d, compiled locals %d\n",
		procPtr, procPtr->refCount, procPtr->numArgs,
		procPtr->numCompiledLocals);
    }
}
#endif /* TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG */
 
/*
................................................................................
    unsigned char opCode = *pc;

    if (((unsigned long) pc < codeStart) || ((unsigned long) pc > codeEnd)) {
	fprintf(stderr, "\nBad instruction pc 0x%p in TclNRExecuteByteCode\n",
		pc);
	Tcl_Panic("TclNRExecuteByteCode execution failure: bad pc");
    }
    if ((unsigned) opCode >= LAST_INST_OPCODE) {
	fprintf(stderr, "\nBad opcode %d at pc %u in TclNRExecuteByteCode\n",
		(unsigned) opCode, relativePc);
	Tcl_Panic("TclNRExecuteByteCode execution failure: bad opcode");
    }
    if (checkStack &&
	    ((stackTop < 0) || (stackTop > stackUpperBound))) {
	int numChars;
................................................................................
    int type;
    const unsigned char opcode = *pc;
    const char *description, *operator = "unknown";

    if (opcode == INST_EXPON) {
	operator = "**";
    } else if (opcode <= INST_LNOT) {
	operator = operatorStrings[opcode - INST_BITOR];
    }

    if (GetNumberFromObj(NULL, opndPtr, &ptr, &type) != TCL_OK) {
	description = "non-numeric string";
    } else if (type == TCL_NUMBER_NAN) {
	description = "non-numeric floating-point value";
    } else if (type == TCL_NUMBER_DOUBLE) {
................................................................................
    }

    /*
     * Instruction counts.
     */

    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "\nInstruction counts:\n");
    for (i = 0;  i < LAST_INST_OPCODE;  i++) {
	Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "%20s %8ld ",
		tclInstructionTable[i].name, statsPtr->instructionCount[i]);
	if (statsPtr->instructionCount[i]) {
	    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "%6.1f%%\n",
		    Percent(statsPtr->instructionCount[i], numInstructions));
	} else {
	    Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(objPtr, "0\n");